Учебник Английский язык 10 класс Афанасьева Михеева Баранова

о. в. Афанасьева, И. В. Михеева, К. М. Баранова АНГЛИЙСКИЙ ЯЗЫК ((ф^ ВЕРТИКАЛЬ лГ врофа о. в. Афанасьева, И. В. Михеева, К. М. Баранова АНГЛИЙСКИЙ язык Учебник т БАЗОВЫЙ УРОВЕНЬ класс Рекомендовано Министерством образования и науки Российской Федерации ВЕРТИКАЛЬ МОСКВА л* врофа 2014 БИБЛИОТЕКА МОУ СОШ п.им.Морозова BCEBCrClUnt) РАЙОН ЕНИН1 t НАШ >7IK 373.167.1:811-111 ББК 81.2АПГЛ-922 Л94 Условное обозначение: Ngp — предлагаемое задание имеет формат ЕГЭ А94 ■^^^глийский'язык.^ м^®П™о*1°2014^- пасьева, И. В. Михеева, К. М. Баранова. — М. : Дрофа, 2014. 253, Г3|с. ; ил. + 1CD. — (Rainbow English^. ISBN 978-5-358 12681-7 _ Учебнше созданный известными сттециалисаами в области преподавания „ь,й продолжист УМКдля 2-4« о классов. .ц БВК 81.2Антл-922 ISBN 978-5-358-12681-7 Book Guide UNIT 1. In Harmon Talking Points у with Yourself (pages 6—56) 1. Personal identification: what we are like and what we want 2. Hobbies and pastimes 3. A sound mind in a sound body: keeping fit 4. Medical help Grammar Points 1. Revision of the present simple and present progressive tenses 2. Other ways of using present progressive 3- Revision of the past simple and past progressive tenses 4. Some new facts about past simple and past progressive 5. Revision of the future simple tense and future-in-the-past 6. Revision of the present perfect and present perfect progressive tenses 7. Revision of the past perfect and past perfect progressive tenses Vocabulary Points 1. Vocabulary for the talking points 2. The word combinations "would rather" and "had better" and how to use them 3. Vocabulary for describing human emotions 4. Words denoting colours 5. The phrasal verbs "to beat down/on", "to beat off", "to beat out", "to beat up" Word Building 1 1. Abbreviations and shortenings 2. Compound adjectives with participles 1 and II as their second components 3. Sound imitation as a means of making new words 4. Compound words with numerals in their structures Other Linguistic Points 1. Informal style in speech 2. Idioms describing a person's physical condition 3. Words of sympathy Consolidation Class (pages 48—52) Test Yourself and Prepare for the National Examination (pages 52—56) Project Work One (page 56) Workbook 10: Unit 1 UNIT 2. In Harmony with Others (pages 57—108) Talking Points 1. Friends and their role in our lives 2. Our families and us 3. Connections between people 4. Family budget 5. House chores 6. The British Royal Family Grammar Points 1. Sentences with the word "recently" and verbs in past simple and present perfect 2. Revision of the present, past and future passive tenses 3. Revision of the present progressive and past progressive passive tenses 4. Revision of perfect forms of passive г Vocabulary Word Other Linguistic Points 1. Confusable phrases: word combinations with the verbs "do" and "make" 2. Names of simple things that are around us in the house 3. The phrasal verbs "to sign iri/out", "to sign off", "to sign up", "to sign on" 4. Confusable words: a) "accident" and "incident" b) "as" and "like" 1. Stress shifting as a means of making new words 1. Political correctness in speech 2. Words we use when we want to make up a quarrel 3. idioms connected with the idea of richness and poverty Consolidation Class (pages 101—104) Test Yourself and Prepare for the National Examination (pages 104—108) Project Work Two (page 108) Workbook 10: Unit 2 UNIT 3. In Harmony with Nature (pages 109—163) *T‘ Talking Points 1. Wildlife 2. Ecological problems (natural and man-made) 3. Human environment 4. Wonders of Nature Grammar Points a n ^осаЫДату 1- Revision of articles: a summary of most common cases, of usage 2. Passive structures with the infinitive 3. Revision of articles: articles with the words "school", space", "prison", "church", "bed", "work", "college", hospital", "university" 4. Perfect and progressive infinitives in some passive structures 5. Revision of articles: articles with geographical names and place names 6. More facts about articles with geographical names and place names 7. Articles with nouns in different syntactic functions 8. The definite article, typical cases of usage 9. The indefinite article, typical cases of usage 10. Articles with the nouns "breakfast", "brunch", "lunch", "dinner", "supper", "tea" 1. The adverbs "very", "really", "truly", "absolutely" and how to use them 2 The adjectives "comfortable", "convenient"; the verbs *to visit", "to attend" and how to use them ,3 The pnrasal verbs "to cut down", "to cut off", "to 1 CUT out', "to cut up" 4. Confusable words "landscape", "view", "scenery" Word Building 1. English compound adjectives denoting the cardinal points I other Linguistic Points 1. English idioms with names of animals and plants in i their structures ' 2. English phrases used to encourage a person or to calm him/her down Consolidation Class (pages 154—158) Test Yourself and Prepare for the National Examination (pages 158—163) Project Work Th*'ee (page 163) Workbook 10; Unit 3 UNIT 4. In Harmony with the World (pages 164—214) Talking Points 1. Why people travel 2. How people travel 3. Where people travel 4. Staying in hotels 5. What people do while travelling 6. What is good to remember while travelling /. Sightseeing 8. Shopping Grammar Points 1. Revision of English participles 2. Revision of English modal verbs 3. The modal verbs "must", "can", "could", "may", "might" to express probability 4. Modal verbs used with progressive and perfect infinitives of the notional verbs 5. The modal verbs "can" ("could"), "may" ("might") to express an offer and request 6. The modal verbs "ought (to)", "be (to)", "needn't" 7. The modal verbs "mustn't", "shouldn't", "needn't" in comparison Vocabulary Points 1. The English nouns "trip", "journey", "travel", "voyage" 2. The English words "sick" and "ill" 3. English adjectives used only predicatively: "alive", "afloat", "alight" 4. The phrasal verbs "to set down", "to set about", "to set off/out", "to set aside" ■ 5. Confusable words "beautiful", "handsome", "pretty" | Other Linguistic Points 1. English Idioms with the noun "world" In their structure 2. English expressions connected with certain situations Consolidation Class (pages 206—210) Test Yourself and Prepare for the National Examination (pages 210—214) Project Work Four (page 214) Workbook 10: Unit 1 Unit In Harmony with Yourself Personal Identification Hobbies and Pastimes A Sound Mind in a Sound Body Step 1 DO IT TOGETHER We often have to introduce ourselves to strangers. Practise doing it. Mention the following. Formal information • Full name • Age • Place of birth • Permanent address • Occupation • Family Informal information • Character • Appearance • Interests • Likes and dislikes • Plans and ambitions Work in pairs. One of you has won in a sports (singing, dancing etc) competition. The other is a TV journalist whose aim is to introduce the winner to the viewers. Act out their interview. u А. Match the words (1—10) with their definitions (a—^j). 1) caring 2) cheerful 3) courageous 4) cruel 5) honest 6) inventive 7) knowledgeable 8) rude 9) greedy 10) proud a) knowing a lot about many different subjects b) giving pain to other people or animals c) kind and helpful to other people d) happy and smiling e) not polite f) wanting more money, things or power than you need g) veiy' brave h) always telling the truth i) feeling happy about your achievements J) good at thinking of new and original ideas B. Say what your personality is like 1 think 1 hope I am verv quite fairly not very not at all canng- chcerful. cruel. honest. inventive. knowledgeable, rude. selfish. curious. r+ ro ТУ Work in pairs. Discuss your personality as in the example. Use the adjectives from the box. Example: A: Do you think I’m popular? B: You certainly are. Yes, quite often. Well, sometimes. I’m afraid not very. Not usually. Sorry, but no, not at all. courageous, charming, cheerful, cnicl, quiet, noisy, funny, helpful, kind, stupid, nide, nervous, romantic, serious, tidy, honest, caring, inventive, knowledgeable, clever, selfish A. Read the sentences and try to guess what the underlined words mean. What are their Russian equivalents? 1) Jack is really big-headed, thinking too highly of him.self. 2) Linda is an easv-going girl, she is usually friendly and pleasant to everybody. 3) He is really stubborn. You can’t make him change his mind. 4) Alice can look after the children. You can trust’ her: .she is responsible and very reliable. 5) Jeff is more mature than the other boys in his class: he always takes responsible grown-up decisions. 6) My iinclc becomes angry' very easily. Mum says he has always been quick-tempered. 7) Julia wants to be successful, rich and famous. She is quite an ambitious girl. B, Use the underlined words in your own sentences. ' to trust flFAst] — доверять Confusable Structures 8 c: Z3 Some English Structures Словосочетания I'd rather {я бы лучше), he'd rather {ои бы лучше), we'd rath-ег(мы бы лучше) выражают предпочтение. В них глагол would часто сокращается до ’сУ. После подобных словосочетаний глаголы употребляются без частицы to: I'd rather talk about it later. We'd rather go home than stay here. She would rather not go there alone. Would you rather fly there or go by car? Tot же смысл можно передать сочетанием глагола prefer с инфинитивом, который в этом случае употребляется с частицей to. Сравните: I prefer to talk about it later. She prefers not to go there alone. Complete the sentences using to where necessary. 1) Woirid you rather ... stay at home or... go out? 2) W^hich wcxild you prefer... wear; jeans or smart trousers? 3) Where w'oiild they prefer ... live: in the town or in the couni ly? 4) 1 would rather ... do it myself. 5) They w'ould rather not... speak of it. 6) We prefer... .stay w here we arc. 7) I know he prefers... be a pilot. 8) And she’d rather ... be a journalist. 1 A. Listen to the song "If I Could",® (1), and sing it along. Iff Could I'd rather be a sparrow than a snail. Yes I would. If I could, I surely would. 1 ’d rather be a hammer than a nail. Yes 1 w'ould. If 1 could, I surely would. Chorus Away, I’d rather sail away Like a swan that’s here and gone. A man grows older every day. It gives the world Its saddest sound, Its saddest sound. I’d rather be a forest than a .street. Yes I would. If I could, I surely would. I’d rather feel the earth beneath my feet. Yes I would. If I could, I surely would. Originally "If I Could" was a ritual song of Peruvian Indians performed to ask gods for rain The music of the song is still very popular in Latin America. The English text was written by the famous singer Paul Simon. Soon the song became popular all over the world. Paul Simon в. Optional task. Try to translate the lyrics into Russian. Then compare your translations and decide whose is more successful. You may also see some translations on the Internet and analyse them. Here are some of the sites: 1) megalyi ics.ru>about/paul-simon.htm 2) answers.com>topic/paul-simon 3) Gn.wikipedia.org>paul-simon DO IT ON YOUR OWN Match the opposites 1) silly 2) deep 3) talkative 4) rea.sonablc 5) attentive 6) hard-working 7) careful 8) ambitious 9) responsible a> T3 N9 a) unreasonable d) lazy g) quiet b) careless e) mode.st h) shallow c) inattentive f) clever i) irresponsible Complete the sentences with the new words: stubborn, mature, quick-tempered, bigheaded, ambitious, easy-going, reliable. 1) .lack knew he would become successful one day. lie was very ..., and even at the age of 21 he had already planned out his career in great detail. 2) Little Alice is very ... , she never change.s her mind and always wants to do everything her own way. .3) Everybody wants to work with him. He is so pleasant, nice and .... 4) Nicholas was violent, ..., and always seemed to be shouting at people. 5) Girls tend to become ... more quickly than boys. They become more like adults at an earlier age. 6) Jane always does what she promises to do. She is very .... 7) Fred is really .... He believes that he is very clever and veiy' good at everything he does. But in fact this is not so. 10 Complete these sentences about your preferences. 1) I’d rather be ... than .... 2) I’d rather feel... than ... . 3) I’d rather visit... than .... 4) I’d rather play ... than .... 5) I’d rather watch ... than .. 6) I’d rather die ... than .... 7) I’d rather.... 8) I’d rather not... or .... Step 2 DO IT TOGETHER Listen to what Denis says about his friends, ® (2), and match their names with their qualities. 2) Michael a) hard-working and ambitious b) easy-going and reliable 3) Norma c) talented and mature d) cheerful but stubborn 4) Lydia А. Do this Personality Test and count your score to find out more about yourself. 10 d ■3 Test 1) Which colour do you prefer? a) blue b) grey 2) What would you rather be? a) a film star b) a doctor 3) What would you rather do in the evening? a) go clubbing b) go out with youi- best friend 4) Where would you prefer to live? a) in a big city b) in a small town 5) With how many people would you rather work? a) alone b) with two or three people 6) What sports activities would you rather take part In? a) a team game (football, basketball etc) b) a game for two (tennis, ping-pong etc) c) any sports activity but on your own (ixinning, jumping etc) 7) Who would you prefer to have dinner with? a) a tarnoiis person b) someone from your family 8) Would you rather ... a) be rich and famous? b) be rich, but not famous? Count your points. Each a ^ 3 points. c) orange c) a journalist c) stay at home alone c) in the country' c) with a lot of people c) a gmup of friends c) be poor and happy? Each b = 2 points. Each c = 1 point Score; 17 to 24. You like being with people. You are ambitious and you want success. Score; 9 tol6. You like being with special friends. You’d like a job with pct)ple, but you prefer to meet one or two people at a lime. Score: 8 and under. You like being on your own. You’d rather have a quiet job. Ni B. Say if the test gives a true picture of your character and where it goes wrong. Also discuss the results with your classmates to find out if their opinions of you coincide with the test results. Complete the text choosing the appropriate words. When I was four months old, my mother died suddenly and my father was left to look (1)... me all by (2).... I had no brothers or sisters with whom 1 could play (3).... While I was still a baby, my father (4) ... me and fed me and (5) ... all the millions of other things a mother noiTnally does for her child. But my father didn’t mind. He was without any doubt the most (6)... father any boy ever had. Sonic people thought he was a serious man. But he wasn’t. He was full of fun, very cheertul and (7)... as he always (8)... do what he had promised to. 1) a)through 2) a) him 3) a) together 4) a) cleared 5) a) used 6) a) stubborn 7) a) reliable 8) a) could b) after b)his b) out b) cleaned b) produced h) wonderfiil b) quick-tempered b) was able c) for c) himself c) with c) washed c) made c) ambitious c) easy-going c) managed to d) at d) he d) too d) did d)did d) big-headed d) greedy d) couldn’t. Confusable Structures T Structures W0uid Rather and Had Better Следует различать два английских В1з1ражения would rather )л had better, которые соответствуют русскому «уж лучше бы». Как вы уже знасгс, первое из них используют, говоря о прелпоч [-ениях. же касается второго (had better), то оно упозребляется тогда, когда нужно сказать о необходимости сделать что-либо или дать 1>екоменда11ию, совет. Например: Jane would rather stay here for another week. (Джейн хотела бы остаться здесь еще на неделю = она предпочла бы остаться.) Alan had better see his doctor as soon as he can. (Алану лучше бы как можно скорее обратиться к врачу = это вынужденная необходимость, совет.) В ус1 ной речи would и had сокращаются до одной буквы W: Не doesn’t like the make of this camera. He’d rather not buy it. You’d better read more in English, it’s very helpful in language learning. Work in pairs. Act out the dialogues. Then make up similar ones. 1) A: Wouldn’t you rather have lea than соГГсс? I thought you didn’t drink coffee. B: You arc right. I never have it in the evening, but I don’t mind a cup in the morning. A: 1 see. I’ll make you some соЯсс then. B: Thanks. 2) A: I think you’d bettej; take the umbrella. I’m sure it’s going to rain. B: Wliat are you talking about? It’s such a bright and sunny day. A; I know. But there’ll be heavy showers in the evening. I’ve just heard it on the radio. B; Oh, thank you. I will if you’re so sure. 3) A: I’d rather buy tliis computer. B: You’d better think it over again. In my opinion it’s too expensive. A: But it’s the latest model and 1 really like it. B: Don’t make a decision now. You’d better consult your family. You can buy such computers at a cheaper price. 11 r-f* -D M Listen, (3), and read. A. admit [ad’mitj — признаназ ь appreciate [a'priijieit] — цени гь beat [bi:t] — бить familiar [Гэ'ттИэ! — знакомый female f'fiimeil] - - женский male [meil] — мужской precious [’prejas] —драгоценный solve [sdIv I — решать have something in common with somebody — иметь что-либо общее с кем-либо out of the blue — 1геожаданно so far — пока что, до сих пор to some extent / to a certain extent — в какой-то езепени B. admit (admitted, admitted): to admit something, to admit doing sornetliing, to admit (hat ... . I admit I’m having a hard time now. “I can’t sing at all,” Andrew admitted. We should admit our mi.stake. Rose admits lying to us. appreciate: to appreciate something, to appreciate the difficulty, to appreciate that..., to fully appreciate. She feels that her family doesn’t really appreciate her. I don’t think he fully appreciates the difficulty of the problem. beat (beat, beaten): to beat the record, to beat the drum. England needed to beat Scotland to gel to the final. The shock made my heart beat faster. 12 familiar: a familiar face, a familiar voice, to be familiar to somebody, to be familiar with sometliing or somebody. This book is familiar to many readers. Arc you familiar with this music? Familiarity: You should show your familiarity with 1 hese historic events. Students should demonstrate a familiarity with the main laws of nature. Familiarity is friendly behaviour to someone you do not know very well, especially when it makes them feel that you do not respect them. female: a female person, a female animal. They only have female workers. male: a male person, a male animal. Until recently, spoil has been a male activity. And where are your male colleagues, lady? precious: a precious ring, a precious painting, precious memories. Her daughter is the most precious thing in the world to her. Preciousness: preciousness of time, precioiisncss of a human life. He could speak for hours about the preciousness of the moment, solve: to solve a crossword puzzle, to solve a crisis, to .solve a mysleiy, to solve a crime. He hopes to solve the mystery of their disappearance. have something (much, nothing) in common: 1 have nothing in common w ith my cousin. We are aKsolutely dift'erent. This area has a lot in common with other inner-city areas, out of the blue: Out of the blue she said: “Tou’re Greg, aren’t you?” Philip arrived absolutely out of the blue. so far: I don’t have any information so far. He hasn’t explained anything so far. to some/a certain extent: I knew I was to blame to some extent. To a certain extent I believed the stoiy. Complete the sentences. Use the prepositions from the box where necessary. 1) Wlio could solve ... mysteries better than Sherlock Holmes? 2)... of the blue he appeared in our Лат. 3)... what extent can we believe him? 4) The brothers had a lot... common. 5) Do you admit ... everything? 6) I can’t say Гш familiar ... the latest discoveries in this field. 7) I appreciate ... the help you have given me. 8) His poems are familiar ... many young people. 9) Many of us are familial ... his poems. 10) I know I can solve ... this mystery myself, ll) He demonstrated his familiarity ... a lot of subjects. 12) Out... the blue he began to speak. Grammar Revision of Tenses Вспомните, как образуются 1рамматичсскис времена present simple (indefinite) и pres ent progressive (continuous), a также основные случаи их использования. The Present Simple Tense The Present Progressive Tense V/Vs be (am/ is/ are)-i-Ving 1 always go 1 am going Hp always plays She is going They are playing don't +V/ doesn't +V am not/is not/are not-t-Ving 1 don't often go He doesn't often play 1 am not going He is not going They are not playing 7 ■ Do/Does... V? Am I/ls he. she+Ving? Are we, you. they Ving? Do you/we/they go? Does he/she play? Am 1 speaking? Is she going? Are you playing? Complete the sentences using the verbs in brackets in present simple or present progressive. 1) Grandma is in ihc kitchen. She (cook). She always (cook) in the morning. 2) Where is Dad? — He (watch) TV in the living room. 3) Ice (melt) in a warm climate. 4) I usually (not eat) sweet things. But today is my birthday and 1 (cat) some birthday cake as you (see). 5) Where Mr Ross (live)? — 1 (not know). I (think) he (live) at 20 Oxford Street. 6) Be quiet. I (think). 7) Could you speak louder? 1 (listen) to you but (hear) nothing. 8) When you (meet) Bob? — I (meet) him at noon. 9) Let’s go out. It (not rain) any more, 10) Wliat Bobby (do)? — He (have a shower). 13 DO IT ON YOUR OWN Complete the sentences with the words and word combinations from the box. Charge their forms where necessary. cn гЧ- ПЗ T3 NJ female, precious, some extent, out of the blue, familiar, appreciate, in common, solve, male, beat, admit, so far 10 1) The terrible crime has never been .... 2) He arrived ... without phoning first. 3) Every time I hear this tragic music my heart begins ... faster. 4) His face looks ... to me. Where could I sec him? 5) Gold and silver are ... metals. 6) ... birds are not so brightly eo-loured as... ones. 7) He ... that he had told a lie. 8) He and his girlfriend have a lot of interests .... 9)... we have been quite suceessful. But Tm not so sure about the future. 10) Mothers sometimes complain that their children don’t... them enough. 11)1 can understand his problem to ... but I don’t see how I can help him. Complete the dialogues. Use present simple or present progressive. 1) — What you (do) at about 9 o’clock tonight? — I (not know) yet. 2) — What you (think) about? — My brother. I often (think) about him these days. 3) — You (fly) to the sea or (go) there by train? I (fly); my flight is tomorrow morning. 4) — It’s five p.m. Wfierc is John? He always (come) home about this time. — I (think) he (work) in the libraiy. He (have) a test tomorrow. 5) — Usually Mary (not make) mistakes in her spelling, but her yesterday’s quiz was raiher bad. — Was it? She (know) the result? If she (do), Tm sure she (learn) the words at the moment. Complete these sentences with would or had. 1) You ... better write to her; she loves getting your letters. 2) She says she ... rather do the work now than tomorrow. 3) ... you rather have the blue balloon than the greon one? 4) Which of the two .songs ... I better sing? I’m in two minds. 5) Wc ... better get up early tomorrow; we have a lot of things to do. 6) ... you rather go out tonight or stay at home and watch TV? 7) 1 think he ... better not tell lies any more if he wants people to believe him. 8) He ... better talk to someone who can help liim. 9) I... belter not waste more of your time. 10) We ... rather fly than go by train: it will take us less time. step 3 N. 14 С 3 DO IT TOCETHER Listen to the interview with Taylor Swift, a young singer and a role model, (4). and complete the following sentences choosing the appropriate items. c) admirers c) to have friends whom she can trust c) actors c) are hard to remember 1) Taylor has a lot of a) friends b) relatives 2) Taylor ... in public. a) doesn’t like to show that she’s unhappy b) often shows that she’s unhappy c) never feels unhappy 3) Taylor thinks it’s important.... a) to have a lot oi friends b) to have a lot of girlfriends 4) Taylor’s friends are____ a) mostly from entertainment industry b) people of dfiTererif occupations 5) Some of Taylor’s former relationships a) didn’t develop successfully b) made her very happy 6) Taylor’s songs ... . a) always sound sad b) help her to forget sad things that happened c) are not always sad Two of the intewlewer's questions were: "How do you tnink your friends could describe you?" and "What do you appreciate most about your friendships?" How would you answer these questions? A. Express your opinion. What woul d you rather do? Would you rather; stay in your home town or leave it after you finish school? live with your parents or have a home of your own? gel married or live alone? get married and have a lot of kids or get married and have one or two kids? live in a big city or i n the countryside? work for someone or be your own boss? work hard and have a lot of money or have an easy life and earn little? 5. What had this person better do if ... he/she doesn't know what to do after school? he/she badly needs some pocket money? he/she has a lot of free time? he/she hasn’t got any friends and feels lonely? he/she finds studying at school diftlciilt? he/she is too fond of playing computer games? he/she is in love with someone who doesn’t love him/her? he/she is a shopaholic*? ‘ a shopaholic [Jopa'hDlik] - человек, который любит делать покупки и делает их посюянно (даже когда в этом нет необходимоеги) А. You know the words and word combinations in the left column. All of them have syn onyms in the right column. Match them. 1) for example 2) a lot of times 3) to think 4) a thin boy 5) to make somebody do something 6) zero a) to get somebody to do something b) to suppose c) a skinny boy d) a bunch of times {AtnE, informal) e) for instance f) nii B. Say what these sentences mean in Russian. 1) You may ask them some questions, for instance where they come from or when they arrived. 2) At fifteen John was very thin, in a way that was not attractive and we called him skinny. 3) James says he has a bunch of things to do before breakfast. 4) I suppose Ron is a very reliable and honest person. .^) Birmingham won three to niL 6) Our chances are practically nil- 7) Г11 gel Andrew togiye you a call. 8) She couldn’t gsLlhem to undeistaod what she was saying. A. You are going to read an entry from a diary written by Mia, a fourteen-year-old girl, the main character of Meg Cabot's book series "The Princess Diaries". Have you read the books or seen the films based on them? If you have, speak about your impressions. B. Read the title and the first paragraph. Try to guess why the girl thinks her life is over now that she has a boyfriend. Read the text to find out if your guess is right. Be Careful What You Wish For {after Meg Cabot) ‘Princess > D I A ft I I SatH'ida^^ “berrmfeh .5 Orc'i. That is what Is. 0 'У-ТЖ. / hiQw / have said, lhal Sefa'it, Sut this time I чтЩ mmn it. Wfuj is mij fife ove.'t? 'Tcca^isc / have a foiffTiend. And, ^es, at foaitern ijejuxs of atjC, I suppose it's afoul thnp.. / тепл, аМ mij pHmids have iouf'iiends. Aft of them., even UMij, wfui fiasnes the mafe sex foi. most, if not аШ, of sodehf s icfs. / have to admit, when iifftj - possiffjj the chocsicst pe'tscn on this pfxuiel - ^al. a £шр f'liend and / stiff didjft have one, / p'lettif much staited- to think tJte.^ie was scnulJibi^ unon^ with me. And that, one daij, out of tJte. ifue, / ^ot one. A fopf'tiend., / memt. Weff, (Ж, not out of tJte. ifue.. Келпр, f'lom mij Sio cfass, started, sending me. a£f these anonymous fove fette'is. / did/ft know it was him. / kind, of tJwu.^hl (OK, hoped.) someone e£se. was sending them. Vut in iJw. end, it bibted cut to fe. Kenmj. And fij iJmi / was in too deep, \eaffif to qet out. ЛЪ voifd / had a SepfUend, 'P'loSfan sefi^ed, dxjIdT Not. So not. It isn't that / don't fife. Kenmf. / do.. / \eaffij do. We. haue. a fot in conunon. Toi instance, we fotii appreciate the- preciousm^ss of not fust human, fut aff. fife. fomo;. And we Eoth fike science fiction. Kenmj knows a fot more aJfout it than / do, fat he has iceti ve'uj impressed so farfjj the extent of mij fami.fia.rliuj with the works of Koferi A. Helnfein and Isaac Asimov. / havait tofd Kavuj fJuiL / acluaffij find most science fiction fodeij, since there seem to £c verij few firfs in it. Mostlij, we get afong ficat. We. ha.ve. a. fun time tagethe.r. And in 15 r+ Ф T3 w ' voHa Lvwae'la:] = here it is 16 Ni some waijs, it's i/c'uf nice to have a you know? SomeUnics I think / must ёе the Cuckiest (ji'it in. the wholk wcl£d. Think a£cut it: I maif not £e р'игЩ, £nt t am not uijfy. / dive in New Уочк City, the cooCest yCaee on the pCanet-, Гт a p\ifu'ess; I have a Cotjpdendf %Vhat mc\e coudei a yi'id ask foT? Oh, God. Who ШП / kidding????? cc'itaindij, And h£s phettij eutc, yon Ids Just that when / sec Kenny wadkin^ down the hadd, my heant doesn't sta\t deatinxf fastc'i, the. waif yi'ids' hea'its staU Sea tiny faste'i in those teen 'wniames my fdend Тиш. is adwatfs 'icadiny. And wlu'ji Kemuj takes mtf hand, at the. movies o'l whatever, ids not dike my hand ifcis hot in his, the wai/ yi’tds' hands do. in those Cooks. And when he kisses me? Уеак, you know tlwse fi4am\ks peopde. adways tadk adcut? OK, fosyet it. No fl'iewcsks. Ni£. It's funmj Cecause Cefo'ie / yot a ioijfdend. / used to spend a dot of time tiifuy to fiyuie out how to yet one and, once / yot him, how dd yet him to kiss me. Snt now tdiut I actuaddy ha in: a deyfdend, mostdij add / da is tiy to fiyud out how to ^et out of kissiny him. So / decided / have to tedd him. Kejvuj, / mean. Adout haw / \endiy feed-. That's why my dife is ovCi. V>eeause how do you saij to somedodtf who wauls to. hodd. ycu'i hand in the im in that way? Sspecladdy when he's ad'ieadij asked you out movies that yon dent dike him a dunch of times and you've yonc. Ami you knew the who.de ibnc tJuit he wasn't askiny you as a fiiatd - he. was askiny уел as a potentiad dife mate.. And. now eve\ydodif considc^is us this diy thiny. 'Уои know? Now wc'ie. Kenny-and-Mla. Add I can say is, de ca'icfuT wfwt you wish fox. It just miykt come tiue. Say which of the following facts are true, false or not mentioned in the text. 1) Mia thinks that it is important for a teenager girl to have a boyfriend. 2) Lilly is Mia’s best friend. 3) Mia had always wanted Kenny to be her boyfriend. 4) Mia enjoys all science fiction books. 5) Mia is not really in love with Kenny. 6) Mia doesn’t intend to tell Kenny about her feelings. 7) Kenny is serious about their i elations. 8) Mia is quite confused about how to behave in this situation. Decide what the following words and word combinations from the text mean. 1) Choosey; a) careful in choosing b) careless in choosing c) choo.sing things easily 2) Ills: a) sick people b) bad things or problems c) diseases 3) Romance: a) a love song b) a poem about love c) a story of love 4) It’s about the time: a) to talk about some period of time b) to think that time to do something c) to dream about the future 5) To figure out: a) to make a decision b) to make a plan c) to con.sider or believe 6) Actually: a) really b) probably c) importantly 7) Life mate: a) a life-long friend or partner b) a li\ ing friend or partner c) a friend who lives next door has eome DO IT Oni YOUR OWN Read the text "Be Careful What You Wish For" again and write the English for the following, 1) Обвиняе! мужской пол в болыггинстве, если не во всех бедах общества; 2) возможно, сам[яй приверелдипый человек на планете; 3) я уже слишком увязла; 4) ценност ь не только человеческой, но любой формы жизни; 5) предел моих познаний; 6) мы отлично ладим; 7) кого я обманываю? 8) книжки о любви для подростков; 9) я всё-время пьпалась придумать, как его заполучить; 10) он уже много раз при1'лаша,1 гсбя на свидание; 11) в качестве возможного спутника жизни; 12) все считают, что межд>' нами большое чувство; 13) будьте осторожны с мечтами. Complete the sentences from the text with the appropriate function words. 1) Wliy is my life Because I have a boyfriend. And, yes, ... fourteen yeans of age, I suppose it’s ... time. 2) But... the end it turned ... to be Kenny. 3) We have a lot... common. 4) And ... some ways, it’s veiy nice to have a boyfriend, you know? 5) What more could a girl ask...? 6) But now ... I actually have a boyfriend, most of all I do is try to figure ... how to get ... of kissing him. 7) Because how do you say ... somebody who wants to hold your hand ... the movies that you don’t like him ... that way? 17 LT. r+ О “О 10 Complete the sentences with had better or would rather. 1) Which ... you ... do, go to the cinema or stay at home? 2) I think you ... look the word up again: you don’t remember what it means. 3) I ... not say what I think. 4) Where ... you ... go — to Kiev or to Odessa? 5) Wc ... finish the work today as tomorrow evening we are leaving for Irkutsk. 6) My sister ... cat porridge and fruit than meat and potatoes. I know her taste. 7) I think I... hurry up. The train leaves in ten minutes. 8) ...n’t he ... stay with us until he gets well? 9) You ... put your warm coal on. It’s freezing outside. 10) We ... not be late. Our parents will be worrying. 11)1 ... have five lessons of English than one lesson of physics. 12) She ... change her job — it is loo dangerous. Step 4 N. DO IT TOGETHER You will hear six people speaking (1—6), (5). Match what they say with the state- ments (a—g). There is one statement you don't have to use. 1. 2. 3. 5. How to be your own best mate It’s all very well being a wonderful mate to others, but don’t forget to be nice to yourself. Here is some advice how to feel fantastic, all the time. a) T he speaker .says you should sometimes be alone. b) The speaker says you should be honest. c) 7 he speaker says you should not be artificiaf. БИБПИоТЕКЛ artificial — искусственный Tunv Г014 vM Морозова Ъстшть ьАйон ^hШ и дии. t-ЕЛАСТ d) The speaker says you should be helpful. e) The speaker says you should be open-minded. f) 1 he speaker says you should be loving. g) The speaker says you should be strong. 18 A. Remember the text "Be Careful What You Wish For" and answer the following questions. 1) What impression does Mia, the main character, make on you? Is she mature? Intellcclual? Funny? Caring about other people’s feelings? 2) How did it happen that Mia got a boyfriend? Why did she want to have one? Is it lypieal of teen boys and girls to wish to have a girlfriend or a boyfriend? 3) Why did Mia feci unhappy and dissatisfied? Wliy did she find it difnicull to tell Kenny the truth? 4) In your opinion, do teenagers often want to do or to have something only because their friends do or have these things? Can you give examples? 5) Wlial else is typical of teen behaviour? Wliat kind of behaviour had they better avoid'? 6) What do you need to be able to say that you are the luckiest boy or girl in the world? B. Mia writes in her diary: "All I say is, be careful what you wish for. It just might come true," What does she mean? Did you ever have situations when you could say the same? Word Building Word Building and Functional Styles 1. Одним из основных способов образования новых слов в английском языке является сокращение (shortening). Чаще всего опускается конец слова: doc {doctor), exam {examination), prof {professor). Иногда сокращайся начало слова: phone {telephone), a иногда начало слова и его коней fridge {refrigerator). Часто слова и словосочетания сокращаются до первых букв — ВВС [ British Broadcasting Corporation), TV {television), BFF {Best Friend Forever). В начале XXI века сокращённые слова стали типичными для разговорной речи и молодёжною сленга {slang). 2. Помимо назичия сокращенных слов, характерными чертами разговорного стиля также являются: a) разговорные единицы, относящиеся к неформальной лексике, например: oh, well, er, OK {okay), ta{= thank you), pretty (= very, quite), like, just (= simply^, cool {— very good), sort of kind of, yeah ya:] (= 3'^5). nope [пэир] (—no), to kid, bunch (“ a lot), gut etc, b) широкое употребление фразовых глаголов, например: j to put up (= to build), to get at (= to reach), to look forward to I = to feel happy about \ something that is going to happen)', c) некоторые синтаксические срелстм: • неоднократные повторы некоторых слов и словосочетаний: you know, /mean, you see, actually etc; I • использование усечённых предложений; Mr Pullman? Never met him. Read through the text "Be Careful What You Wish For" and find in it words, word com binations and sentences to prove that the text is written in colloquial (spoken) style. to avoid [a'vDid] — избегать Read the sentences and try to define the meanings of the underlined shortenings. 1) I sometimes give people advice but I always remember tliat they’re gonna do what they want to do. 2) Hannah is so fond of music. She can sit listening to her fave melodies for hours. 3) When you feel sad and you just wanna hide from everybody, try and decide to take your mind off it. 4) I’m from a big family and I always help my mum with my little ^ and my two younger bros [brouzj. 5) It’s so comfy to sit in my granny’s old aniichair. 6) What sci-fi stories have you read lately? 7) Maths has always been among my favourite subjects. 8) I’ve got a letter from my BF. — I didn’t know you had one. 1 thought that all your friends were girls. 9) A girl who is a teenager needs to talk to her bestie every day. A. Look at the list of adjectives and divide them into 3 categories. I. Adjectives describing a person’s character 2. Adjectives describing a person’s appearance 3. Adjectives describing other qualities 19 un Г+ (D “O m good-looking precious familiar thin healthy-looking common talkative poor reliable manly scruffy straight stubborn slim strong modest stout skinny fashionable curly shapely lumed-up choosy womanly lovely tall fair dark ugly ambitious round ova! pretty Ф B. Listen, (6), and remember some more word combinations to describe people's appearances. 1) He has/wears a beard [biad]. 2) He has/wears a rnoustachc [ms'staij]. 3) He wears his hair cut vcr> short. 4) He wears/has wliiskers T wiskaz] 5) She wears her hair loose [lurs] over hei .shoulders. 6) She wears her hair 1л a plait lplJ3et]. 7) She wears her hair in hunches. 8) She wears her hair in a ptrnytail. 9) She has a frini2e. 10) He is bald [Ьэ:М]. L ook at the pictures and describe the people in them. 20 3. V , 2. * ^шшт J 1) Vasily Tropinin. I he I лсе-такег (1823) 2) Pavel Korin. Portrait of the Sculptor Sergei Konyonkov (1947) 3) Konstantin Makovsky. Princess Maria Ts'ikolaevna (1905) 4) Valentin Serov. Portrait of the Artist Konstantin Korovin (1891) 4. Grammar Mew Facts about the Present Simple and Present Progressive Tenses 1. Помимо известных юм случаен упогребления present progressive^ это время может также использоваться для описания действия, происходящею не непосредственно в момент речи, а в период, достаточно близкий к нему, причём слово now (сейчас) обозначает здесь не «в данную минуту», а в более протяжённый период времени в настоящем. Margo is а real book lover. One book is not enough for her. She is reading two now. {Б данный момент Марго разговаривает по телефону, а не читает.) — What would you like to drink, sir? — Nothing, thanks. I’m driving. {Говорящий в данный момент не за рулем автомобиля.) 2. Present progressive используется в эмоционально окрашенных предложениях, при выражении пегатт-шной реакции, причем в предложении обычно используются наречия always или constantly (постоянно): You are always talking at the lessons. Bob! Jack is constantly coming late! 3. Иногда present progressive исполыуегся c глаголами, которые обычно не употребляются в продолженном времени {to he, to hear, to see, to understand, to love) дня того, чтобы дать характеристику необычному, не присущему человеку поведению, действию или качеству: Henry is such а quiet child, but today he is being very noisy. I am not fond of action films, but I’m loving this one. 4. Present simple глаголов to forget, to hear, a также пассивной конструкции to he told используется для выражения законченною действия: I forget where she lives. (Я забыла, где он живёт.) We hear they are leaving tomorrow. (Мы слышали, что они уезжают завтра.) We are told she is American. (Нам сказали, что она американка.) Use the appropriate forms of the verbs in brackets {present simple or present progressive) to complete the sentences. 1) Fred constantly (come) to school unprepared for his classes. 2) Bob always (drive) carefully. 3) We (hear) Lucy is getting married. 4) I (forget) that Aunt Mary is arriving on Wednesday. 5) David’s wife and his sister constantly (buy) expensive clothes. 6) We (be told) they’re going to the Crimea for the summer. 7) I often see Philip in the library these days. — Yes, he (prepare) for his spring exams. 8) Joamia Rowling (write) a new Harry Potter book? 9) My uncle says they (build) a new garage. 10) Hany always (forget) to say hello. DO IT ON YOUR OWN Choose the appropriate verb forms to complete the sentences. 1) Listen to them. What language (are they speaking/do they speak)? 2) The bus (is coming/comes). Shall wc try and catch it? 3) Wc (arc told/wcrc told) she is in Paris now. 4) You (are always talking/always talk) while writing tests! 5) Wliat (do you think/are you thinking) we should do? 6) You can borrow my dictionary. 1 (don’t nccd/am not needing) it now. 7) What (docs your father do/is your father doing)? — He is a photographer. 8) (Does it snow/Is it snowing) in India in winter? 9) I usually (enjoy/am enjoying) football games, but 1 (don’t enjoy/am not enjoying) this one at all. 10) Wliere (does he livc/is he living)? What’s his new address? — Sony, 1 don’t know. Find a photo of a well-known person and describe him/her in 8—10 sentences. Use a dictionary or the Internet to find out what these shortenings mean. I) cf; 2) e.g.; 3) etc; 4) i.e; 5) viz; 6) NB; 7) PC; 8) veg; 9) Interpol; 10) vacay; II) peif; 12) ELI. Optional task. Use the Internet and try to find some information about Isaac Asimov and Robert A. Heinlein. Share your information with your classmates. You may use: 1) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/lsaac Asimov 2) https://en.wtkipedra.org/wiki/Robert_A._Heinlein 10 step 5 DO IT TOCETHER Robert Heinlein Isaak Asimov Listen to the descriptions of six people, (7), and say who is who in the picture. 21 Ln f-t n> ■O VI Tina? Fiona? Alice? Alan? Brian? Jimmy? 22 A. Listen, (8а), and study the words and word combinations to speak about people in harmony with themselves. to be over the moon — быть абсолютно счастливым to be good-natured — быть дружелюбным, добродушным to be/feel content — быть/чувствовать себя довольным, удовлетворённым to be sociable ['saojobl] — быть общительным to be/feel self-confident — быть/чувствовать себя >деренным в себе to be/feel self-satisfied — быть/чувствовать себя довольным собой to be in high spirits — быть в xojioiueM настроении to look on the bright side — быть оптимистттчным, paaoci но воспринимающим действительность B. Listen, (8Ь), and study the words and word combinations to speak about people who are not in harmony with themselves. to be/feel aggressive — быть агрессивным, испытывать агрессию to be/feel disappointed быть/чувствовать себя ра зочарованным, расстроенным to be/feel irritable firitabl] — быть раздражительны м/и сны ты пать раздражение to be/feel blue — бьпъ грустньтм/исшлтывать rpyci ь to be in a black mood — быть n мрачном настроении to be/feel touchy — бьпъ обидчивьтм/ч>лствопать себя уязвленным to be/feel resentful — бьпъ возмущёниым/испыттлвать возмущение to be in low spirits — быть в плохом настроении Complete the sentences. Use the words and word combinations from Exercise 2. 1) Wlien Paul’s team lost the final, they fell ... . 2) Wlien Harry asked Rose to be his wife, it was the happiest moment of her life and she was ... . 3) When my brother understood he was also going on a trip, he felt.... 4) When Barbara hcaid the happy news, she felt ... . 5) Wlien the scientist understood that his experiment was not a success, he became ... . 6) Andrew was not allowed to work on the PC and he was ... . 7) Greg was made to wash up and he was.... 8) When Sally saw herself on the TV screen, she was .... If you are not happy and feel that every^thing goes wrong, you'd better change something in your life. Read the pieces of advice and put them in the order of their importance. • Learn to give yourself a break. • Remember that life goes in phases and things will get better. • Meet new people instead of always hanging out with your usual crew. • Tiy and relax, for instance: a) run a bubble bath and be tliere with your fave magazine; b) make yourself a mug of hoi chocolate or eat a bar of chocolate ; c) make yourself a gift. • Reflect on the past joyful moments. • Look forward to the future remembering that life is full of compensations. • Remember that happiness is made, not found. • Remember that happiness begins in your family. • Cheer yourself up and fill your life with a lot of beautiful and interesting things. Remember and speak about any moment in your life when you were: content; cheerful and good-natured; in high spirits; self-satisfied; self-confident; over the moon; initable; in low spirits; in a black mood; resentful; blue; aggresshe. N. Read the letter. Use the appropriate forms of the verbs on the right to get a complete and grammatically correct text. bear Ralph, I (1)... to you to Inform you about one of the happiest moments in the life of my family. My cousin Jenny (2) ... to Paris tomorrow morning. You (3) ... to know what she is goitg to do there? You will never guess. Jenny's weddmg (4)... on Saturday. Ф She (5)... a Frenchman. His name is Pierre. He (6)... from Paris and (7)... in a construction industry. He (8) ... very well. Unfortunately, I can't fly to Paris. I ((9)... the project as you (10).... Next Thursday is the deadline and I (ll]^.._so many things to do. Naturally Jenny is disappointed. "You always (12) ... your projects at tf^ wrong moment," she (13) _ to me. She is probably right. But I'm sure she'll forgive me. What is your news? Write, please. Best wishes, Don write fly want come marry, come work, do finish, know have flnish say 23 КЛ О t: ui Grammar к Revision of Tenses Вспомните, как образуются грамматические времена/?а.^/ simple {indefinite) и past pro gressive {continuous)^ a также основные случаи их использования. The Past Simple Tense The Past Progressive Tense + Ved/V, be (was/were) Wing 1 played He was playing We spoke We were speaking - - didn't W wasn't/weren't -fVing 1 didn't play He wasn't playing He didn't speak We weren't speaking Did... V? Was/Were... Ving? Did you play? Was he playing? Did he speak? Were we speaking? Use the appropriate forms of the verbs in brackets to complete the sentences. 1) At 7 o’clock yesterday evening Ralph (drive) to the city centre. 2) Jane (do) her homework when the telephone (ring). 3) I (enter) the living room and (see) Petei who (sleep) on the sofa. 4) When Jane (come) home, her little bro (play) with his favourite toy plane. 5) While Ann (do) the flat, her sis (cook) dinner. 6) It (snow) when they (leave) the house. 7) Mum (сгояя) the street when Dad (drive) up to the gate. 8) My granny (wash) up while 1 (cm) the vegetables for salad. 9) I (tr>) to phone you yesterday afternoon. — Sony, Bob, I (not, be) at home. I (help) Sarah to prepare her presentation. 10) When John (arrive), we (have) breakfast. DO IT ON YOUR OWN 24 c 3 Choose the appropriate forms of the verbs to complete the sentences. 1) At nine o’clock in the morning Fred (was slccping/slept) as it was Sunday. 2) Jack (was putting/pui) on his coat when the telephone (was ringing/rang). 3) While Andrew' (was wriling/wrote) an essay, his helper (was taking/took) pictures to illustrate the text. 4) Wlicn mum (was opening/opened) the door, she saw Greg who (was cleaning/cleancd) the hall. 5) Jack (was doing/did) his homework at 7 p.m. 6) What (was Debbie writing/did Debbie write) in her e-mail? 7) Someone (was coming/came) to visit the Robinsons last Thursday: I (was seeing/saw) a car arrive at the door of their house. 8) It (was snowing/ snow^ed) while I (was waiting/waited) for you. 9) It (was beginning/began) to snow when wc (were reaching/reached) the airport. 10) Wliat (were you doing/did you do) at 11 a.m. yesterday? N. Complete the text using the derivatives of the words on the right, When Mr March lost his money trying to help an (1)... friend, the two oldest girls asked to be allowed to work. Believing that they could not begin too early to cultivate (2) ... , their parents agreed. Margaret found a place as a nursery (.3) ... and felt rich with the little money slic got. She found it harder to be i>uor than the other girls because she could remember a time w'hen their home was (4) ..., life full of ease and (!S) .... The only know n (6) ... was (7) ... . Margaret tried not to be disappointed or (8)..., but it was very natural tliat the young girl should want pretty things, cheerful friends and a happy life. fortunate dependence teach beauty, please feel, happy annoy 10 A. Match the synonymic words and expressions in the two columns. 1) depressed 2) annoyed 3) resentful 4) friendly 5) cheerful 6) talented 7) blue 8) warlike a) sad b) rebellious c) irritable d) aggressive e) in a black mood 0 in high spirits g) good-natured h) gifted B. Match the antonymic words and expressions in the two columns 1) aggressive 2) disappointed 3) self-confident 4) excited 5) blue 6) bored 7) content 8) looking on the bright side a) quiet b) disappointed c) cheerful d) interested e) good-natured f) .satisfied g) pessimistic h) self-que.stioning Step 6 N, DO IT TOGETHER Listen to what Judy says about the problem she is facing, (9), and decide which of the facts (1—6) are true, false or not stated. 1) Alice is Judy's BFF. 2) Alice used to like very fasliionablc clothes. 3) Alice has got three new friends after her stay in the summer camp. 4) Judy tries to analyze her feeling of disharmony. 5) Judy is uncertain what to do about the unpleasant situation she is facin a 6) Judy is going to make new friends. Remember what you heard about Judy's problem ana say what can help her to be in harmony with herself again. Listen and read, (10). A. crackle L'kraekll — потрескивать furniture [Тзаи^э! — мебель knit [nit] — вязать mirror [mira] — зеркало pale Ipeil] — бледный plump [р1лтр] — пузеленькп й sharp [jciip] adj — ос-п-)ый, проницательный sharp fidv — точно, pool lo shy [jai] — робкий, застенчивый vain [vein] — 1) тщеславный; 2) тшетый, бесполезный {неувенчавшийся успехом) at least — по крайней мере at twilight — в сумерках be in someone’s way мешать кому-либо in the twilight — в свете сумерек in vain — напрасно, безуспешно B. crackle: lo crackle quietly. The wood crackled in the fire. The radio began to crackle. 1 he atmosphere crackled with tension. furniture (imcountable)’. new furniture, office furniture, a piece of furniture. There was little furniture in the room. I would like to buy more modern furniture, knit (knitted, knitting): to knit a sweater, to knit a scarf. Lucy sat on the sofa knitting, mirror: an old-fashioned mirror, a bathroom mirror, a full-length miiTor, to look at oneself in the mirror. We hung a mirror over the fireplace. He was busj’ admiring himself in the wardrobe' mii ror. Dickens’s novels are a mirror of his lime. pale: a pale face, pale blue eyes, a pale sky. When he returned, he looked pale and sick, plump: a plump face, a short plump girl. Hmma was a cute baby with plump little arms and legs, sharp adj\ a sharp knife, sharp teeth, a sharp sense of humour, to have shaqi eyes, to have a sharp longue. It was vei7 sharp of you to sec that. Could I have a sliaiy» pencil, please? sharp adv\ At 5 o’clock sharp. shy: a shy child, to be shy about doing something. I’d love to meet her but T’ln too shy to introduce myself. She is ver>' shy about singing in public. vain: 1) a vain person, to be vain about something. She is really vain thinking she is so special and beautiful. He was vain about his looks, spending hours in the gym. 2) a vain hope, in the vain hope. 11 ang the bell in the vain hope that somebody might answer, at least: I’m sure .she will stay here for three months at least. Tlie di.sease killed at least 120 people in our town. 25 to Ф T5 QS a wardrobe [*wD:dr9ub] — платяной шкаф, гар/нфоО I at twilight: We told them we would return at twilight. be (stand) in someone’s/the way: If you have made up your mind to do it, 1 won’t be in your way. in the twilight: Wc could still see the hills in the twilight, in vain: All we did was in vain. Complete the sentences (1—7) with the appropriate words and word combinations (a—g). 1) That healthy baby had .... 2) Out of the blue ... in the window. 3) Tlicy came back home .... 4) I think it is ... a lot of time looking at yourself in the mirror. 5) I... for my grandchildren. 6) The old castle was clearly seen.... 7) The mechanic tried to help us with the car, but ...: it never started. a) in the twilight b) at b\'ilight c) a pale face appeared d) vain to spend e) knitted warm socks f) plump rosy checks g) in vain Read the text and complete the statements after it. 1^1 Ш Ml & Four Sisters {after Louisa May Alcott) As young readers like to know “how people look”, we will take this moment to give them a little sketch of the four sisters, who sat knitting in the twilight, while December snow was falling quietly without and the fire crackled cheertblly within. It was a comfortable room, though the carpet was old and the furniture very simple. Some pictures and a mil ror hung on the walls, books filled the bookcases, there were pots with Christmas roses in the windows. The atmosphere was pleasant and peaceful. Margaret, the eldest of the four, was sixteen and very pretty, being plump and fair, with a sweet mouth and plenty' of soft brown hair of w hich she was rather vain. Fifteen-year-old Jo was very tail and thin. She never seemed to know' what to do with her long arms and legs, which were very much in her way. She had a big mouth, a comical nose, and sharp gray^ eyes which seemed to see everything. Her long, thick liaij was her one beauty. Elizabeth — or Beth, as everyone called her — was a rosy, fair-haired, bright-eyed girl of tliirteen with a very' shy manner. She seemed to live in a happy world of her own, leaving it only to meet the few whom she trusted and loved. Amy, though the youngest, was a most important person — in her own opinion at least. A real snow maiden^, with blue eyes and yellow hair curling on her shoulders, pale and slim and always carrying herself like a young lady remembering her manners. Wliat the characters of the four sisters were we will leave to be found later. ' plenty = a lot {both with countables and uncountables) ’ gray {AmE) =grcy {BrF) ^ a maiden I'meidn] = girl {old-fashioned, poetic) 1) At tlie moment described in the text.... a) the sun was shining brightly b) the room was filled with bright light c) it was not very light in the room d) the room was dark 2) The room where the sisters were silting ... . a) was riehly decorated b) was chcerftilly decorated c) was not a nice place to live d) was simple but nice 3) Margaret was fairly proud of.... a) her hair b) her sweet mouth c) the fact that she was pretty d) the fact that she was the eldest of the four 4) Jo, the second sister, was ... . a) not a real beauty b) very lovely c) extremely good-looking d) too tall to be called good-looking 5) Beth, the third sister,.... a) didn’t feel comfortable in a company of strangers b) was very sociable c) was in low spirits most of the time d) most of the time felt self-confident 6) Amy, the youngest sister,.... a) was the head of the family b) followed the rules of social behaviour c) wasn’t easy-going d) wasn’t self-confident Find in the text some hints^ that may help you decide what future the four girls could have. Read the possible variants (a—-d) and match them with the girl's names. Explain your decisions. 27 LT 1-Л a •D 0^ Margaret a) She preferred to devote her life to her family especially helping those who had problems. b) Having a very high opinion of herself and being ilie most imperfect of the sisters, she tried hard to get over her selfishness. c) Being very good-looking she had several admirers and di.scovered a truly romantic love. d) Being not very good-looking she was much interested in people and events, could notice all possible details and eventually took to writing. a hint [hint] — намек 28 е 3 Grammar Mew Facts about the Past Simple and Past Progressive Tenses 1. Past progressive употребляется для описания обстановки, на фоне которой про-исходжш события в paccKaie или iiobcci вовании; Hie sun was shining. A .soft light wind was blowing. The flowers were opening. It was a perfect day for a walk. 2. Иногда past progressive упот{к:блястся c ишюлами see^ hear, love, feel, lye юш характеристики необычного, не присущего человеку повеления, действия в конкретный момент в прошлом: I met Roy. Не was happy because his sick sislcr was feeling much better. Bob who is not a very pleasant person was being so nice to us during our journey. 3. Post simple используется для описания довольно дпительного действия в прошлом, которое завершено к настояшему моменту, особенно с предлогами for и during-. The old man sat on a bench for a while, then he got up and went to the gate. The pupils stayed on the playground during the interval. Choose the appropriate verb forms to complete the sentences. 1) Your brother (was/was being) veiy annoying at the parly. He is usually quite different. 2) Mr Potter (sat/was sitting) on a bench for half an hour and then began reading a newspaper. 3) Mr Potter (sat/was sitting) on the bench. It was so quiet and peaceful around. 4) I (waited/was wailing) for Ann for an hour and a half and then left. It was useless to wait longer. 5) We (walked/were walking) all day. 6) We (walked/were walking) for ten minutes and then saw a palace. 7) Whenever I met Tom he (talked/was talking) constantly about his new BFF. 8) I couldn’t understand why George (was/was being) so rude to us then. He is generally so good-natured. 9) Nobody could recognize Polly. She (was/was being) so nice and polite trying to entertain the guests. 10) Jane (caught/was catching) a bad cold last weekend. Ml DO IT Oni YOUR OWM Use the appropriate forms of the verbs on the right to get a complete and grammatically correct text. Monday, 10 October Our second class was English and it (1) ... great. We (2)... to the song “Old MacDonalds had a farm" and then we all (3) ... it.jAftcr that we (4)... the game “Guess the Noise". We (5) ... a lot of fun when our headmaster Mr Loveday (6) ... in^ the classroom. He (7) ... to playjvjth^us and (8) ... a very realistic elephant noise. While he (9) ... that noise all the pupils (10) ... . They (11) ... for at least five minutes, I think. Mr Loveday is always so serious but he (12)... so funny during the gome. be listen vSing, have have, walk begin, make make laugh, laugli be А. Practise the new words and match the adjectives (1—6) with the word combinations (a—f). 1) plump 2) shy 3) pale 4) vain 5) inexpensive 6) sharp a) axes to cut wood b) morning sky c) self-satisfied woman d) furniture bought at the i7iarket e) rosy cheeks of a baby d) little child afraid to speak B. Complete the sentences with the appropriate prepositions from the box where necessary. 1) The wood crackled ... the fireplace. 2) Victor spent an hour trying to do the sum hut ... vain. 3) Before leaving the house she looked ... herself... the mirror. 4) There were five pieces ... furniture ... the living room. 5) Angela was a healthy young woman ... a pretty but pale face. 6) You should come at 7 o’clock ... sharp. 7) She is always shy ... speaking in public. 8) We could hardly see each other’s faces ... the twilight. 9)... least twenty people have finished their projects. 10) 1 don’t know what to do. He is always standing ... my way. 11)1 sent her an e-mail... the vain hope that she might call back. 12) She always returns ... twilight. about at in of with 29 I— •c 10 Find in the text "Four Sisters" (Ex. 5) equivalents for the following. 1) A short description of a person’s character; 2) the time in the evening when the sky is beginning to get dark; 3) outside and inside; 4) the mood or feeling that exists in a place; 5) a lot of brown hair; 6) aged fifteen; 7) with fair hair; 8) with bright eyes; 9) traditional ways of behaving that show respect for other people. Optional task. Use the Internet and try to find some information about Louisa May Alcott and her work. Share your information with your classmates. You may use: 1) https://en.wiktpedla.org?wlki?Louisa_May_Alcott 2) https://www.biography.com/people/louisa-rnay-akott-9179И0 IMi step 7 DO IT TOGETHER A. Listen, (11), and match the names of the speakers (1—6) with their statements (a—g). There is one statement you don't have to use. 1) Alex 2) Hairy^ 3) Eliza 4) Sam a) This speaker mentions a popular hobby which helps him to relax at Ihe end of a difficult day. b) This speaker says that hobbie.s help him/her to stand out among the rest of his/her friends. c) This speaker says that the choice of hobbies depends on too many things. d) This speaker liasn’t got a hobby yet and he/she is soiry about it. 6) Vio/a / JJy/'S. f) This speaker says that hobbies are useful because they make our lives more interesting and varied. g) This speaker mentions the variety of hobbies he/she has. N. 30 B. Say what place hobbies take in your life and what they are. Read the text and fill in the blanks (1—6) with the parts of the sentences (a—g). One part you don't have to use. Hobbies Hobbies become a necessary part of life for a lot of people. They (1)... and arc a means of self-expression, helping us (2).... - Hobbies can possibly be divided into several categories. T here are, for instance, hobbies (3).... These may be gardening, house decorating, making clothes, keeping bees, cooking and olhers. The second category of hobbies includes (4) ... — stamps, picture postcards, matchbox labels, badges, model cars or ships, coins etc. A large number of people choose hobbies that have something to do with the natural world. T hey keep birds like budgies or canaries and also dogs, eats, goldfish or exotic animals like snakes, iguanas [I'gwarnszl and spiders. Nature lovers (5) ... from common violets [Vaisbts] to rare kinds of cactuses. Collectors and nature lovers are one large world brotherhood with their own magazines and international friendships. Anyhow, we have to admit that such hobbies take up a lot of time, money and space. One more categoiy of people are those who enjoy the arts; those who go in for singing, competitive dancing, playing on the .stage, mnsic-rnaking, drawing and painting. Photography has become very popular as well. Most of these pastimes give (6).... Finally, there are hobbies which are good for keeping fit and broadening one’s knowledge and mind: they arc occupations like travelling, camping, rock-climbing, doing sport and playing dificrent games. These hobbies arc good for meeting people and sharing fun with them. a) grow house plants of various types b) which most people consider useful c) makes people’s lives more fun d) give us a change from the daily routine t) people a chance to get together socially t) to live in harmony with oui'sclvcs g) those connected with collecting objects of interest I A. Work in pairs or in small groups. Make a list of advantages which having a hobby may give you. Some of the ideas come from the text "Hobbies". Hobbies may become a means of self-expression. They give us a change from the daily routine. They may be useful for everyday life. Hobbies may give people a chance to meet socially. They broaden our knowledge and minds. They may help us to keep fit. B. Make a list of popular hobbies and decide what advantages and disadvantages they have. Match the words from the box (1 9) with the rows of words that can come together with them (a—i). Follow the example. Example: 1) fumilurc— c) (old fumiiure, house furniture, office furniture, comfortable furniture, modem fumiiure). 1) furniture 2) sharp 3) twilight 4) mirror 5) pale 6) plump 7) sliy 8) crackle 9) vain a) old, house, office, comfortable, modern b) person, words, look, behaviour, smile c) tongue, eyes, rise, pain, turn d) dry leaves, wood, radio, thunder, atmosphere e) hope, regrets', person, behaviour, speech f) sky, face, blue, pink, grey g) to fall, to deepen, to gather, to begin, to turn into night h) baby, hands, cheeks, body, figure i) round, square, oval, bathroom, old-fashioned 31 СГ) r-t n> TJ >J Word Building Compound Adjectives with Participles I and II As Tneir Second Components 1. D отрывке из романа Little Women вам встретились сложные прилагательные bright-eyed и fair-haired. Подобные сложные слова, в качестве второго компонента которых выступает прилагательное или второе причастие (Paniciple И = = Ved/Vj), весьма типичны ;uih современного английского языка. В качестве первого компонента в таких словах могут выступать имена существительные, прилагательные и нареч1гя. blue-eyed, old-fashioned ~ hand-written, weather-beaten well-paid, poorly-dressed Adjective Noun Adverb -b Participle 11 2. He менее распространённой моделью образования сложных прилагательных является аналог ичная модель, но в качестве второго комнонен ч а сложнш'о слова в ней выступает первое причастие (Participle 1 =Ving). Adjective Noun Advert) -i- Participle I easy-going, smart-looking = progress-making, heart-breaking well-meaning, fast-developing A. Form compound adjectives using the words from the two boxes. Model 1 home, well, low, old, absent Adj N Adv + Paniciple II educated, minded, fasltioned, paid, made regrets — сожаления Model 2; low, easy, fast, heart, sea + Participle I developing, lying, breaking, going, loving 32 B. Complete these sentences with the compound adjectives from part A. 1) The news about their father’s death was unexpected and .... 2) Students from Oxford and Cambridge are usually knowledgeable and ... . 3) Elderly people are often .... 4) I he lady was wearing a strange ... hat with a lot of paper flowers. 5) Holland is a ... country, most of its territory is below sea level. 6) The ... cake was vciy tasty. 7) John has a ... job, he doesn’t earn much money. 8) Computer industry is a ... industry in our country. 9) Alice is such an ... person. She is usually relaxed, calm and not getting easily upset. 10) Britain is a ... nation. Word Building Sound Imitation As a Means of Making Mew Words Известный вам глагол то crackle образован на основе звукоподражания. В английском языке целый ряд с/юв но звучанию напоминает звуки, П]')Оизводимые в природе. Это могут быть звуки, которые издаю! животные: to bark ГЬа:к1 — лаять to howl [haulj — выть to hiss [his] — шипеть lo neigh [nei] — ржат ь to roar [ro:] — рычать to quack [kwsek] — крякать to croak [krouk] — квакать A. Match the animals with the sounds they produce. quack [kwaek] d cluck Гк1лк] "e cuckoo [’koku:] 7 в. Bees buzz, cats mew or miaow. What do these animals do? . V. 33 03 t: - УЧУ- Grammar Revision of Tenses Вспомните, как образуется будущее иросгос время the future simple {^indefinite) tense и основные случаи eio использования. 1 The Future Simple Tense | - will/shall+V will +V 1 will/shall be back. We will/shall do It. He/She/lt will go there. УоиЯЬеу will finish it. - - will not/won't W shall not/shan't +У will not/won't +V 1 won't/shan't be back. We will/shall not do it. He/She/lt won't go there. УоиЛ hey will not finish it. 1 Will/shall l/we+V? Will he/she/it/you/they +V? 1 Will/Shall 1 he back? 1 Will/Shall we do it? Will he/ she go there? 1 Will you/they finish it? 1 А. Use the appropriate forms of the verbs in brackets {present simple or future simple) to complete the sentences. 1) I don’t know if 1 (see) you next Sunday. I think I (be) out of town. 2) I (stop) and (ask) the way. I (be) not sure we are walking in the right direction. 3) If the situation (not cliange), we (lose) the game. 4) If John (arrive) on time, we (not miss) the .5 o’clock bus. 5) They don’t know when Mr Green (return). 6) Tf it (rain), I (not allow) Jack to go for a walk. 7) I don’t think we (go) out if it (snow'). 8) Who (speak) to Mr Biggs when he (come)? 9) I hcy (not tell) you when they are leaving. 10) It’s difficult to say if they (finish) the project today. 34 N. L DO IT ON YOUR OWN A. Make up as many compound adjectives as you can. bright legged wide laced fair shouldered long eyed pale haired round sharp eared B. Use the adjectives in sentences of your own. c) rains c) rains c) arrives c) answer I Choose the right forms of the verbs to complete the sentences, 1) Look! It... hard. a) is raining b) will rain 2) If it..., we’U stay at home a) is raining b) will rain 3) According to the timetable our train... at seven, a) is arriving b) will arrive 4) — The telephone is ringing. — I ... it. a) am answering b) will answ'er 5) Ask them when they.... a) are returning b) will return 6) Г11 find out if they ... us. a) are helping b) will help 7) Г11 ask him to help us as soon as he ... free, a) is being b) will be 8) I ... you my pen if you like, a) am giving b) will give 9) Nobody knows if she ... her word, a) is keeping b) will keep 10) If she keeps her word, nobody ... our secret, a) is learning b) will leam I c) return I c) help c) is c) give c) keep c) learns 10 What tense {future simple or present progressive) will you use to complete the sentences? I) We (have) a party next Sunday. You (come)? 2) Jane (come) if you (ask) her. 3) Do you know that Andrew (leave) for Paris tomorrow? 4) Are you sure their team (play) tonight? 5) Eveiybody knows they (win) the game. 6) If Helen (read) the text, she (know) what it is about. 7) Tell me when your aunt (come) to Moscow. I (meet) her at the airport. 8) John says he (take) us to the cinema this evening. 9) You (send) the invitation to Mr Woodriff? lO) I’ve bought the tickets. We (fly) next Thursday. Step 8 DO IT TOCETHER Listen to the text, (12), and say which of the facts below (1—7) are true, false or not stated. 1) All people react to colours in practically the same way. 2) Many people don’t like bright colours. .г- / 3) Scientists will soon find the answer to the question why different people prefer various coloui’s. 4) Preferences in colours depend on a person’s age. 5) People living in northern countries like cold colours. 6) Our feelings may depend upon the colours that surround us. 7) Varieties of red can make people feel more comfortable than varieties of green. A. Speak about the colours that make you feel: comfortable depressed cheerful blue aggressive bored '-1 B. Combine the words to be able to name the colours more exactly 123 red green blue yellow pink/rosy purple orange grey brown white black 9 gra.ss navy^ lemon stone bottle sky chocolate mouse cornflower-snow coal О тз 00 с. Work in pairs. Name the colours which you prefer in: clothes shoes or boots wallpaper furniture cars dishes, plates, cups, mugs swimming trunks or swimsuits sportswear Word Building Compound Words with Numerals in Their Structures 1. Количественные числительные также часто иснолкзуюгся при образовании сложных прилагательных. При этом большинтво таких слов пиигугся через дефис — Q five-year-old boy, а three-act play. Подобные прила1ательныс могут обозначать: возраст: а twelve-year-old building длительность: a twenty-minute walk расстояние; a two-kilometre road иену; a fifty-dollar dress вес: a five-kilo bag 2. Порядковые числительные также принимают участие в создании сложных прилагательных. я fust-rate film а third-floor flat а second-hand car a nineteenth centuiy novel ' acid ['a:sidj — кислотный; кислота ^ navy L'nervi] — морской флот; тёмно-синий {цвет морской формы) ^ а cornflower ['кэ:пЯаоэ] — василёк 36 с э N. Write the same differently. Example: Jo was fifteen years old. Jo was a fifteen-year-old girl. 1) My little sister is eight years old. 2) Mr Jackson was a proud-looking gentleman who was sixty years old. 3) Our teacher is a woman oflorty-six, tall and good-looking. 4) Among the tourists there were two children who were ten years old. 5) It’s not easy to explain such difficult things to a child who is five years old. 6) Ours was an old dog who was thirteen years old. 7) When we met, Samuel was a young man w^ho was twenty-one years old then Read the text and complete it choosing the appropriate words. Sallie McBride helped me to choose the furniture for my room. She has lived in a (1) ... all her life and knows all about furnishing. You can’t imagine what fun it is to shop and (2) ... with real fifty-dollar notes when you’ve never had more than (3) ... cent.s in your life. Some w'ords about Sallie and Julia Pendleton who are roommates and live on the same floor as I do. Sallie is the most (^) ... person in the world — and Julia the least so. Sally thinks (5) ... is funny and Julia is (6) ... at all the things. She never even tries to be (7).... She believes that if you are a Pendleton, that fact alone (8) ... you go to heaven without any (9) ... examination. Julia and T were born to be enemies. {After Jean Webster') 1) a) house b) home c) building d) place 2) a) pay b) paid c) payment d) paying 3) a) few b) a few c) any d) none 4) a) entertain b) entertainment c) entertained d) entertaining .5) a) anything b) nothing c) something d) everything 6) a) bore b) bored c) boredom d) boring 7) a) friend b) friendship c) friendly d)friends 8) a) lets b) allows c) permits d) leads 9) a) farther b) farthest c) furl her d) furihest Listen, 9 (13), and read. A. capable f'keipabl] — способный income Г'шклт] — доход key [ki:l — ключ level I'levpl I — уровень raise f rcizl — 1) поднимать; 2) распить research (n'sa:^] — исследование single L'siijgl] — 1) ещшственный; 2) нсза.мужний, холостой tend [tendj — склоняться, иметь тенденцию according to — согласно bare necessities — насущные потребности neither... nor... — ни...ни... senior citizens — пожилые люди, люди пенсионного возраст а B. capable: а capable student, capable and enthusiastic, to be capable of doing something. Ii is an ambitious programme but you are capable of achieving gcxKl results. income: a low income, a monthly income. What is vour annual income? The family didn’t have any .source of income when George died. key: a key to the door, house keys, car keys, a key to happiness. Where is the key to the back door? level: a high level, a low level, at the same level, high levels of stress at work. The river has been at its highest level for several years. The level of crime here is really high, raise: 1) to raise somctliing, to raise your hand, to raise oneself, to raise your voice, to raise a cup to your lips. She could hardly raise herself out of the armchair. They raised the prices. 2) to raise a child, to raise a family. For many parents raising children is a very positive thing. She was raised by her grandparents. research; medical research, the latest research, further research on the topic, to carry out research. Recent research shows that the situation is improving. Who is carrying out the historical research of the problem? single: 1) a single day, a single bed, every single penny. There was a single silver ring in the box. 2) to be single. Please state if you are married or single. tend; to tend to do something. I he gym tends to get very busy at about 6 o’clock. Religion is personal and I tend not to talk about it. according to: We should work according to our plan. bare necessities: Some families don’t have enough money for the bare necessities like food, neither...nor: Neither he nor she has (have — informal) a key to the problem. Neither you nor we can finish the research. senior citizens: We should have some clubs for senior citizens in our town. 37 r+ a> “O Use the new words and expressions instead of the underlined parts of the sentences and say the same differently. I) Good planning is a wav to success. 2) The money he uol allowed him to live quite comfortably. 3) The bag was heavy and Jerry lifted it with a lot of difficulty. 4) They worked very hard and managed to complete the work in iust one day. 5) This student is not likel:y to make grammar mistakes in his English. 6) She teaches a lot of classes and doesn’t have time for her own study. 7) My father сщп answer my questions better than anyone else. 8) The article savs that the film festival has been a great success. 9) We didn’t ask for much: just the most basic things. 10) Older people will be able to appreciate a quiet and comfortable holiday. Grammar Revision of Tenses Вспомните, как образуется и в каких случаях употребляется так называемое время /и ture-in-ihe-past. Future-in-the-past + — would -t-V would not/wouldn't +V He promised he would return. 1 knew 1 wouldn't believe hlm. They thought they would do it. We were sure you wouldn't agree. Complete the sentences using the verbs in brackets either in future simple or in future-in-the-past. 1) I (take) an umbrella if it rains. 2) Dear John, I’m writing to tell you J (be) in Liverpool next Thursday. 3) 1 thought you (be) happy if I gave you this ring as a gift. 4) I )o you tliink it (snow) tomorrow? 5) I'hey promised they (send) me an e-mail when they arrived. 6) We’re lost. 1 (stop) and ask the way. 7) I would like you to repeat your reasons, perhaps he (understand) you. 8) 1 thought you (visit) your granny tomorrow. 9) We were sure he (win). 10) 1 hope my parents (give) me a new iPad as a binhday present. DO IT Oni YOUR OWN Choose the appropriate verb forms to complete the sentences. 1) James said they (will bc/would be) at home after six. 2) Betty didn’t want anything to eat. She promised she (will have/would have) something later. 3) If it rains, I don’t think we (will go/would go) boating. 4) Steve said he (will phone/wouJd phone) me in the evening. 5) Diana explained she (will finish/would finish) the job at the end of the week. 6) if you work late hours every night, you (will have/would have) a headache in the end. _ 38 N. Complete the text. Use the derivatives of the words on the right in the appropriate forms. My hobby is (1) .... 1 started that sport when 1 was an eight-year-old girl. My friends thought I was fairly (2).... It is not (3) ... surprising that I became a (4) .... My both brothei^ are (5) ...s in this sport and my elder brother is my (6).... I hope my (7) ... trainings will lead to (8) ... results and I will be a (9)... of some snowboarding (10).... snowboard talent real, snowboard profession manage, end, success-win, compete 10 Paraphrase the sentences. Follow the example. Example: Jack is rwenty-five years old. He works as a fisherman. Jack, a twenty-five-year-old man, works as a fishemian. I) Jack is twenty-five years old. He works as a fisherman, 2) Sally is fifteen years old. She is a secondary-school pupil. 3) Mr Scott is thirty years old. He is an architect. 4) David is forty-four years old. He works as a journalist. 5) Charles is twelve years old. He is my cousin. 6) Mary-Ann is nine years old. She lives in the cottage next to ours. 7) Mrs Semple is fifty-nine years old. She is our teacher of biology. 8) Robert is three years old. He is my nephew. I step 9 I DO IT TOGETHER A. Listen to the song, (14), and sing it along Be Happy Here’s a little song I wrote You might want to sing it note for note Don’t worry, be happy. In every life we have some trouble But when you worry you make it double Don’t worry, be happy. нота в HOTV беда, неприятность удваивать Ain’t got no cash, ain’t got no style Ain’t got no gal to make you smile Don’t worry, be happy. ’Cause when you worry Your face will frown [fraun] And that will bring everybody down Don’t worry, be happy. = 1 haven’t got = gill {Am£ informal) = because хмуриться испортить всем настроение Now there is this song I wrote 1 hope you learned it note for note Like good little children Don’t worry, be happy Listen to what I sing In your life you expect some trouble When you worry you make it double Don’t worry, be happy Don’t worry, don’t worry, don’t do it. Be happy. Put a smile on your face. Don’t bring everybody down. Don’t worry. It will soon pass, whatever it is. Don’t worry, be happy. I’m not worried. I’m happy... B. Say what you do to fight your bad moods. 39 r+ n> T3 Ni You know the words in column A. Read the sentences and decide what the words in column В mean. A. wealthy satisfactory to add young general delighted to believe B. wealth satisfy (satisfaction) additional (addition) youth generally delight belief 1) Wealth is plenty of money and other expensive things. 2) They used some of their wealth to build a beautiful palace. 3) You can satisfy people by giving them something they want or need. 4) It is impossible to sati.sfv everybody. 5) Satisfaction is the happy feeling you get, for instance, from your job. 6) Something that you add to something is an addition. 7) What arc the new additions to the library? 8) Don’t you think you may need some additional informa-tion? 9) Youth is the best period of one’s life. 10) In our youth we are full of energy and enthusiasm. 11) \ oung people in general are called youth. 12) She was uenerallv an early riser and got up not later than six. 13) To my great delight, she said yes. 14) Enjoy the delights of Spain. 15) Do you believe in God? Wliat are vour beliefs? Read the text and complete the sentences after it. Be Happy How much do we know about happiness? What docs a human need to be happy? Eveiyone answers this question in their own way but there also exists some objective data. A lot of people are sure that wealth is an important part of happiness and that money can make you feel on top of the world. Actually, according to scientific research, money can’t buy you satisfaction. It is just getting the bare necessities that gives you a sense of delight. Additional income can hardly raise your spirits. Youth doesn’t make you happy either. The same research shows that older people are more satisfied with their lives than the young. In fact, young people tend to have dark moods and feel blue more often than senior citizens. A good education i.s a useful thing but, unfortunately, neither education nor a high 1Q‘ is a key to happiness. ' IQ = Intelligence Quotient — коэффициент уровня умственной одарённости, который проверяется с помощью специального теста. I 40 с Z3 Wc can’t be certain about marriage. Though the research shows that married people arc gen -crally happier than single, it is difficult to say if they become happier after getl ing married or are originally happier than those who stay single. A good climate and plenty of sunshine have nothing to do wit h our emotions eit her. So what helps us to look on the bright side? Scientists believe that among the facts capable of raising your spirits arc religious beliefs, tnie friends and a good family. One of the conclusions that scientists make is that people who have them, achieve the highest level of happiness and seldom fed depressed. From everytliing said above it is easy to make a conclusion that to be happy and content a person needs good social skills and support of other people. 1) Scientists say that.... a) money is the surest way to happiness b) money is the only way to happiness c) buying the bare necessities is a way to happiness d) buying the bare necessities can’l make you happy 2) A high level of education .... a) is the best way to happiness b) is no way to happiness c) leads people to wealth d) helps to find the shortest way to happiness 3) Tlie research shows that.... a) there are as many married people as single ones b) getting married is a sure way to liappiness c) there are more happy people among married men and women than among single ones d) it is clear that marriage helps people to become happy 4) To be satisfied with their lives people .... a) should live in a good climate b) should have a lot of sunshine c) should have friends, a family or other people helping them d) should be able to raise their own spirits Think about a feeling of happiness and say; if you are a happy person, satisfied with life; why you think so; if your happiness depends on your income; if your living conditions influence your happiness; if your health makes you happy; if your friends and family add to your feeling of happiness; if you can be happy when there are many unhappy people around; if the feeling of happiness and satisfaction can last long. Comment on these. 1) No one can de.scribe happiness. You have to be unhappy to understand it. 2) Happiness does not come from what you have but what you are. 3) Happiness is where you find it and very seldom where you look foj it. 4) The heart is the happiest when it beats for others. 5) Happiness is like the common cold — it’s catching. 6) The place lo be happy is here, the time to be happy is now, the w ay to be happy is to make oihiersso. r) Happiness will never come to those who don’t appreciate w hat they have. Phrasal Verbs Познакомьтесь с фразовыми глаголами, ядерным элементом которых является слово beat. I) to beat down (on sb/sth) литься, проливаться Outside the rain was beating down, 2) to beat off — отбивать(ся) She managed to beat off her attackers. 3) to beat out (a rhythm) — отбивать(ритм) The audience were beating out the rhythm with their feet. 4) to beat up — и.збить They threatened to heat me up if I didn’t give tiiem my money. 5) to beat oneself up — укорять себя Don’t beat yourself up over this: you couldn’t help it. 41 r+ Ф T3 (0 Complete the sentences with the function words from the box. 1) My music teacher helped me by beating ... the rhythm with her hand. 2) There was little sympathy for the man who regularly beat ... his wife. 3) He had to beat the dog ... with a stick. 4) I could feel the sun beating ... on my head. 5) The police beat... the demonstrators to let the President’s car through. 6) He said that he had been beaten ... by the police. 7) The drummer beat ... the rhythm on the drums. 8) The sun was beating ... on the diy soil. down oft out up с 3 Grammar Revision of Tenses Вспомните, как образуются грамматические времена present perfect и present perfect continuous (progressive), a также основные случаи их использования. 1 The Present Perfect Tense The Present Perfect Progressive Tense have/has -1-V3 have/has-i- been -i-Ving \ have already done it. He has just finished. 1 have been doing it since I riday. 1 le has been reading for two hours. - 1 We haven't written the article yet. 1 She hasn't finished the job. We haven't been painting the windows, we have been painting the wall for three hours. ? Have you read "Macbeth" by Shakespeare? Why have they done it? Have you been reading "Macbeth" since Sep tember? How long have they been doing it? 1 Use the appropri ate forms of the verbs in brackets to complete the sentences. Use present perfect or present perfect progressive. 1) I (leam) English for nine years. 2) They (learn) several 1юепт5 by heart this year. 3) She never (be) to France, but she (teach) French for twenty years. 4) Wc (look) through the magazine. \ou may lake it. 5) My aunt (look) for her keys since morning and she (not find) them yet. 6) How long they (work) on this project? — 1 don’t know. I think they (do) it for nearly a month. 7) It (snow) since morning. Wlien wiB it stop snowing? 8) I (know) Andrew for ten years. 9) Tom (sleep) since 9 p.m. and he (not wake) up yet. 10) How' long you (take) pictures? — C)uite long. I (be) in the business for ten years already. b) have been having DO 1Т01У YOUR OWIU Choose the appropriate verb forms to complete the sentences. 1) 1... this camera for ages, a) have had 2) Your eyes look red.... ? a) Have you cried? b) Have you been crying? 3) The Browns... in tliis house since they moved to Brighton, a) lived b) have been living 4) Why is mum so angry? What...? a) have I done b) have 1 been doing 5) Anna is an old friend of mine. 1... her since my first year at school a) have know'n b) know 6) Oh, that’s you, Mike! Wliere ... ? a) have you been 7) The taxi... yet. a) has not arrived 8) We... for you for about an hour, a) have w'aited 9) — Why are your hands so dirty? — I... flowers in the garden, a) have planted b) were you b) has not been arriving b) have been waiting b) have been planting 10) Jane ... her watch again and can’t find it. a) has lost b) has been losing Complete the sentences with the words from the box. addition, satisfaction, generally, youth, satisfy, delight (2), beliefs, wealth, additional 1) Everyone knows that health is better than .... 2) Гт afraid we’ll need some ... help if we want to complete the work on time. 3) She got little ... from the fact that she had won in the school competition: she wanted more than that. 4) ... speaking, I can say that T agree with your arguments. 5) Every Night and every Mom* Some to Misery- are bom. Every Morn and every Night Some arc bom to sweet.... Some arc born to sweet..., Some arc bom to Endles.s Night. (William Blake) 6) Here, look at this. I’ve brought a new... to your collection of model ships. 7) ... is full of sport. Age’s breath" is short. {William Shakespeare) 8) Everyone should be able to express their own personal.... 9) Greg needed a bigger meal to ... his hunger: a couple of sandwiches was not enough. 43 r+ n> TJ 10 Use the appropriate function words to complete the sentences. 1) Tell them you don’t want to do it anymore and don’t beat yourself (down/up) about it. 2) The dmms were beating (off/out) a new rhythm. 3) Even in late autumn with the rain beating (down/out), it is nice and cosy. 4) He had been beaten (off/up) by .some hooligans and looked terrible. 5) I kept beating myself (oul/up) about the cruel words I had said. 6) We hardly managed to beat (off/up) the hungry seagulls. 7) The hot African .sun was beating (up/ down) on our aching heads. N. Step 10 DO IT TOGETHER You will hear a talk between two friends. Listen, (15), and choose the appropriate items to complete the following sentences. 1) These days people .... a) think more about the way of their lives than they did several years ago b) have stopped thinking about their ways of living c) talk more about healthy ways of life than they used to ' morn = morning ^ misery ['mizari] — страдания * breath [breG] — дыхание V»’ 44 С 3 2) "ITie speakers agree that.... a) a healthy way of life is eating a lot b) eating habits influence people’s health c) these days people eat less than they used to 3) Nowadays people ... . a) have the same eating habits as twenty years ago b) choose those eating habits that doctors advise to have c) begin to have different eating habits 4) On television there are many programmes devoted to .... a) dangerous eating habits b) different ways to keep fit c) different medieal problems 5) The speakers say that... . a) doctors’ advice should be followed b) going to a gym can be very expensive c) sometimes it’s not easy to follow doctors’ advice 6) The speakers are sure that people ... nowadays. a) can take care of their health b) can’t take care of their health c) don’t have time to take care of their health 7) The speakers agree that.... a) dieting is very useful b) being a vegetarian is very' healthy c) one should take care of one’s health Answer the questions. 1) Do you know the saying: “A sound (healthy) mind in a sound body’''? What do people mean when they use it? 2) What do you do to keep fit? How important is keeping fit for you? Why? 3) Why do doctors say that both being too skinny and being obese are dangerous? How can we control our weight? Why is it not always easy? 4) Do you have regular and varied meals? What kind of food is good and bad for your health? 5) How much exercise do you lake? What type of exercise do you prefer? 6) Do you keep regular hours? Do you get enough sleep or stay up late at night? 7) How much time do you spend in the open air? What open-air games do you enjoy playing? 8) Do you often catch colds? How often? Does it depend on a .season? What do you usually do if you feel you are coming down with a cold? 9) Do you take any medicine when you are ill? Do you call a doctor? Do you prefer to follow the doctor’s advice or do you liy' to cure your disease yourself? 10) Don’t you think it is dangerous not to pay attention to your cough or running nose, pains in your heart or stomach? Work in pairs. Make and act out dialogues between a doctor and a patient. Use some of the following. Doctor: What is troubling you? What’s the matter with you? Where do feel the pain? When did the pain start? Let me examine you. Don’t worry, it’s nothing serious. Patient: I’ve got a headache (backache/earache/ stomachache/toothachc). Г sneeze and cough. It hurts me when 1 walk (move my arm etc). I’m not too well. You must stay in bed. I’ll prescribe some medicines for you (for your cough). Within a few days you will feel cured. How long have you been ill? When did you come down with a cold? How do you feel now? Do you feel any belter now? I’m afraid you’ll have lo go to hospital for a cure. I hope you’ll soon recover. You have a weak heart (a heart problem). I’ve been feeling off-colour for several days. 1 feel sick. I have a pain in my back (arm/leg etc) I feel weak and tired. I don’t sleep well. I have trouble with my eyes. I have a sore throat. I feel much better, but... I’ve caught a cold. I am on my way to recovery. What’s wrong with me? Should I take anything for my heart? 45 r+ Л TJ b) My problem is sleeplessness. A. Read about the problems some people have (a—e) and match them with the solutions (1—4) other people offer for such situations. There is one problem you don't have to match with a text. 1. If this is my problem, I first try to count up to a hundred, if that doesn’t work, I dose my eyes and 1 say in my mind: “I’m going to sleep and I’m going to have a very long and deep sleep or I may get up, have a warm drink and read a bit.” 2. Well, I take as much exercise as I possibly can and I try not to tliink about this problem of mine. Because if you start thinking about it, you can be sure that you’ll eat much more than you usually do and that will lead to obesity. The best thing to do is lo keep yourself busy and do as many things as you possibly can. 3. In this case I try to be wise and analyze the situation. I usually say to myself: “Hey, you can't have all illnesses imaginable. You have simply got stressed and that’s why your heart is beating faster, you’re not having a heart attack. You’re having a headache because you’re tired and you haven’t had enough sleep. Every thing is OK with you.” Bui if 1 can’t calm myself, I go to see a doctor. 4. If I have this problem, I j’ust cal as many oranges as I possibly can lo gel more vitamin [Vitamm] C and take a lot of hot drinks, not necessary milk which I don’t like very much. 1 may slay in bed for a day or two. c) I want lo lose weight. d) 1 find new 'X and new diseases ) I have. (' e) I want to put oii X weight as I’m getting ) really skinny. B. Say what you usually do if you have similar problems. Idiomatic English щ^т-т m • 46 c Social English тм • «. ■ • • • « • Познакомьтесь c английсю-ши устойчивыми словосочетаниями, которые позволяют говорящему описать своё или чьё-либо самочувствие. Feeling well or better • to be as fit as a fiddle • to be as right as rain • to be in good health • to be the picture of health • to be on the mend • to be on one’s way to recovery } поправля1Ься Feeling bad • to be under the weather • to feel off-colour • to need to recharge one’s batteries • to have weak/delicate health ■ to need to consult the doctor/ dentist • to look like death warmed up Work in pairs. Act out the follov\/ing dialogues and then make up similar dialogues of your own. Use idiomatic English. 1) A: B; A; B: A: B: 2) A: B: A: B; A: B: 3) A: B: A: B: A: B: You look pale. What’s the matter? I’m under the weather. 1 think I’ve got a lemperature. Oh, I’m so sorry. Wliy don’t you consult the doctor? I will. In fact, I’m on my way to the clinic. 1 see. Get well! Thank you. How are you feeling today? Much better, thanks. I iliink I’m on the mend. How long have you been ill? For about a week or so. My doctor says I’m on my way to recovery. I’m so glad to hear it. Do take care of yourself Thank you, I will. Hi! It’s been a long time. How are you? I’m tine, thank you. I’ve been away on holiday, recharging my batteries You do look the picture of health. Thank you. I badly needed that holiday after my illness. Do your lieadaches still trouble you? No, not really. 1 can say that at the moment I am as right as rain. Words of Sympathy'* В жизни людей часто подстерегакут неприятности. В этот момент им необходимы поддержка и сочувствие. Не всегда просто найти нужные для этою случая слова. Следующие фразы могут прийти вам на помощь. Му mum is ill — l''m sorry to hear that. I hope it’s not anything serious. Ann hasn’t been feeling well. — Oh, that’s too bad. Anything .serious? I’m coming down with a cold. — I’m sorry. Remember I’m here for you if you need anything. Leo has broken his leg. — How terrible! Margaret is in hospital — Oh, no. How awful! It was a great shock to me, — I can imagine that. I really miss my friend. — Yes, you must. Mary’s grandmother has died. — Tell her I’m sorry. She was a wonderful woman. She will be missed. (Wc’II miss her.) I’m afraid I’ve got into trouble. — I do sympathize. (Я очень сочувствую.) ' sympathy [‘simpaGi] — сочувствие Use words of sympathy and give appropriate reactions. 1) Look. I’ve cut my finger. 2) My dad is in hospital witli a heart attack. 3) My boyfriend (girlfriend) is going away. 4) The news of the car crash was a shock to me. 5) 1 couldn’t sleep last night: I had a terrible toothache. 6) Alice’s little brother fell down and hurt himself. 7) My uncle died in hospital the other day. 8) I’m running a high temperature. Grammar e времена past perfect и post perfect progres-ования в речи. Revision of Tenses Вспомните, как образуются грамматически sive {^continuous)^ a также случаи их использ 1 The Past Perfect Tense The Past Perfect Progressive Tense hadWed^V3 had-i^been-i-Ving He said my cousin had already arrived. 1 went to the museum because 1 had heard a lot about the new arrivals. She said she had been playing the piano for an hour. They were tired as they had been walking since morning. - hadn't Wed/V^ hadn't +been-t-Ving We decided to go to Rome because we hadn't been there. Tracey told me they hadn't enjoyed the concert. He understood the boys hadn't been playing long. Rick knew he hadn't been working properly. 1 47 r+ n> “D 1 Use the appropriate forms of the verbs in brackets to complete the sentences. 1) When I got to the party, it already (start). 2) They agreed they (read) the text for more than two hours. 3) I ihouglti I (work) for Mrs March, but she was surprised to hear that. 4) My sister looked rather bad because she (not sleep) at night. 5) Jill was upset because Mark (not call) her. 6) They (live) in California before they moved to New York. 7) Alice said they (wait) for Mary for too long and added she was leaving. 8) Florence was angry because Alex (not come). 9) I decided to tell Mel what (happen). 10) We wanted to know how long the boys (play) football. They looked hot and tired. DO IT 01У YOUR OWN Choose the appropriate forms of the verbs to complete the sentences. I) I left the classroom as soon as 1 (had writlen/had been writing) the test. 2) Andy came and said that they (had written/had been writing) their essays for an hour and a half. 3) My mother gave me her mobile because 1 (had lost/had been losing) mine. 4) George said he (had prepared/had been preparing) for his exam for a week. 5) After Jim (had paid/had been paying) for the books he left the shop. 6) I thought we (had waited/had been waiting) for Ann too long and decided to tell Andrew about it. 7) We (had swum/had been swimming) in the river for half an hour when Alfred .said he was going to lie in the sun a bit. 8) After Lily (had packed/had been packing) her suitcase she headed for the car. N. 48 с :з Read the text and complete It choosing the appropriate words. Have you ever thought about the great progress medicine has made lately? Looking back on tl ie achievements of medical science we must feel (1) .... Only a hundred years ago even medical people didn’t know (2) ... about bacilli Iba'silaiJ or appendicitis | a,pendi'sailis] to say notliing about common people. The (3)... didn’t get any scientific informal ion at all. About sixty years ago doctors thought that they could cure patients with a fever* by keeping them on (4)... and using a lot of ice. Now such methods don’t work. A (5) ... generations ago people with rheumatism I'rurmatizm] (6) ... to carry hot potatoes in their pockets^ as a means of (7)...! Now it sounds like a joke. In those days it (8)... a man just two years at college to become a doctor, nowadays the time of studying is from five to nine ycai-s. 1) a) respectable b) cheerful c) proud d) resentful 2) a) things b) nothing c) something d) anything 3) a) late b) later c) latter d) latest 4) a) food b) meal c) eating d) a diet 5) a) few b) number c) many d) little 6) a) use b) used c) using d) useless 7) a) recovery b) cure c) doctoring d) medicine 8) a) got b)gave c) cost d) took 10 In 8—10 sentences write what you'd better do/not do to be in harmony with yourself. step 11 Consolidation Class Nc Ч DO IT TOGETHER Listen to six people speaking about skiing, e (16), and match what they say (1—6) with the statements (a—g) below. There is one statement that you don't have to use. 41______ a) The speaker gives information about the history of skiing. b) The speaker mentions advantages and disadvantages of skiing, c) The speaker names the birthplace of skiing. d) The speaker gives his/her opinion about learning to ski. ' fever ['fiivaj — жар, лихорадка ^ a pocket [’pokit] — карман N. e) The speaker mentions his/her preferences in skiing. f) The speaker says how good his/her friends are at skiing. g) The speaker gives information about the latest skiing cornpelilion of the year, Do the test to decide how fit you are. Test 1) You got one box of chocolates for Christmas. What do you do? a) Rat them all myself. b) Share the chocolates with my family. 2) You wake up and see lots of snow. What do you think? a) It’s too cold. Tm staying in bed. b) Great! I can play in the snow! 3) It's the last day of the holiday. What do you do? a) Relax. Tm on holiday! b) Meet a friend and go on a trip. 4) You're packing your school bag. What snacks’ do you take? a) Crisps, sweets and a fizzy drink. b) Fruit and orange juice. 5) It's very cold. How do you get to school? a) I ask my mum to drive me. It’s too cold. b) 1 walk. It’s not cold if you move quickly. 6) You're seeing a friend. What do you do? a) I slay in and watch TV or play computer games. b) i go skating or sledging. Count your points. a = I point; b = 2 points. See what your results are: 18 points. You're not healthy and you’re lazy! You stay at home just because it’s cold. You need to start exercising and stop eating crisps and sweets. 9 12 points. Well done! You know liow to be healthy. You don’t eat many unhealthy snacks and you find ways to exercise even when it’s cold. Read the text and fill in the blanks (1—7) with the parts of the sentences (a—h). There is one part you don't have to use. Then think of a title for the text. A lot of people nowadays are trying to change their lifestyles. They say they would rather have a healthy way of life, which means no bad habits, a lot of fruit and vegetables in your fridge, (1).... You can’t agree more. Bad habits influence our lives. Smoking, drinking alcohol, taking dmgs arc the worst ones. It’s common knowledge that they can shorten our lives dramatically. Smoking is ver>' dangerous. It leads to (2) ..., makes your teeth yellow and your looks unhealthy. Dmgs tend to lead drug users to early deaths. Fortunately, smoking, drinking and taking drugs have lately received a lot of bad publicity. One can say that fewer people smoke these days. Some companies do not take on people (3) .... Smoking is not allowed in most public places because, as everyone agrees, it does a lot of harm to our health. The majority of people these days spend most of the lime sitting. They sit in cars on their way to work, they sit in front of the computers (4) ... , they sit again at 49 to r+ (b T3 * a snack [snaek] — закуска 50 с э home (5) .... People ehoose passive entertainments (movies or video games, for instance) rather than active ones (ice-skating, skiing, playing volleyball). And most things we do at home that once used to depend on physical labour have become largely automated. Nowadays wc just press buttons or (6) .... All tliis is very harmful to our hearts. People should spend more time in fitness centres, gyms, swimming pools or just walking in woods or parks. And no more excuses! It’s time to understand that (7).... a) ask others to do work for us b) who arc smokers c) don’t spend enough time in the open air d) in their classrooms and offices e) health is better than wealth f) enough sleep and at least some physical exercise g) a number of heart and lung diseases li) watching TV Look through the text a gain and explain: • why smoking and taking drugs are dangerous; • why some companies do not give work to smokers; • why smoking is not allowed in plenty of public places; • why nowadays people rely on physical labour less than in the past; • why people of the twenty-first centuty need more exercise; • why the proverb “Health is better than wealth” is becoming very topical' now. Use the phrases from the boxes and speak about: • why people should avoid bad habits; • what people should do to improve their fitness. to affect one’s health, to shorten one’s life dramatically, to cause a number of heart and lung diseases, to stop smoking, not to employ people who are smokers, to do harm to one’s health, to ban smoking in public places, to have unhealthy skin or yellow teeth, to die young В to control one’s weight, to keep to a healthy diet, to cut out snacks, to count the number of calories people get every day, not to overeat, to spend more time in the open air, to have enough sleep, to do .sports, to have regular exercise, to resist various illnesses, to air the room, to go for a walk before going to bed, to eat low-fat food, fruit and vegetables, to he in healthy environment Work in small groups. Decide which of the following items are more important for people to be in harmony with Inemselves. Put the items in the order of importance. Explain your decision. A person in harmony with himself/^erself is: a) someone who knows what they want; b) someone who lias an interesting and well-paid job; c) someone who has a loving and caring family; d) someone with loyal and reliable friends; e) someone having an interesting hobby or spending their free time in an interesting way; topical ['tupikl] — актуальный N. f) someone who is satisfied with the way he/she looks; g) someone who helps other people and makes their lives easier or happier; h) someone who always looks on the brighter side; i) someone physically fit; j) someone with a big income. Complete the text using the derivatives of the words on the right. Once people ate (1) ... food that (2) ...s used to grow, and then prepared it by hand. Today most of us are (3)... on food industry. We buy food in supermarkets and often eat in restaurants. Plenty of (4)... food is sold everywhere. It is fairly (5).... The food marketers spend a lot of money to make sure wc keep buying it. During the past century technological (6) ...s and (7) ... knowledge have made people’s lives longer but they also gave biith to many things that are in the way of our (8) ... harmony. 51 1/1 fD “O season, farm depend healthy, expensive achieve, medicine person DO IT ON YOUR OWN Choose the appropriate forms of the verbs to complete the sentences. 1) — Wliy aren’t you doing your homework? ~ 1 can’t do it. I ... my books at school. a) have left b) have been leaving 2) It normally ... a lot here in summer, a) rains b) rain 3) Un the first day of the new term our teacher looked very brown. He ... to the Bahamas, a) has been b) had been 4) Wlien I entered the kitchen, Jane ... soup, a) had b) was having 5) — ... a nice evening? Yes, I’ve been watching an interesting film on TV. a) Have you had b) Have you been having 6) Wlicn I got to John’s house, the police were there. Someone ... liis ear. a) was stealing b) had stolen 7) — Why are you so tired? — I... all night. a) have worked b) have been working 8) If it..., we shall go skiing. a) snows b) will snow 9) I’m not sure if we ... skiing after breakfast, a) go b) will go 10) -What’s on TV? — The Prime Minister... his New Year’s speech, a) gives b) is giving N. Complete the text. Use the words on the right in the appropriate forms V 52 James Raymond is a famous explorer. He always (1) ... inlcrcslcd in visiting unknown places of distant lands. James just (2)... from his (3) ...journey. Ron, a journalist, (4)... James now. R о n; Wlien you first (5) ... interested in t ravelling? James: I can (6) ... you the exact day. I (7)... in the library reading a book. Suddenly I (8) ... a picture of high mountains around a beautiful lake. At that moment 1 (9)... to become an explorer. Ron: How long you (10)...? James: For more than twenty years. 1 (11) ... so many (12) ... since the day of my first travel. be return,late interview become tell sit see decide travel visit, country 10 Choose the appropriate words to complete the sentences. 1) My friend Paul is very musical: he can beat (out/up) the rhythm of any melody he hears. 2) Nothing gives me greater (delight/weallh) than spending time with my best friends. 3) After our football team lost the final game, eveiyone felt (touchy/disappointed). 4) The girl has a (sharp/plump) tongue: her words often hurt people. 5) It’s common knowledge that dogs (baik/roar) and lions (bark/roar). 6) The old key (for/to) the door was lo.st and then found. 7) The company is canying out some important (search/rcseareh) connected with IT. 8) The colour of the morning sky was beautiful (pluinp/pale) blue. 9) Sofia always knows what she wants, she is terribly (self-satisfied/self-confident). iO) I’d like to say that I (admit/appreciate) your kindness. You’ve helped me a lot. 11) If you feel (red/blue), Ifslen to your favourite music or watch a good comedy. 12) I don’t like Jeremy, I think he is too (big-headed/easy-going). Step 12 Test Yourself and Prepare for the National Examination I. Listening N. You will hear a talk of two friends, ^ (17). Decide which of the facts below (1—7) are true, false or not mentioned. 1) Sharon and Alex work together. 2) Sharon doesn’t look fine. 3) Sharon is not going to consult a doctor. 4) Sharon explains what is happening to her. 5) Alex is ready to do some part of Sharon’s work. 6) Sharon is going to spend a lot of time in the open air during the coming weekend. 7) Sharon tliiiiks she will hardly have lime to have a rest during the coming weekend. Maximum result 7 Your resuit 7 « L ш Ni . Readin Read the texts (1—6) and match them with the titles (a—g). There is one title you don't have to use. a) It Is Becoming One of the Necessities All Over the World b) Travelling As a Hobby e) Winning People’s Hearts on Both Sides of the Atlantic d) Not to Be Worse Than Those Around You c) L ife and Music 0 The Nation Turned into Pupils g) They Want to See It with 7 heir Own Eyes 1. Money can buy happiness — but only if you are richer than your neighbours. Sociologists found that it was not quite tine to say that being wealthy will not make a person happy, according to today’s research. But it depends on a person’s ability not to live worse than his or her neighbour. Researchers in the US are sure that most of people are in a non-stop wealth race with their neighbours. 2, A lot of young Britons go travelling thanks to the films they watch or books they read. A research has shown that as many as 45 per cent of 16- to 24-year-olds say that fiction greatly influences their choice of holiday places. For instance. New Zealand has had a big rise in tourism from the UK since the first of the Lord oj the Rings trilogy. И is clear that more and more young people wish to visit the parts of the world which have been made famous by w riters and film directors. 3, James Blunt has been nominated the best male singer and songwriter. His way to success Itasn’t been easy. He was bom into a military family, became a pilot at the age of 16 and joined the ai my. Finally he found himself in a studio in Los Angeles, where he recorded Iris multimillion selling album “Back to Bedlam”. James draws his personal lyrics from his life, making them touching and honest. 4. Jem, the best female singer, is from Wales, Great Britain, but became a success in the US before her home country . Her debut album went straight to 1 he top of the charts, her name appeared in lots of newspapers. She seems to be a sweet and easy-going girl but al the same time she is very strong and fair ly ambitious. With both the US and the UK at her feet, she is going to be a inegastar. 5, You can be a Japanese manager on business in Brazil, a Mexican computer scientist at a conference in India, or a Noiwcgian tourist in an Italian street market, there is one thing you are likely to have in common — you are probably speaking English. “There’s never before been a language that’s been spoken by more people as a second than a first language,” says English-language expert David Ciystal, author of Lnglish as a Global iMngLiage. 6. Britam has a growing English Language Teaching industry. They say thal by 2020 it w ill be the UK’s biggest export, giving the income of 20 billion pounds a year. One of the fastest growing markets is China. Though Chinese is the world’s top language as it has the largest number of native speakers, the Chinese themselves want to learn English. Li Yang, an ex-newsreader even developed a new method of teaching it. The language is taught in big stadiums to classes of thousands. English as a Global Language Maximum result 6 Your result 7 ' 53 r+ 0) -O ro 54 с 3 т ш Use of Enalish Ne, Complete the text. Use the appropriate forms of the words on the right, Jane Smith worked in a primary' school. She (1) ... there since the time she (2) ... college and met her (3)... students. She never (4)... the fact that her students were very young (5) .... Jane (6)... absolutely satisfied with her job and (7)... that she (8)... her lessons with lilllc buys and girls very much. She liked the time they (9) ... in the classroom While hei pupils (10) ..., drawing or reading she often (11) ... how wonderful they were. At those moments she was really in harmony with herself. work, leave one,regret child feel admit, appreciate spend write, think Maximum result 11 Your result 7 • _ J N. Read the text and complete it with the derivatives of the words on the right. Heart disease leads to four million deaths in Europe each year. Heart attacks sound (1) ... and they are. Our heart is the most (2)... organ in our body. It beats day and night. But (3)... it can stop beating: this is a heart attack. The majority of heart attacks are (4).... One major factor is diet. (5) ...s say that things we eat are often (6).... They contain too much fat, sugar and salt. All these can lead to heart diseases. Stress, anger, little exercise also (7)... the heart. But the worst thing of all is (8)___ terribly importance, occasion prevent, special healthy weak, smoke Maximum result e Your result 7 Ш % Read the text and choose the appropriate words to complete it. J.K. Rowling is the author of the “Harry Porter” series. She is internationally famous. Her books have been sold over 377 (1)... copies worldwide. Rowling i.s one of (2) ... writers ol our lime. In 2006 Forbes (3) ... her the second richest female entertainer in the world. How did she get there? As a child, Rowling (4)... writing stories. She was good (5)... languages and didn’t like sports or maths. After (6) ... French and Classics at the University of Exeter she moved to London to work as a researcher and (7)... secretary'. One day, while she was on a four-hour delayed-train trip between Manchester and London, she (8)... the idea for a story of a young boy who goes to a school of wizardry. As soon as she got home, she began writing. 1) a) million 2) a) unsuccessful 3) a) named 4) a) was fond 5) a) about 6) a) studies 7) a) second language 8) a) developed b) millions b) mosi successful b) admitted b) enjoyed b) on b) study b) two-languages h) found c) million of c) the most .successful c) appreciated c) delighted c) at c) self-study c) bilingual c) took d) millions of d) the least successful d) believed d) wanted d ) in d) studying d) tw'o-languaged d) received Maximum result 8 Your result 7 r N, IV. Writing 6 Comment on one of the following statements in 200—250 words. • One should be rich to be in harmony with oneself. • A lonely person cannot be in harmony with himsclf/hersclf. • People who have a healthy lifestyle are always happy. • Some people say you can be in harmony with yourself only if you have a ccnain interest in life. Use the following plan; • make an introduction to state tlie problem; • e>press your personal opinion and give 2—3 reasons for your opinion; • express an opposing opinion and give 1 —2 reasons for the opposing opinion; • explain why you don’t agree with the opposing opinion; • make a conclusion restating a problem. Maximum result 7 I Your result 7 I Щ 1 1 55 1Л H- (b ■D Ne You have received a letter from your English-speaking pen friend, Linda by name. In her letter Linda writes: Last month our doss visited some historic places in Belgium including Waterloo. That was quite inte£esting. I had beeri in Belgium before with my parents but 1ravel[ing M^h friends is о lot more fun. Do you often go travelling? With whom do you usually travel? Where do y^u prefer to go — to some places in your country or abroad? Where did you go last? This summer I'm going to stay in London and help my parents with my younger brothers. Write a letter to Linda. In your letter; • answer her questions; • ask 3 questions about her plans for the summer. Count your total result. Are you satisfied with it? Could your total result be better? What does it depend upon? Maximum result 7 Your result 7 • Total result 54 Your total result 7 • Look through the steps of Unit One and say: • if the material of the unit was interesting, useful, widening your scope*; • if you found any new ideas in the texts and exercises of the unit; ' to widen one’s scope — расширять чей-либо кругозор if any of the problems raised in the unit were surprising and made you think them over; if the unit lielped you to revise grammar and vocabulary ; what new information about the English language you have learnt; what things were easy/difficult; what tasks you specifically remember and why. Project Work One 56 Prepare a computer presentation on the topic "In Harmony with Myself". It may consist of two parts called: 1) Five important things about me 2) What I do to be my own best mate Be ready to give your presentation in class. It shouldn't take longer than five minutes. Try to make your presentation interesting, illustrate it with photos, pictures etc. Unit In Harmony with Others Friends Family 57 Connections Between People Family Budget House Chores СЛ Ф ■Q Read and answer the questions. 1) Being a friend is not always easy. But having no friends is a tragedy for many teenagers. So what is a true and devoted friend? How can you answer the question? 2) Do you think you should have one close friend, your BFF or is it possible to have some? 3) What personal qualities should a teenager have so that you can call him/her a friend? 4) Do you think friendship is possible between a grown-up and a teenager? .5) Can a member of your family be your friend? 6) What personal qualities will never let you call a boy or girl your friend? 7) What tilings arc unforgivable in a friend? 8) Do you think people are sometimes too dependent on their friends? Why is it dangerous? Listen, (18), and say which of the facts are true, false or not stated. 1) Philip wants to be rich one day. 2) Now Philip gels along with the members of his family better than before. 3) Philip loves only studying. 4) Philip doesn’t have any respect for people who take drugs. 5) Philip’s attitude to people who are drug sellers is not negative. 6) Philip is very happy with his life. 58 го Answer the questions and express your opinion. • Do you agree with everything Philip says or does? Wliy? Why not? • What do you think about his opinion of drug users and drug sellers? • Do you think it is possible “to take life too seriously”? • Can you call Philip a good friend? • Have you got true friends? Are they always perfect? Listen, Ф (19), and read. A. affection [a‘fckjn] — привязанность, любовь attitude ['aetitjurd] — отношение establish [I'staebliJ] — устанавливать, учреждать experience [ik'spisrians] — \. n опыт 2. v испытывать, переживать; узнавать по опыту increase [m’kriis] — увеличивать peer [pi9l — сверстник, ровесник, ровня rejection [n'c^ckjn 1 — опгказ, неприятие remain In’mem] — оставаться be aware [a'weo] — осознавать, отдавать себе отчёт B. aiTectioii: (а) deep atfection, (а) strong affection^ love and affection^ lo feel affection for somebody, to win somebody’s affection. He just wants a bit of affection. 1 have a deep affection for my parents. attitude; the right attitude, a positive attitude to something. His attitude to the problem has been changed. Your attitude to school is more enthusiastic than mine, establish: to establish links' between schools, to establish a new course of studies, to establish an organization. The two countries have established diplomatic relati зпя. experience n: important experience, firsi -hand experience, to learn by experience, to knov' from experience, in one’s experience. My friend is the only one with experience in our football team, the other players arc new. In my experience, the teachers here are very knowledgeable people. Helen knew from her personal experience that the Job was not easy, experience v: to experience problems, to experience di.scrimination. increase: to increase one’s risk, to increase prices, to increase one’s collection. The number of students wishing to play in the school theatre has increased this year, peer: one’s peers, my peer, to be popular with one’s peers. The fact that he could j>lay football veiy well made him popular with his peers. rejection: Ills rejection of any diet, her rejection of the facts, a feeling of rejection. Their rejection of our plan was quite unexpected. remain: to remain at home, to remain friends, to remain silent. He will have to remain in hospital for at least ten days. The problems remain and something must be done about it. be aware of something: to be aware of the fact. We were not aware that you were planning a party for us. Smokers arc not always aware of the dangci's to their own health. A. Match the words with their definitions. 1) remain 2) peer 3) affection 4) increase 5) be aware 6) establish 7) attitude 8) rejection 9) experience a) a feeling of tenderness, fondness or love b) a way of thinking, acting or feeling c) to begin to create d) to be in a certain situation, to have a certain emotion e) to make or become larger in size f) a person who is one’s equal, who is the same as another person in age, status or ability g) a refusal of something h) to stay in the same place j) to know B. Make up your own sentences with the words (1—9). links [liqks] — связи Act out the dialogue and complete it. A: You know what? I feel very sorry for Jane. B: Sorry for Jane? Wtiy? A’ Haven’t you noticed? She hasn’t got any males and she has fallen out with’ Peter, her boyfriend. 1 guess that’s why she’s been feeling blue lately. B: She must be very lonely then. Poor Jane. A: I can’t help sympathizing with her either. Do you know that having no friends can influ -ence a person’s mental health? B: How come? How can friendship be connected with health? A: It’s easy. Young people rely on their friends to talk through any problems they have. It helps them to keep sane^. B: I see. 1 think we can do something for Jane. Why don’t we... Use the appropriate forms of the verbs in brackets {present perfect or past simple) to complete the sentences. Before doing the task see Grammar Reference, p. 215. 1) — Why Jason (not to come) to school? — 1 think he is coming down with a cold. 2) — You (have) a nice time last Saturday? — I (do). That (be) an excellent party we (liave) then. 3) — I'd love to go to America. — No wonder. It’s a very interesting country. — You (be) there? — Yes, I (be) there 3 years ago. 4) — Do you often come to this disco? — No, this is the first lime 1 (come) here. 5) I really love this cake. It’s the nicest cake I ever (have). 6) — You (be) to France? — Yes, I (have). I (be) there twice. — You (like) it? — Yes, it (be) super! 7) They don’t have a car any longer. They (sell) it. They (sell) it the other day. 8) — Go and wash your face and hands. — But I already (wash) them. — Sorry, your face is still dirty. 9) — You (do) the shopping? You (buy) everything? — No, I’m sorry. I (forget) to take the shopping list. 10) — You (eat) all the sandwiches? — Yes. I (be) so hungry! 59 in r+ Ф “O DO IT 01У YOUR OWN Complete the sentences with for or since where it is necessary. Use the verbs in brackets in the appropriate tenses. 1) My little sister just (discover) that Santa Claus (not, exist). She (believe) in him (since/ for) the day she (be) bom. 2) Can you (draw) pictures with the help of your new computer? — I (not, know). 1 (not, do) it yet. 3) You (find) your pen? — No. But hone^itly speaking, I even (not, look) for it. 4) Do you like reading? — Yes, I (read) three books this week. 5) Who (break) my favourite cup? — It (be) me. I (break) it when I wa.s washing up. 6) Mum! This is a baby bird that (fall) out of the nest. 7) Where is Mum? Where she (go)? — Tm not sure, but I think she (go) to the market. Yesterday she (say) she (need) some vegetables. 8) We (have) this cottage for 15 years and we like it very much. 9) How long you (be) here? — We (arrive) 2 days ago. So, we (be) here for nearly three days. 10) I (know) Peter all my life. — And I (know) him only since the last conference. ' to fall out with sb — разе, поссориться с кем-либо ^ sane [sem] — здравый, разу^мный, в здравом уме 60 ru 10 Complete the sentences with the appropriate function words. 1) I think it vei-y important to establish good relations ... my friends'’ parents. 2) Please tell me ... your experience, is love more important than friendship or the other way round? 3) What’s your attitude ... the idea to spend the holidays in a language school? 4) I’m sorry I didn’t call you, I wasn’t aware ... the fact I hat you were expecting me to do it. 5) 1 know ... my own experience that loneliness may lead to depression. 6) I’ve conic here to tell you about my absolute rejection ... this project, we’ll have to think of .something different. 7) Through the recent years my attitude ... you hasn’t changed, 1 still feel love and affection for you, my dear friend. 8) At that time jazz was fairly popular ... my peers. Write in 10—12 sentences about what you advise or not advise to do to keep friends through years. step 2 DO IT TOGETHER N. Listen to what 6 people say about friends, (20), and match the texts (a—f) with the statements (1—7). One statement you don't have to use. 1) The speaker has two real friends — one male, the other — female. 2) The speaker’s friend prefers to act and noi to talk. 3) The speaker’s best friend is a female relative with a very demanding character. 4) The best friend of the speaker is much older than ihc speaker himself/herself. 5) The speaker is a sick person w ho has known his best friend for about twelve month.s. 6) The speaker says his/her best friend is his/lier peer. 7) The speaker .says his best friend has never been interested in sport. You know the words in column A. Read the sentences (1 —9) and say what the words in column В mean. A. to establish to remain rejection B. an establishment remaining to reject 1) The establishment of a new hospital for the towm took longer than had been planned. 2) A department store, a school, a university, a library are establishmeafs. 3) Shops and oriier commercial establishments remain clo.sed today. 4> What shall we do for the remaining half-hour? 5) His answer has killed all our lemaining hopes. 6) It is almost certain that our ofrer will be rejected. 7) If a child is rejected by his peers, that can .seriously affecLhis mental development. Word Building Stress Shifting as a Means of Making Mew Words В английском языке новые слова могзпг быть образованы благодаря изменению места ударения в уже суш.ссгвую111их словах без изменения их морфоло!инсской структуры. Обратите внимание, что в существительных ударение налает на первый cjioi, а в глаголах на второй. Verbs ю increase [in'kriis] — у'велт'тчивать to import [im'pDit] — импо1У1 ировать to export [ik'spoit] — экспорти|ювать to present [pn'zent] — вручать (призы) to conflict [kan'flikl] — конфликтовать to contrast [kon'traisi] — конTi^acrировать Nouлs increase ['inkri;sl — увеличение import ['impDit] — импо]>т export ['ekspo:t1 — экспорт present I'prezantl — подарок conflict f'kunflrkt] — конфшикт contrast ['kontrurstl — контраст Read the sentences and then check, (21). 1) Our views on democracy conflict at times. 2) I gave my daughter a very expensive present. 3) Her dark hair contrasted sharply with her pale long gown. 4) Brazil ех|ют coft'ee to the United States. 5) Many farmers depend on the income that comes from the export of corn. 6) The library has increased its collection of mystery books. 7) The USA imports tea from India. 8) The import of meat has been increased. 9) The medals were presented to the winners. 10) The little village was a total contrast to San Francisco. 11) There has been a great increase in the number of young people who have .stopped smoking. 12) What should people do to put an end to the Ajab-Israeli conflict? 61 LTj r-+ n> T3 fO A. Read the text and say if you agree with the conclusions psychologists make. Give examples from your own experience. Friendship in Development At the early .school age friendships arc based on sharing toys and other objects and also on the enjoyment that is received from performing activities together. Friendships at this age are kept ilirough affection, sharing and creative playtime. Sharing may be hard for children at this age level as they are very self-oriented. However, children are likely to share more with someone they consider to be a friend than with someone who is just a peer. As children move to middle school they gradually change psychologically, becoming less individualized and more aware of others. They begin to see their friends’ point of view and have fun playing in groups of peers who have the same interests as them. They also experience peer rejection as they move through the middle childhood years. It is important to explain to a child That sometimes people tend to reject others and that it shouldn’t turn into a tragedy, especially if he or she still has at least one or two good friends. Establishing good friendships at a young age helps a child to feel more comfortable in society later on in their life. As a child gets older tlieir expectations of a best friend become increasingly more complex. Psychologists believe that friendship expectations have three steps or levels of development: • time when shared activities and geographical closeness are of greater importance; • time when sharing, loyalty and commitmeni are important; • time when similar attitudes and interests ar e gr owing in importance. в. Find in the text English equivalents for the following. 1) Совместное выполнение различных видов деятельности; 2) они очень эгоцентрич -ны, ориентированы на самих себя; 3) менее обособлены; 4) больше способны думать о других; 5) сталкиваются с отторжением их ровесниками; 6) установление крепких дружеских отношений; 7) становяюя все более сложными; 8) верность и преданное! ь; 9) схожие взгляды, позиции. С. Speak about your friendship expectations. A. Work in small groups. Interview your classmates on their ideas of friendship. Find why friends fall out; how many friends they have got; how much Lime they spend together; where they usually meet; whal they tend to do together; how' dependent they are on his/her friend/ friends; if girls and boys can be real friends. 62 out: c • if 1 hey think that friendship is 3 important at any age; r+ • at what period of a person's life it is most important and why; • what factors friendship involves: a) affection for each other; b) the same interests, hobbies, aims; • c) living in Ihe same area; d) going to the .same school; e) helping each other; 0 respect and understanding; g) other factors. B. Sum up the information and report it. Tell the story of one of your friendships. You may use some of the word combinations below. a) best ^ dear good great real special loyal lifelong b) to establish to form to Stan up to strike to renew J > friend J 'N У a friendsliip c) to be a true friend in need to be based on respect and tolerance to survive all the storms and winds to be a ‘‘fair weather” friend to have much in common to share interests and altitudes to tiy' to keep your friendship d) to become to make to remain to slay to find to lose e) to fall out to break up 0 to destioy to spoil 8) to be/to feel > friends J \ j with a friend sb’s friendship Grammar Mew Facts about the Past Simple and Present Perfect Tenses 1. В предложениях, где гла]х>л усютрсблён в present perfect, помимо известного вам наречия lately (недавно), возможно использовать также синонимичное ему наречие recently (недавно, на днях, в последнее время). We have lived here quite lately. V\'e have lately seen each other. We have lived here quite recently. We have recently seen each other. Однако recently может также использоваться и в предложениях, в которых глагол упо-т{^е6лён в past simple'. I saw him quite recently. She only recently discovered the truth. В подобных случаях говорящий подчёркивает, что действие произошло в определённый момент в недалёком прошлом. В предложении recently может стоять как перед основным глаголом, так и в копие предложения. Наречие lately в предложениях с глаголами в post simple, как правило, не употребляется. 2. В вопросительных предложениях, которые начинаются с вопросительного слова where, глагол может употребляться в формах времён past simple и present perfect. Вели where означает «куда», то обычно используется present perfect. Where have you put the money? Если же значение слова where «где», то употребляется past simple: Where did you meet John? 63 Г+ a> T( A. Read the sentences and say in which of them you can use lately and recently and in which only recently \s possible. 1) The bank opened a new branch in Germany. 2) I have been to Australia. 3) We ate at this restaurant. 4) Dad’s health hasn’t been too good. 5) Have you talked to her? B. Use the verbs in brackets in present perfect or past simple to complete the sentences I. D- 2)- 3) - 4) - 5) - You (do) the shopping? No, I (forget) the money on the table. Why you (paint) the door green? I (not, have) any other paint. Where you (put) my PC? 1 can’t find it. But I don’t know where it is. Wily you (not, go) to the concert? I (lose) the tickets. Granny (find) her glasses? — Yes, she has. — Where she (find) them? — In the book she was reading. 6) — You (finish) translating the text? — No, my little cousin (come) home and (ask) me to lielp him with his homework, 7) — Look! Someone (break) tbe vase! — Sorry, but that (not, be) me, 8) — Why you (put) on these jeans? — My favourite ones (be) dirty. II. 1) Where he (be) luo days ago? 2) Wlicrc he (go)? I can’t see him an^^here. 3) Where you (buy) these shoes? 4) Where you (hide) my mobile? Where is it? 5) Where and when you (read) about it? 6) Where you (pul) my bag? I need it now. 64 c 3 r+ NJ DO IT ON YOUR OWN Choose the appropriate forms to complete the sentences. Say which words helped you to define the tense. 1) Pclcr.... Let’s go and speak to him. a) just arrived b) has just aj rived 2) We ... to him the other day. a) spoke b) have spoken 3) We ... Max since our childhood, a) knew b) have known 4) My baby sister... born a month ago. a) was b) has been 5) ... your homework yet? a) Did you do b) Have you done 6) Andrew ... his car keys Iasi Tuesday, a) lost b) has lost 8) They ... their collage, a) left b) have already left 9) Peter... fora few minutes and then sat on the bench, a) walked b) has walked 10) I.... this computer for three years, a) had b) have had 11) John ... for work, he’ll be back in the evening, a) left b) has just left 12) I ... to Jeriy\jusl now on the phone. а) .spoke b) have spoken What prepositions will you use to make the sentences complete? 1) Our plan was rejected ... our opponents. 2)... my opinion fricnd.ship is the most precious thing ... the world. 3) We have always felt a strong aficclion ... him. We haven’t changed our attitude ... the boy now'. 4) I knov'... my own experience how difficult it is to establish good relations ... your former enemies. 5) I'he prices have been increased ... the government. б) Wc were aware ... the boy’s strange behaviour. 7) We couldn’t understand his rejection ... the theory. 8) The establishment ... a new school created a joyful atmosphere ... the local community. 9) The child was rejected ... his peers. 10) The remaining half an hour will be spent... doing the sums. Write your own sentences with these words and word combinations. 10 pcer(.s) to affect one’s health to reject one’s idea in my experience to increase the risk to establish good contacts to be aware of something shops and other commercial establislimcnts to feel/have a strong affection for somebody my attitude to somebody/.sometlnng step 3 N, DO IT TOGETHER Listen, (22), and say which of the facts below are true, false or not stated. 1) The speaker is a little girl. 2) Maggie’s grandfather was a dark man with bright blue eyes. 3) Maggie’s mother spent all her life in the country. 4) Maggie’s grandad hated telling the children stories of his life. 5) Sometimes Maggie’s grandad explained to her things about nature and its ways. 6) The idea of a family life was extremely important for Maggie’s grandad. 7) Her grandad preferred to grow fruit and vegetables rather than flowers. Answer the questions. 1) W hy do people say that a happy childhood is important for them? 2) Is it important for you to be formally married or would you prefer just to live together with your partner? 3) What is the best age forgetting married? Why? 4) How many children should a family ideally have? 5) Why is it good to have brothers and sisters (siblings)'? Dc> you see any disadvantages in having sibling.s? 6) Should children’s parents slay together even if they are unhappy? Why are there so many divorces^ nowadays? 7) Can parents and children understand each other? Wliat can help to bridge the generation gap between them? 8) What in your view is the most difheult thing in family life? Listen, ^ (23), and read. A. appeal [a'pidj n — 1) обращение, призыв; 2) привлекательность, п|л1влекать appeal v — 1) обращаться, призывать; 2) привлекать average [’aevanc^] — среднее га гиетичеекий, обычный independeut [jindi'pendant | — независимый involve [m'volv] включать, вовлекать option [’opj'n] — выбор relation In'leijnl — 1) связь, отноигение; 2) родственник relationship [n'leijnjip] — отношение, связь rely [n'lai] — nojiai aiъся treat |tri:t] v — 1) обращаться (с кем-то)\ 2) лечить treat п — угощение, удовольствие treatment [‘tri:lmant] — 1) обращение; 2) лечение be above (below) average — быть выше (ниже) среднего уровня таке а big deal of something — придавать слишком большое значеш-ю чему-либо, преувеличивать важность чего-либо B. appeal т 1) ап appeal for help, to make an appeal to somebody, an appeal for .something. There have been several appeals for money to help homeless people. The people of the town made an appeal to the government for help after the storm. 2) to liave an appeal to somebody, to have no (little) appeal. Tm afraid that camping in the wood has little appeal to me. appeal v: 1) to appeal to somebody for something. She appealed to her old friend for help. 2) Staying all day alone does not appeal to me. 65 r+ Ф “D UJ * a sibling fsiblig] — брат pltm сестра * a divorce [di*VD:sl — развод 66 с: NJ average: an average child, an average person, to be above (below) average. An average child spends about ten hours a week watching television. independent: an independent person, an independent country', to be independent of something. His income allowed him to become economically independent of his family. At last the country' became an independent state. involve: to involve somebody in something. The jol) involved working with computers. T involved my friends in preparing for the school party. option: the option of doing something, to have no option, an option for something. We have three different options for spendi ng our holidays. W'e had to agree because we had no option. You have the option of taking a bus oi' walking. relation: 1) a relation between something and something. The doctor explained the relation between a good diet and good health. 2) On Chri.stmas Day all our close relations come to our place to celebrate. relationship: a close relationship, relationships with (between) sumebody or something. I'he lelalionships between players from the tw'o teams were pretty friendly, rely: to rely on someone or something. You can rely on your friends to be of help when you need them. treat v: 1) to treat somebody well or badly. The teacher treated the stiidcnl fairly. 2) to treat .somebody, to treat an illness or a disease. The doctor treated my cough willi some new medicine. treat /?: a real treat, a great treat. It’s a real treat to see you again. treatment: 1) treatment ofsomebody^ I liked histreatmeni of his little brother. 2) treatment of a person, treatment for a disease. What w'as the recommended treatment? We’ve found an effective treatment for his heart problem. be above (below) average: This time the results of the test were much above average, make a big deal of sth: I know he has do!ie well in his exams, but I don’t see why he has to make such a big deal of it! Complete the sentences with the new words from Exercise 3 in the appropriate fo*'ms. 1) I know I can ... on you to solve this problem. 2) The ... between the two couniries are fairly friendly. 3) You’ll have to finish the work now. What other ... do you have? 4) Now Philip feels much more ... of his parents. 5) I’m afraid I have ... myself in something I don’t understand. 6) I always ... on my parent’s advice. 7) Jill loved her husband, but he didn’t ... her well, as a result they had a divorce. 8) What is the ... number of pupils in a school clas.s? 9) The United Nations has ... for help from the member countries. 10) It's only a common cold, don't make a big ... of it, please. 11) Steve says he has several ... living in the north of the country. 12) Hist, the idea didn’t... to him, but later he changed his mind about it. 13) Many patients get the medical ... they need in this new hospital. 14) Now that both sides have spoken, we need an ... opinion of an expert. Read the text and say how the family and friends try to help Emma and Katie. We’re Both Average Teenage Girls Twins' Fmma and Katie have cerebral palsy^ thai’s worsening w'ith age. It means Ihcy rely on wheelchairs 90 per cent of the time. However, there is a treatment that could change their lives and so, with family and friends, they’re woiking hard to raise the 85,000 pounds it w ill cost. This is what F'mma, one of the sisters says... “We’ve always known that we have this illness but Mum and Dad never made a big deal of it. 1 hey always made sure ' a twin [twinl — близнец ’ cerebral palsy f.serabral 'podzi] — церебральный паралич that \vc were involved in all the things that our friends and classmates were doing, so wc never really felt any different. We’re both average teenage girls, studying for our GCSEs'. We enjoy the same t hings that other girls our age do, such as going to the cinema, fashion and playing sport — Katie plays Wheelchair Basketball — but people often see the disability before they see us as people. Because of our health problem, people our age sometimes don’t invite us to do things. Ibis can be incredibly* difficult when all you w ant to do is have the ofjlions that your peers have. We are hoping that the operation will change our lives forever, giving us greater mobility and no daily pain that we feel now. It’s hard to explain how' it feels to have lived all your life one way and then to be told that there is someiliing out there tliat can change eveiything — your ambitions and even how you .see your future. Since we found out about the operation, our family and friends have created the Twins Appeal to raise the 85,000 pounds we need to travel to St Ix^uis Hospital, Missouri, USA to have the operation and pay for the two years of treatment we’ll need on our return. Our schoolmates have organized numerous events to help us to achieve our dream, including skydives and fun days. Also, Greg, our younger brother and his friends, organized a sports competition in triathlon which raised nearly 1000 pounds but wc still have a long way to go until we reach our final aim. Our Mum, Dad and brother, along with all our family and fi tends are working hard to make our dream a reality as soon as possible, w'hich is something wc w ill be grateful for. W'e both think that the future will be much better for us. hor the first time we’ll be independent and it will open up far more choices to us. 67 U\ (b "D Ui General Certificate of Secondary Education GCSE — a school examination, generally taken in a number of subjects by students aged 14—16 in secondary schools in England, Wales and Northern Ireland. GCSE exams were introduced as the compulsory school-leavers' examination in the late 1980s. GCSE exams are taken by pupils of all abilities. All students usually take GCSEs in English, mathematics and science. In addition they may take English Literature, at least one modern foreign language, one design and technology subject and ICT (information communication technology). I Look through the text of Exercise S and answer these questions. 1) What make.s Emma’s and Katie’s lives so difficult? 2) What can help the sisters? 3) In what way do you understand the phrase “to raise money”? 4) Why IS it necessary to raise the 85,000 pounds for the si.ster.s? Who is involved in the process? 5) What do you think about the way Emma and Katie’s parents treat them in the family? Can such an attitude help? Do you think that people with .such problems should have the same options as their peers? 6) Wi'iat is a fun day? What are skydives? What is your attitude to the wa>^ Emma and Katie’s family and friends try to rai.se money? 7) Have you ever heard about anything of the .same kind done in this counto? Would you take part in such actions? Can you offer any other ways to i ai.se money? Use the verbs in brackets in past simple or past perfect to complete the sentences. 1) When 1 (come) home my father already (leave). 2) I couldn’t buy the book yesterday because I (leave) my wallet’ at home. .3) I went to the shop to buy the latest copy of my favou- ' GCSKs [,d3i si: es 'i:zl (General Certificate of Secondaiy' Educaiion Exams) получение свидетельстна о среднем образовании ^ incredibly (in'krediblil — невероятно ^ а wallet fwolit] — бумажник — экзамены на rite magazine but someone already (buy) it. 4) I (tell) them that 1 (do) enough work lor one day. 5) I (think) I (send) the cheque a week before. 6) Roy wasn’t exactly a stranger. We (met) him before. 7) 1 (wonder) who (bring) the package. 8) As soon as 1 (analyse’) eveiy^hing 1 (decide) to change the plan. 9) The office manager (wam) me that Mr Fox (not, phone) yet. 10) I could smell smoke on l^ura’s clothes when she (enter). Does she smoke? 68 NJ Ne. Ni DO ITOlU YOUR OWN Complete the sentences with the appropriate function words. 1) The treatment ... the disease turned out to be veiy effective and soon I was on iny way to recoveiy. 2) At that moment the relationship ... the two brothers was far from being close. 3) Usually teenagers can’t wait to become independent ... their parents. 4) They are veiy good pupils, their level is much ... average. 5) You can always rely ... the information a good dictionary gives you. 6) Gradually, my friend involved me ... the work of the music club. 7) Finally, the pupils had to appeal ... their parents ... help and support. 8) They had a good option ... spending the evening at home, but they decided to go out. 9) Can one really treat cough ... just hot tea or milk? 10) Mark is learning Spanish as his second foreign language and makes a big deal... it. Use the derivatives of the words on the right to complete the texts. A. In our families we sometimes ask for advice and want to be listened to. So (1) ... is often the key to a (2)... connection between parents and their .sons and daughters, brothers and sisters. (3) ...s advice to listen to each other (4)... and to remember that points of view can be (5).... B. If you (1)... with what you hear, it is (2)... to remember that one should express his/her point of view without saying (3) ... things. It’s better to (4)... strong (5) ...s trying not to find who is right. It is much wiser to sp>eak in such a way that your opponent will hear you and to establish (6)... with each other. listen, health science, careful differ agree, use hurt soft, react connect cp Ш Use the appropriate forms of the verbs on the right to complete the sentences. 1) We arrived at lasl. The children ... the river and immediately ... to the water. 2) In 2009, when I... a new computei I... how easy our life ... be. 3) A minute ago Colin ... goodbye and ... the room. 4) Jack told me he ... with us next lime. 5) It was Sunday. I... in the park when 1... my old friend there, b) It was the best film 1 ever .... 7) Wc couldn’t go to France as we ... a visa. 8) The day was rather hot.The old lady ... on the bench for half an hour and then ... asleep. 9) Believe me, I ... Jim very well. I... him for forty years. 10) Listen, Jack, what you ... here for three days? see,run buy, understand, can say, leave go walk, meet see not receive sit fall know, know do ' В современном английском языке слова типа economize/economise, symbolize/symboHse, sympathize/sympathise, rccognize/recognise имеют два варианта написания. Первый — Гюисс частотный, агорой встречается только в британском варианте ан1лийского языка. Step 4 DO IT TOGETHER Use the words in the "cloud" below to complete the three poems that come from the greeting cards. Then check, ^ (24). Great Mom She’s sweet as she can be; When I need some help, I know She’s always there for a)... Mom loves me all the time. Even when I’m a pest' My mom is really great; Always takes good care of me; My mother is the b)... By Joanna Fuchs Super Mom Mom, you’re a wonderful mother. So gentle^ yet so e)... The many ways you show your care Always make me feel I belong. You’re patient when I’m foolish; You give guidance-’ when Id)... It seems you can do almost anything; You're the master to cverv task. I love you more than you know; You have my total c)... If I had my choice of mothers, You’d be the one I’d select'’! By Joanna Fuchs Send a Poem Send a poem to say you 0 --i Send a poem with thoughts to share A paper card you send today Acro.ss the miles v\ill make its way; Or send an e-card really g)..., For friendship that will grow and last A poem creates so many h)...: T he brain it calms; the heart ii lifts Send a poem to say you care; A poem is welcome i).... promi.se [’promts] n — обещание promise v — обещать quarrel [’kwmral] n — ссора quarrel v — ссориться severe [si'via] — суровый, строгий 69 r+ 0» “D Listen, (25), and read. A. avoid [a'vDid] — избегать decent [’di:sant] — приличный deserv'e [di'za'.v] — заслуживать patience I’pcijans] — терпение praise [prei?;] n — похвгыа praise v — хвалить B. avoid: to avoid a talk, to avoid a meeting, to avoid punishment, to avoid somebody, to avoid doing something. Try and avoid using such words when you speak. decent: a decent person, decent clothes. Practically all of them are decent people. It is not decent to listen to other people’s private talks. It was decent of you to help them. After a decent interval you can call him. ’ a pest — роз?, зануда, вредитель ^ gentle f'c^entl ] — мягкий, деликатный ’ guidance ['gaidans ) — руководство to select [si'lekl] — выбирать 70 с гз мм • г+ N deserve: to deserve а good mark, to deserve love, to deserve attention. They got what Ihcy deserved. I’m glad she got the prize — she deserved it. patience: great patience, to have the patience to do something. The people showed great patience as they waited in the rain to buy tickets to the movie. praise ni much praise, to deserve praise, a high praise, words of prai.se. 1 he dancers deserve praise for their beautiful performance. praise v: to prai.se for .something. You should prai.se them for their work, promise m to make a promise, to keep a promise. If you make a promise, you should keep it, promise v: to promise to do something, to promi.se to come back, to promise to help. Promise me you will not waste your time. quarrel ni to avoid quarrels, a quarrel about something, to have a quarrel, a terrible quarrel, quarrels between countries. T had an awful quarrel with my brother, quarrel v: to quarrel with somebody. We quarrelled about who would ride the bicycle first, severe: a severe law; a severe punishment; a .severe stonn, severe problems, a severe winter. They live in a very severe climate. Severely: They were .severely punished. Match the words in the two columns and complete the sentences (1—8). 1) to avoid 2} deserves 3) promised 4) to praise 5) keep 6) severe 7) decent 8) endless a) clothes b) quarrels c) patience d) the pupils e) to do f) praise * g) their promises h) winter 1) Emma had a very c|uick-tcmpered child and 1 have always admired her ... when she spoke to him. 2) I don’t think 1 have any ... to wear at the party. 3) She ... for everything she has done. 4) We always try ... in our family. We are really friendly. 5) We had a very ... last year. The temperature was more than twenty-five degrees below zero. 6) They always ... . You can rely on them. 7) I... it and J will. 8) I would like ... for excellent results ill their latest test. Work in small groups. Decide which of the following qualities are more important for a good parent. You may extend the list. A good parent... • can always give you advice. • is an expert in everything. • is a good .storyteller, remembers a lot of anecdotes and jokes. • always helps you when you are in trouble. • can turn daily routine into a holiday. • loves your games and music. can always find time to hear you out. shares your and your friends’ interests, can cook tasty food. is responsible for the family and its well-being. can teach you a number of useful things. is capable to understand and forgive you. creates a friendly and eheerful atmosphere in the family home can give his/her children a good education. teaches the children to be decent to others. is patient and capable to keep feelings under control. treats all the children in the family equally. i«l 71 i/> Ф ХУ In small groups work out a similar list of necessary qualities for a good child. Here are some ideas. A good child..- • is ready to compromise. • is loving and caring. • finds time to spend with his/her parents. • gives help and support to his/her parents, Last month a village school library was lost in a fire. The pupils of one of the forms decided to collect books and establish a new library. Use the words from the box to tell a story. to make an appeal for help to the pupils, to work together and do some things independently, an average school with a small library, to have options, to involve all the classmates, to treat the situation seriously, not to make a big deal of it ri u lUrRAUn>.t 14 I F U l t)NU \ U J 72 ы Grammar 1 The Passive Voice 11 Present Simple Passive Past Simple Passive Future Simple Passive be (ant, is, are) + Ved/V^ be (was, were) + Ved/V^ will be + Ved/V3 Coffee is grown in Brazil. Letters are seldom written now. John was sent there. The gifts were chosen. The match will be won. The fruit will be brought. You will be asked about it. - am not is not + Ved/Vj are not +V«1/V, were not ^ will not be + Ved/Vj The plants are not often watered. 1 am not ever left alone. He is never invited here. The plan was not discussed. We were not invited to the party. The books will not be sent to them. The cooking will not be done soon. 1 ? Am Is ... Ved/V3? Are Was/Were... Ved/V^? Will...be + Ved/V3? Am 1 invited? Is the letter sent? Are the bills paid? Was 1 informed? Was the work done? Were the doors painted? Will she be Informed? Wilt we be invited? Will they be asked? 1 с) will be praised с) will be prepared c) isn’t given c) are taught Choose the appropriate forms to complete the sentences. 1) They ... ifthcy win. a) are praised b) were praised 2) We don’t want any quarrel. Wc ... to compromise, a) are prepared b) were prepared 3) She ... any help yesterday, a) wasn’t given b) weren't given 4) In his childhood he ... good manners, a) will be taught b) was taught 5) Children’s minds... if they read a lot. a) are developed b) will be developed c) were developed 6) The poor children ... severely punished the other day. a) are b) will be c) were 7) IJis younger daughter... absolutely spoiled if he treats her like this, a) has been b) will be c) were 8) All the actors ... for their wonderful performance last Saturday. a) is praised b) arc praised c) were praised 9) I’m proud that all my cluldren ... equally in the family. It has always been like this, a) is treated b) am treated c) are treated 10) They ... freedom of choice when they are older. a) are given b) will be given c) were given DO IT ON YOUR OWni Paraphrase these sentences using the verbs in the passive voice. 1) They gave a good education to their children. 2) In this family they teach even the little ones good manners. 3) They raise their children in the atmosphere of respect and love. 4) Somebody will give you all possible help. 5) They will keep their feelings under control. 10 6) They ircalccl all their children equally. 7) 1 he teachers praised their pupils highly. 8) They avoid quarrels in the family. 9) T hey promise an interesting treat to their son. 10) They punished the children severely. Write these in English. 1) Приличный ответ; 2) заслуживать похвалы; 3) сурово наказать, 4) ссориться по поводу компьютера; 5) обещать провести коней недели вместе; 6) избегать ссор; 7) иметь терпение; 8) обращаться с уважением; 9) сдержать обещание; 10) суровое обращение. A. Read the sentences and say in which of them you can use lately instead of recently. 1) I haven’t been feeling well recently. 2) It was only recently that Jack got a note from the police about his dangerous driving. 3) They have built a new hospital in our area just recent-iy. 4) Have you done any painting rece_ntly? 5) I don’t know what’s come over Angela re-centh — she’s so touchy. 6) They have finished their report recently. 7) It happened recently not far from our school. 8) We have recently moved into a new flat. 9) Captain Wilson made a journey to Australia recently. 10) I got this inlormation fairly recently from one of the journalists. B. a) Write in 3—5 sentences what you have/haven't done recently, b) Write in 3—5 sentences what you did/didn't do recently. 73 ■D 1Л step 5 DO IT TOGETHER Ni Listen, (26), and complete the sentences below. 1) The person telling the story is.... a) the youngest child in the family b) not the youngest child in the family c) younger than his sister 2) Robin’s father ... . a) was admitted to a hospital b) worked in a hospital c) received some treatment in a hospital 3) The children and their mother .... a) moved house’ b) left their place forever c) went away for some time 4) The children’s grandparents made Robin’s family welcome a) in their comfortable house b) in their old house c) in their country house 5) Staying with their relations helped Robin .... a) to learn everything about his aunts and uncles b) to understand what ]4ace a family takes in a person’s life c) to forget their tragedy ’ to move house — переехать г 74 с гз г+ ю А. Speak about how, in your view, people can create a happy home environment. You may use some of these ideas. Oos • try to be as patient as you can • be responsible for what you do and what you say • treat everyone with respect • learn to compromise • give help and support when you can • share things • treat others in the same way as you want to be treated by them Don’ts criticize too much raise your voice at people think that you’re always right pass your bad mood on other members of the family be touchy or irritable reject help or sympathy be self-centered be too big-headed B. Say what you do to bridge the generation gap in your family. Work in pairs and discuss what your extended families (those that include your grandparents, aunts, uncles, cousins) are like. Find out: • who the members of your extended families arc, where they live; • how often you sec each other, how much time you spend together and when it usually happens; • what your attitude to the members of your extended family is, if you have favourites, if you share somebody’s interests; • what relationships are established within your extended family, if you understand and support each other; • if you arc satisfied with the behaviour of your relatives; • if they .sornei imes reject your ideas, your interests; • if you are prepared to compromise. What was your childhood like? Do the test to define it. Test 1) Which of these things are closest to those that existed in your home? a) More or less total confusion with everyone doing more or less what they wanted, making as much noise as they liked. b) A certain amount of noise and confusion, but periods of quiet and discipline at certain regular times, for example mealtimes. c) A quiet disciplined house. 2) Which of the following is closest to the situation in your house as lar as watching television was concerned? a) The TV set was on the whole time whether people were watching it or not. b) TV viewing was limited to a few programmes each day and these programmes were Sjiecifically selected. c) There was no T\" in the house. 3) in your family did you ... a) have leisure activities that you shared as a family? b) each have your own individual leisure activity? c) have no particular leisure activities? 4) As a child did you ... a) get legular pocket money? b) earn money for doing jobs around the house? c) gel money from your parents according to your needs and whenever you asked for it? d) have no pocket money at all? 5) Did you go to bed ... a) at a regular bedtime? b) at a regular bedtime with exceptions for special occasions? c) whenever you liked? 6) What were the eating habits in your family? a) Mealtimes were regular and social occasions. b) Mealtimes were chaotic and rushed. c) Everybody ate when and where they liked, helping themselves out of the refrigerator. 7) If you behaved badly, were you ... a) reprimanded severely? b) given any kind of physical punishment? c) punished in any other way? d) not reprimanded at all? 8) With your parents did you ... a) talk about any subject under the sun? b) talk about most things, except one or two taboo subjects? c) not commimicate fi eely on most subjects? 9) In your home, were other people, family and friends ... a) always welcome? b) sometimes welcome? c) never welcome? 75 fD T> Now count the points. Question 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 a 6 5 3 3 2 3 3 4 5 b 1 4 — 3 5 2 3 4 1 3 3 c 1 1 1 5 5 5 2 1 1 cl 1 5 45—35: Your family life was easy-going and free of anything that limited your freedom of action. This is in line with the modern theory of upbringing in which self-expres-sioti is considered more important than discipline. However, this may speak of parents who cannot cope with their children or who are too busy elsew here to be very interested in what goes on at home. 35—20: Tills score speaks of a balanced and reasonable family life. You were probably not allowed to get away with just anything as a child, but had understanding and caring parents who put a great deal of thought into creating happy home cnvironmcnl. Less than 20: This score suggests a rather severe and strict family atmosphere. However, it may be a sign of a more traditional upbringing. ui -I 76 с э г+ к> Political Correctness Nowadays а lot of people try to be politically correct. Thus they show tact and diplomacy speaking to or about people who have problems. Remember what is and what is not politically correct and follow this rule. Don't say I. Disabilities and old an invalid an old man an old woman old people pensioners II. Race a Negro an Indian III. Gender^ men a businessman a fireman a sportsman a chairman an actress, a poetess etc a manageress he or his (if you don't know the gender of the person) As a child gets older their expectations increase. Say a person with disability a man advanced in years a woman advanced in years senior citizens retired people (an) Afro American, Afro-British, a black person a Native American people a businessperson a firefighter an athlete a chairperson an actor, a poet a manager he/she or his/her or their IV. Pay attention to sentences with everyone and everybody: Everyone invited their parents to the show. (Informal) Everyone invited his/her parents to the show. (Formal) Everybody said they had enjoyed the party. (Informal) Everybody said iWshe had enjoyed the party. (Formal) I Change the sentences to make them politically correct. 1) Hver>' child wants to fed that he and only he is loved by his parents. 2) Any man likes to have some time for himself. 3) Ann Bradford was an American poetess who Ih ed in the 17th century. 4) A postman is someone whose job is to collect and deliver the post. 5) Brian’s sister worked as a clowness in the town circus. 6) Can you say that Indians in America live in reservations nowadays? 7) Everyone has to bring his own presentation. 8) All men are created equal. 9) Eveiy'body who is a journalist can be called a newsman. 10) Sam comes from a Negro family. 11) Mr Wilson is a pensioner. He is an old man of about eighty. 12) A government spokesman said today there would be new elections. I A. Choose the appropriate variants to complete the statements. 1) We use passive forms (passives) when .... a) we don’t know who did something b) we know who did something 2) We use passives when we are interested in .... a) by whom something is done b) what happens or happened a gender I'c^enda] — пол, гендерная принаолежность 3) We use passives in .... a) formal situations b) informal situations 4) If we want to show (say) wUt> did something, we introduce the doer of the action with the help of the preposition ... . a) with b) by B. Make these statements interrogative. Put questions to the underlined sentences or their parts. 1) English is spoken here. 2) The keys were found in mv bag. 3) The information will be received next week. 4) The windows were left open because it was raining. 5) The door will be closed. 6) Butter is made from milk. 7) Grapes are grown in the south. 8) The letters were Doslcd yesterday. 9) The story' will be finished soon. 10) 7 he food is cooked well. A. Express the same using the passive voice. 1) We must discuss the options in class. 2) You ought to help your grandparents. 3) Teachers should treat all our pupils equally. 4) You can’t involve kids in such activities, .'i) People have to transport the boxes as soon as possible. 6) You have to learn the poem by heart. 7) Should we paint the kitchen? Я) They must publish lliis book in May. 9) (’an you stop these kid.s? 10) Everybody should keep their promises. B. Express the same using the passive voice. Give two variants where possible. 1) Somebody showed us the secret box. 2) Somebody allowed us .some chocolates. 3) Somebody sent Laura a letter. 4) Somebody lent us twenty dollars. 5) Somebody paid our bills. 6) Somebody told them a funny .story. 7) Somebody asked us two questions. 8) Somebody offered me a ticket for a concert. 77 cn r+ ТЭ U1 DO IT ON YOUR OWN Give English equivalents to these word combinations and then make up and write sen tences with them. Example: Нам показали. — Wc were shown a new film. 1) тебе одолжили 2) им заплатили 3) ему сказали 4) мне предложили 5) ей отказази 6) вас спросили 7) им отослали 8) нам дали 9) тебе разрешили 10) им показали 10 Complete the sentences using with or by. 1) The novel “War and Peace” was written ... Leo Tolstoy. 2) Ice cream is usually eaten ... teaspoons. 3) “The Girl with Peaches” was painted ... Valentin Serov. 4) A lot of new medical instruments were invented ... Russian engineers. 5) The lemon mast be sliced’ ... a sharp knife. 6) Our picture was taken ... his new camera. 7) Old wooden churches were built... axes. 8) Can you give a title of any story that was created ... Anton Checkov? 9) The big tree was cut down ... Jim, our old servant. 10) Women’s dresses arc usually made ... dressmakers. Write 6—8 sentences about what can {must, should) be done or have {ought) to be done. to slice [slaisj — порезать на тонкие кусочки step 6 DO IT TOGETHER Listen to six people speaking, (27), and match what they say (texts a—f) with the fol lowing statements (1—7). One statement you don't have to use. 0 2) 78 3) 4) с 5) 6) г+ 7) A. Read the list of words and say which of them are usually used: in the garden p in the kitchen all over the house in the dining room in the bathroom in the bedroom a vacuum cleaner an iron a cooker a tablecloth a hoc a cupboard a food m ixer a diist/njbbish bin a spoon, a fork and a knife cups and sauces a toaster a hair dryer a mirror a .saucepan a spade a coffee maker a frying pan a rake a dishwasher a washing machine a microwave a wardrobe a hammer a telephone B. Say which of the things above you use most often. Look at the list of house chores' and say at what age children can start doing them. Example: Two and ihrcc-ycar-olds can pick up their roys and put them in their places. House chores pick up toys and books and pul them in theif places make the bcd(s) do shopping lay/set the table clean/mop the floors water the plants in the garden or house plants mind a baby brother or sister (=look after them for a short time) wash up dust the furnil ure wash the car a chore IiJd:] — домашняя обязанность prepare meals pul clothes in their places make tea take care of food and clean water for pets wash and hang up clothes do the ironing take out the rubbish repair' things in the house mend clothes *гуг walk the dog Say what you feel about doing housework. Do you resent it? Do you take it for granted? Do you like it? Which chores do you actually do? Why do you do them? >1 Confusable Words T0t)0 ^ МАКтГ^ to do the sights of a city, a museum, a gallery, a city to make a mistake to do (morning) exercises to make dinner (tea, lunch) to do a room (flat) to make a decision to do the cooking (cleaning, .shopping, ironing etc) to make a noise to do one’s teeth (hair) to make progress to do homework to make a bed to do housework to make a fire to do a subject (Maths, English) to make a choice to do one’s best to make a fortune (money) to do well to make an effort to do a translation (project) to make friends (enemies) to do sb good (harm, wrong) to make a law to make a list (notes) 79 r-f П) ■a Cl Use either do or make in the appropriate forms to complete the sentences. 1) I heard nothing because of Ihc noise the children ... . 2) This is a list of recommended books. ... your choice. 3) 1 liked Cecil and we ... friends very soon after wc met. 4) It took us more than a week to ... the main sights of St Petersburg. .S) 1 like the way you ... your hair. 6) A long night’s sleep ... you a lot of good. 7) Dentists advise to ... your teeth at least twice a day. 8) I’lii proud of Alice. She ... well at school now. 9) From school reports parents can see what progress their children ... at school. 10) leaching is not the easiest way to ... money, and it is hardly a way to ... a fortune. 11) ^^'ho is going to ... the shopping tonight? 12) Roy is only six but he always ... his bed himself. 13) Why are you angry? Have I ... anything wrong? 14) Do you find it easy to ... a choice and to ... decisions? ' to repair [п'реэ] — чинить 80 N> Progressive (Continuous) Forms of the Passive Voice ^^^^Presen^rogressIv^Passiv^^^^" Past Progressive Passive am being is being + Ved/V3 are being was being were being ^ * The letters are being written now. 1 know 1 am being discussed at the moment. The car is being washed now. When he came back, a new hotel was being built in his street. 1 entered the room and saw that my letters were being read. - The fax is not being sent. The papers are on the table. They are not being posted. When we arrived, the flat was not being cleaned. The articles were not being translated at 5 o'clock yesterday. 1 ? Are the magazines being looked through now? Is the telephone call being answered? Was the fax being answered when the director called? Were the magazines being looked through when the mail arrived? 1 I Choose the appropriate forms of the verbs to complete the sentences. 1) I can’t give you the text of the article now. It... now. a) is translated b) is being translated 2) Such long bridges.... a) are not built b) are not being built 3) We couldn’t take photos as our camera .... a) was repaired b) was being repaired 4) Coffee ... in Siberia. a) is not grown b) is not being grown 5) We couldn’t get inside. I he floois .... a) was being cleaned b) were being cleaned 6) I entered the hotel at nine yesterday and saw that everybody was busy. The rooms ... for the arriving guests. a) were prepaied b) were being prepared 7) Generally such books ... easily. a) are not translated b) are not being translated 8) Room 26 is not ready yet. It.... a) is vacuumed b) is being vacuumed 9) Don’t pay attention to the colour of the walls. They ... at the moment, a) arc painted b) are being pairitcd. 10) Wlicn I lived in Europe last summer, newspapers ... to us early in the morning, a) were brought b) were being brought 11) Last .summer all my toys ... and put to the garage. a) were packed b) were being packed Complete the table to practise passive structures. Active Passive 1) People speak much about this film. 2) ... 3) They will speak to Jim. 4) Somebody will look after your pel. 5) ... 6) They sent for the magazine. 7) When will you look through the article? 8) ... 1)... 2) The little girl was laughed at. 3) ... 4) .. 5) The papers will be looked through. 6) ... 7) ... 8) The glasses will be looked for every'where. 81 r*4 П) TZJ DO IT OIU YOUR OWN 10 Complete the sentences with the appropriate forms of the verbs In brackets. 1) Yesterday a \ery young puppy (borrow) from a neighbour. It (bring) to play with the children. Now the little one is well (look after). It always (give) milk at the appropriate time. 2) Why don’t you play with your younger sister? She feels she (reject) and is not at all happy. 3) Wlien we entered the classroom, it was quiet there. The questions (write) on the blackboard and the answers (write) in the pupils’ notebooks. 4) 1 don’t like the way Bob is doing at school. He should (talk to). 5) Lily (laugh at) yesterday by her peers. And she much (ofTend). 6) Hie little guests (to give) some tasty treats in the sitting room. 7) Don’t worry, ’^"oui plants (look after) while you are away. 8) When he (.speak to)? — Tomorrow, ] think. 9) I'his performance much (speak about). Evetybody .seems to like the play. 10) Can’t you tell me what (do) at the moment? — 1 certainly can. The windows (clean), the floors (mop), the dinner (cook), the furniture (dust). Write what these sentences mean in Russian. 1) Many patients do not get the medical treatment they need. 2) She admired Christopher and loved him but he treated her like a child. 3) Doctors treated her with aspirin. 4) 1 don’t see why you should treat disabled people differently from anyone else. 5) His mother always returned from town with a special treat for him. 6) We don’t want any special treatment. 7) I would like to give you a treat and invite you to a theatre. 8) It’s a treat to listen to him. 9) I shall treat myself to a holiday. Write what you generally do and make during a week (8—10 sentences). step 7 DO IT TOGETHER N, Listen to the interview, ® (28), choose the appropriate variants and complete the statements below. 1) Doctor Newman .... a) leaches psychology at schools b) is interested in kid.s’ physical health e) studies kids’ beliaviour f 82 c Ш Г+ 2) Doctor Newman says that children nowadays are .... a) absolutely different from boys and girls of previous generations b) not different from cliildicn of his youth c) essentially' the same as they used to be 3) Doctor Newman is sure that.... a) kids’ intellectual development takes more time than their physical development b) kids’ physical development is no less important than their intellectual development c) kids’ physical development is a more difficult pioccss than their intellectual development 4) Doctor Newman thinks it is right.... a) to allow children to do whatever they like b) not to give direct orders to children c) to let kids establish themselves in the world according to their views 5) Doctor Newman doesn’t advise parents .... a) to treat kids without respect b) to disagree with their children c) to show sympathy for their children 6) Namc-calling is .... a) giving someone a Christian name b) saying good tilings to or about someone c) saying bad things to or about someone 7) Doctor Newman says that shouting at children .... a) should never take place b) may take place from time to time c) is a natural thing to do A. Read the text and fill in the blanks (1—6) with the parts of the sentences (a—g). One part you don't have to use. Christmas Presents When I came downstairs on Christmas morning, 1 saw that the only presents in my stocking were a stick of deodorant and a “travel dictionary”. I guess (1) ..., grown-ups decide you’re too old for toys or anything that’s actually fun. But they still expect you to be ail excited (2) .... Most of my gifts this year were books or clothes. The closest thing to a toy 1 got was a present from Uncle Charlie. (3) ..., I didn’t even know what it was supposed to be. It was a big plastic ring with a net. Uncle Charlie explained that it was a “Laundry Hoop”’ for my bedroom. He .said I was supposed to hang the Laundry Hoop on the back of my door and it would make putting away my dirty clothes “fun”. Al first I thought it was a joke, (4) .... So I had to explain to him that I don’t actually DO my own laundry. I told him I just throw my dirty clothes on the floor, and Mom picks them up and takes them downstairs to the laundry room. Then (5) ..., everything conics back to me in nice, neat piles\ 1 told Uncle Charlie he should return the Laundry Hoop and give me caslri so 1 could buy something I could actually USE. That’s when Mom spoke up. She told Uncle Charlie she ‘ essentially [I'senjali] — no cyrn - a laundry hoop ['brndri ,hu:p] — зд.: корзина для грязного белья ^ а pile [pail] — стопка cash fkaej] — наличные деньги N. thought the Laundry Hoop was a GRLA7 idea. Then she said that from now on T’d be doing my OW>J laundry. So basically, it ends up that Uncle Charlie (6) .... {after Diary of a Wimpy Kid'' by Jeff Kinney) a) but then I understood Uncle Charlie was .serious b) when I opened Uncle Charlie’s gift c) got me a chore tor Christmas d) once you’re in middle school e) a few days later 0 responsible for Fuy own laundry g) when you open the awful gifts they give you B. Say: a) why Gregory, the boy on whose part the story is told, is dissatisfied with his gifts and b) why his mother thought the Laundry Hoop was a great idea. A. You would like to buy Christmas gifts for your family. Talk to the shop assistant in a souvenir shop and ask: • what he/she can advise you to buy; • how much these things eost; • how your relatives can u.sc some of them; • what Christmas gifts are most popular with shoppers. Be active and polite, get the information you need and decide which gifts to buy. B. You would like to give a surprise party for your mother or father. Discuss with another member of your family which of the following options is the best way to do it. • With your own hands cook something nice, set the table beautifully and invite the family and friends to dinner; • have a picnic in some place your parents like, make some picnic food; • choose a nice restaurant and ask your parents to book a table there; • buy tickets for a good concert or play and invite your parents. 83 Г+ П) “O Remember to discuss all the options, be active and polite, come up with ideas, give good reasons, come to an agreement. A. The picture below shows the British way of place setting. Match the objects in the picture with their names. a) knife b) plate c) tablespoon d) wineglass e) fish knife 0 fork g) butter knife h) dessertspoon i) napkin/serviette [,S3:vi'et] j) side plate k) dessiert fork B. Say: a) if you set the table in the same way or differently and what you do differently; b) what you do to make your table look attractive and why it is important; c) if you think about food presentation and what is your way of doing it. N. thought the Laundry Hoop was a GRLAT idea. Then she said that from now on T’d be doing my OW>J laundry. So basically, it ends up that Uncle Charlie (6) .... {after Diary of a Wimpy Kid'' by Jeff Kinney) a) but then I understood Uncle Charlie was .serious b) when I opened Uncle Charlie’s gift c) got me a chore tor Christmas d) once you’re in middle school e) a few days later 0 responsible for iny own laundry g) when you open the awful gifts they give you B. Say: a) why Gregory, the boy on whose part the story is told, is dissatisfied with his gifts and b) why his mother thought the Laundry Hoop was a great idea. A. You would like to buy Christmas gifts for your family. Talk to the shop assistant in a souvenir shop and ask: • whal he/she can advise you to buy; • how much these things cost; • how your relatives can u.sc some of them; • what Christmas gifts are most popular with shoppers. Be active and polite, get the information you need and decide which gifts to buy. B. You would like to give a surprise party for your mother or father. Discuss with another member of your family which of the following options is the best way to do it. • With your own hands cook something nice, set the table beautifully and invite the family and friends to dinner; • have a picnic in some place your parents like, make some picnic food; • choose a nice restaurant and ask your parents to book a table there; • buy tickets for a good concert or play and invite your parents. 83 Г+ n> и Remember to discuss all the options, be active and polite, come up with ideas, give good reasons, come to an agreement. A. The picture below shows the British way of place setting. Match the objects in the picture with their names. a) knife b) plate c) tablespoon d) wineglass e) fish knife 0 fork g) butter knife h) dessertspoon i) napkin/serviette [,S3:vi'et] j) side plate k) dessiert fork B. Say: a) if you set the table in the same way or differently and what you do differently; b) whal you do to make your table look attractive and why it is important; c) if you think about food presentation and what is your way of doing it. N, Complete the text with the appropriate words. 84 N> Abraham Lincoln's Letter to His Son’s Teacher {adapted) He will have to leam, I know, that all men are not fair, all men are not true. But teach him that for every bad man there is a hero (1)..., that for every (2)... politician, there is a devotee] leader... l each him that for every enemy there is a (3) .... Teach him if you can, the (4)... of books ... But also give him (5)... time to think about the mystery of birds in the sky, bees (6)... the sun, and the flowers on a green hillside. Teach him to believe in his own ideas even if everyone (7) ... him they are wrong. Teach him to listen to all men... But teach him afso to filter all he hears on a screen of tnith. Teach him if you can how to laugh when he is sad... Teach him there is no shame in (8).... (9)... him gently. This is a big order, but see what you can do. He is (10)... a fine fellow, my son! Social English 1) a) too b) either c) also d) to 2) a) self-made b) self-confident c) self-assured d) selfish 3) a) friend b) classmate c) companion d) pal 4) a) wonderful b) wonder c) wonderous d) wondering 5) a) quite b) quiet c) quietly d) quit 6) a) on b) at c) in d) by 7) a) tell b) tells c) say d) says 8) a) cry b) cries c) cried d) crying 9) a) behave b) behaviour c) treat d) treatment 10) a) so b)such c) like d) as Q ^ Запомните несколько формул, которые могут помочь вам восстановить добрые от ношения с человеком, с которым у вас произошёл разлад. Making up а quarrel Гт sorry, it’s all my fauH ffirlrl. (П[юсти, это только .моя вина.) Гт sorry, Гт Ю blame for it. (Прости, в этом виноват я.) ! must apologize. ( Приношу тебе извинения.) 1 owe you an apology. (Я должен извинит ься.) Sorry, I meant no offence. (Прости, я не хотел тебя обидеть.) Do forgive me. (Прости меня.) I promise it will never happen again. (Обещаю, это больше не повторится.) Let’s kiss and make up. (Давай мириться.) L*t bygones f'baignnzj be bygones. (Кто старое помянет...) } ответ ва.м, возможно, скажу!: It’s all right. Oh, forget it. No offence taken. It’s OK, don’t worry about it. Plea.se let it not happen again. Just don’t do it again, OK? L fi, thought the Laundry Hoop was a GRLAT idea. Then she said that from now on I’d be doing my OWTsI laundry. So basically, it ends up that Uncle Charlie (6) .... {after Diary of a Wimpy Kid” by Je^ Kinney) a) but then I understood Uncle Charlie was serious b) when I opened Uncle Charlie’s gift c) got me a chore tor Christmas d) once you’re in middle school e) a few days later 0 responsible for my own laundry g) when you open the awful gifts they give you B. Say: a) why Gregofy^ the boy on whose part the story is told, is dissatisfied with his gifts and b) why his mother thought the Laundry Hoop was a great idea. A. You would like to buy Christmas gifts for your family. Talk to the shop assistant in a souvenir shop and ask: • what he/she can advise you to buy; • how much these things cost; • how your relatives can u.sc some of them; • what Christmas gifts arc most popular with shoppers. Be active and polite, get the information you need and decide which gifts to buy. B. You would like to give a surprise party for your mother or father. Discuss with another member of your family which of the following options is the best way to do it. • With your own hands cook something nice, set the table beautifully and invite the family and friends to dinner; • have a picnic in some place your parents like, make some picnic food; • choose a nice restaurant and ask your parents to book a table there; • buy tickets for a good concert or play and invite your parents. Remember to discuss all the options, be active and polite, come up with ideas, give good reasons, come to an agreement. A. The picture below shows the British way of place setting. Match the objects in the picture with their names. a) knife b) plate I I (g j c) tablespoon /.j'Q ^ d) wineglass e) fish knife ('■j j 2) 0 fork A g) butter knife ^ h) dessertspoon i) napkin/serviette [,S3:vi'et] j) side plate k) des*nfork '§! ^,^7,,; 8 B. Say: a) if you set the table in the same way or ditYerently and what you do differently; b) what you do to make your table look attractive and why it is important; c) if you think about food presentation and what is your way of doing it. 83 СЛ Г+ П) “O N, Complete the text with the appropriate words. 84 N> Abraham Lincoln's Letter to His Son’s Teacher {adapted) He will have to leam, I know, that all men are not fair, all men are not true. Bill teach him that for every bad man there is a hero (1)..., that for every (2)... politician, there is a devoice! leader... l each him that for every enemy there is a (3) .... Teach him if you can, the (4)... of books ... But also give him (5)... time to think about the mystery of birds in the sky, bees (6)... the sun, and the flowers on a green hillside. Teach him to believe in his own ideas even if everyone (7) ... him they are wrong. Teach him to listen to all men... But teach him afso to filter all he hears on a screen of tnith. Teach him if you can how to laugh when he is sad... Teach him there is no shame in (8).... (9)... him gently. This is a big order, but see what you can do. He is (10)... a fine fellow, my son! Social English 1) a) too b) either c) also d) to 2) a) self-made b) self-confident c) self-assured d) selfish 3) a) friend b) classmate c) companion d) pal 4) a) wonderful b) wonder c) wonderous d) wondering 5) a) quite b) quiet c) quietly d) quit 6) a) on b) at c) in d) by 7) a) tell b) tells c) say d) says 8) a) cry b) cries c) cried d) crying 9) a) behave b) behaviour c) treat d) treatment 10) a) so b)such c) like d) as Q ^ Запомните несколько формул, которые могут помочь вам восстановить добрые от ношения с человеком, с которым у вас произошёл разлад. Making up а quarrel Гт sorry, it’s all my fault ffirlrl. (П[юсти, это только .моя вина.) Гт sorry, Гт Ю blame for it. (Прости, в этом виноват я.) ! must apologize. ( Приношу тебе извинения.) 1 owe you an apology. (Я должен извинит ься.) Sorry, I meant no offence. (Прости, я не хотел тебя обидеть.) Do forgive me. (Прости меня.) I promise it will never happen again. (Обещаю, это больше не повторится.) Let’s kiss and make up. (Давай мириться.) tjet bygones f'baignnzj be bygones. (Кто старое помянет...) } ответ ва.м, возможно, скажу!: It’s all right. Oh, forget it. No offence taken. It’s OK, don’t worry about it. Plea.se let it not happen again. Just don’t do it again, OK? L Work in pairs and make micro-dialogues to match the following situations. Example; A: Mummy, 1 owe you an apology. B: Whal do you mean? A: I must apologize for whal I said at breakfast. I said ir without thinking B: It’s all right. But, please, let ii not happen again. 1) You raised your voice at your relation. 2) You promised to visit your friend but didn’t keep your word. 3) ^ ou told your younger brother (sister, cousin) that he (she) was stupid. 4) You forgot your grandfather’s birthday. 5) You borrowed your ft lend’s money and forgot to return it. 6) You told a lie to your friend. 7) You said something tactless to your teacher. Grammar Perfect Forms of the Passive Voice 85 r+ О X) Present Perfect Passive Past Perfect Passive have been . , ^ . + Ved/V, has been з had been + Ved/V3 \ have just been informed. A new bridge has been built across the Oka, He said that a new bridge had been built across the Oka. // Work in pairs and make micro dialogues to match the following situations Example: A: Mummy, 1 owe you an apology. 13- What do you mean? Л: I must apologize for what I said atbieakfasl. I said it without thinking. B; It’s all right. But, please, let it not happen again. 1) You raised your voice at your relation. 2) You promised to visit your friend but didn’t keep your word. 3) You told your younger brother (sister, cousin) that he (she) was stupid. 4) You forgot your grandfather’s birthday. 5) You borrowed your friend’s money and forgot to return it. 6) You told a lie to your friend. 7) You said something tactless to your teacher. Grammar Perfect Forms of the Passive Voice Presfiiint Perfect Passive Past Perfect Passive have been . . +Ved/V, has been ^ had been -i- Ved/V^ + 1 have just been informed. A new bridge has been built across the Oka. We have already been told about their arrival. He said that a new bridge had been built across the Oka. We had been told about their arrival before John came. — 1 have not been spoken to yet. The new library has not been built yet. The houses have not been sold yet. He said the key to the garden gate had not been found. By that time we had not been shown the library. 7 m Have the papers been looked through yet? Why haven't the papers been signed yet? Had the letters been posted by then? Had the problem been discussed by 6 p.m.? 85 r+ fD T5 A. Turn the underlined sentences into passive structures. 1) The windows look dirty. No one has cleaned them. 2) The cat looks hungry. I doubt that you have fed it. 3) The dustbin is full. I don’t tliink they have collected the rubbish. 4) Your white pullover is nice. 1 know that vour granny has knitted it. 5) The plants in the pots are dying. You haven’t watered them vet. 6) I have to go soon. John ha.s ordered me a taxi. B. John came to his home city after 10 years' absence. Say what he saw using passive structures. Example: He saw that lots of modern buildings had been built. He saw that.... 1) they had built lots of modern buildings 2) they had rebuilt the old railway station 3) they had opened a new concert hall 4) they had changed the names of some streets 5) they had turned the city centre into a shopping area 6) they had closed the old market fi, thought the Laundi'v Hoop was a GRhA7 idea. Then she said that from now on I’d be doing my OWTsI laundry. So basically, it ends up that Uncle Charlie (6) .... {after Diary of a Wimpy Kid” by Jeff Kinney) a) but then I understood Uncle Charlie was serious b) when I opened Uncle Charlie’s gift c) got me a chore for Christmas d) once you’re in middle school e) a few days later 0 responsible for my own laundry g) when you open the awful gifts they give you B. Say: a) why Gregory', the boy on whose part the story is told, is dissatisfied with his gifts and b) why his mother thought the Laundry Hoop was a great idea. A. You would like to buy Christmas gifts for your family. Talk to the shop assistant in a souvenir shop and ask: • what he/she can advise you to buy; • how much these things cost; • how your relatives can use some of them; • what Christmas gifts arc most popular with shoppers. Be active and polite, get the information you need and decide which gifts to buy. B. You would like to give a surprise party for your mother or father. Discuss with another member of your family which of the following options is the best way to do it. • With your own hands cook something nice, set the table beautifully and invite the family and friends to dinner; • liave a picnic in some place your parents like, make some picnic food; • choose a nice restaurant and ask your parents to book a table there; • buy tickets for a good concert or play and invite your parents. Remember to discuss ail the options, be active and polite, come up with ideas, give good reasons, come to an agreement. A. The picture below shows the British way of place setting. Match the objects in the picture with their names. a) knife b) plate c) tablespoon d) wineglass e) fish knife 0 fork g) butter knife h) dessertspoon i) napkin/serviette [,S3:vi'et] j) side plate k) dessert fork B. Say: a) if you set the table in the .same way or differently and what you do differently; b) what you do to make your table look attractive and why it is important; c) if you think about food presentation and what is your way of doing it. 83 1/1 Г+ П) “O N, 84 к> Complete the text with the appropriate words. Abraham Liiicohrs Letter to His Son’s Teacher {adapted) He will have to leam, I know, that all men are not fair, all men are not true. But leach him that for every bad man there is a hero (1), that for every (2)... politician, there is a devoted leader... l each him that for every enemy there is a (3)___Teach him if you can, the (4)... of books ... But also give liim (5)... time to think about the mystery of birds in the sky, bees (6)... the sun, and the flowers on a green hillside. Teach him to believe in his own ideas even if everyone (7) ... him they are wrong. Teach him to listen to all men... But teach liiin also to filter all he hears on a screen of tnith Teach him if you can how to laugh when he is sad... Teach him there is no shame in (8)... (9)... him gently. This is a big order, but see what you can do. He is (10)... a fine fellow, my son! Social English 1) a) too b) either c) also d) to 2) a) self-made b) self-confident c) self-assured d) selfish 3) a) friend b) classmate c) companion d) pal 4) a) wonderful b) wonder c) wonderous d) wondering 5) a) quite b) quiet c) quietly d) quit 6) a) on b) at c) in d) by 7) a) tell b) tells c) say d) says 8) a) cry b) cries c) cried d) crying 9) a) behave b) behaviour c)treat d) treatment 10) a) so b)such c) like Щ 9^4 9 9 • «,« 9 Щ 9.9 d) as • 9.m.9 » 9.9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 О О Запомните несколько формул, которые мог}т помочь вам восстановить добрые от ношения с человеком, с которым у вас произошёл разлад. Making up а quarrel Гт sorry, it’s all my fauH ffarltl. (П[юсти, это только .моя вина.) Гт sorry, Гт 1о blame for it. (Прости, в этом виноват я.) I must apologize. (Приношу тебе извинения.) I owe you an apology. (Я должен извинит ься.) Sorry, I meant no offence. (Прости, я не хотел тебя обидеть.) Do forgive me. (Прости меня.) I promise it will never happen again, (Обещаю, это больше не повторится.) Let’s kiss and make up. (Давай мириться.) Let bygones I'baignnzJ be bygones. (Кто старое помянет..,) } ответ ва.м, возможно, скажу]: It’s all right. Oh, forget it. No offence taken. If s OK, don’t worry about it. Please let it not happen again. Just don’t do it again, OK? L Work in pairs and make micro-dialogues to match the following situations, Example: A; Mummy, 1 owe you an apology. B: Whal do you mean? A: I must apologize for whal I said at breakfast. I said ir without thinking B; It’s all right. But, please, let ii not happen again. 1) You raised your voice at your relation. 2) You promised to visit your friend but didn’t keep your word. 3) \ ou told your younger brother (sister, cousin) that he (she) was stupid. 4) You forgot your grandfather’s birthday. 5) You borrowed your friend’.s money and forgot to return it. 6) You told a lie to your friend. 7) You said something tactless to your teacher. Grammar Perfect Forms of the Passive Voice 85 a> T3 Present Perfect Passive Past Perfect Passive have been . . ^ . +Ved/V, has been з had been + Ved/ \ have just been informed. A new bridge has been built across the Oka. He said that a new bridge had been built across the Oka. // Work in pairs and make micro dialogues to match the following situations Example: A: Mummy, I owe you an apology. 13; What do you mean? Л: I must apologize for what I said atbieakfast. I said it without thinking. B; It’s all right. But, please, let it not happen again. 1) You raised your voice at your relation. 2) You promised to visit your friend but didn’t keep your word. 3) You told your younger brother (sister, cousin) that he (she) was stupid. 4) You forgot your grandfather’s birthday. 5) You borrowed your friend’s money and forgot to return it. 6) You told a lie to your friend. 7) You said something tactless to your teacher. Grammar Perfect Forms of the Passive Voice Presfiunt Perfect Passive Past Perfect Passive have been . . + Ved/V, has been ^ had been Ved/V^ + 1 have just been informed. A new bridge has been built across the Oka. We have already been told about their arrival. He said that a new bridge had been built across the Oka. We had been told about their arrival before John came. — 1 have not been spoken to yet. The new library has not been built yet. The houses have not been sold yet. He said the key to the garden gate had not been found. By that time we had not been shown the library. 7 m Have the papers been looked through yet? Why haven't the papers been signed yet? Had the letters been posted by then? Had the problem been discussed by 6 p.m.? 85 П) XJ A. Turn the underlined sentences into passive structures. 1) The windows look dirty. No one has cleaned them. 2) The cat looks hungry. I doubt that you have fed it. 3) The dustbin is full. T don’t think they have collected the mb-bish. 4) Your white pullover is nice. 1 know that vour granny has knitted it. 5) The plants in the pots are dying. You haven’t watered them vet. 6) I have to go soon. John has ordered me a taxi. B. John came to his structures. home city after 10 years' absence. Say what he saw using passive Example: He saw that lots of modern buildings had been built. He saw that.... 1) they had built lots of modem buildings 2) they had rebuilt the old railway station 3) they had opened a new concert hall 4) they had changed the names of some streets 5) they had turned the city centre into a shopping area 6) they had closed the old market DOIT ON YOUR OWN N. Complete the sentences using the verbs on the right in the appropriate forms. u .. 86 M Ne. 1) He said the documents... yet. 2) Where is the key? h ... again? 3) 1... some very useful words of advice three days ago. 4) Are you sure the tickets... and weMl be able to start on time? 5) Look! A new tower.... 6) When the director entered the classroom, all the tests ... and lay on the teacher’s desk. 7) They told me I couldn’t get inside as the room .... 8) Where such flowers ...? 9) When ‘TIamlel” ...? 10) While the cups ... on the table Г11 ask Jane to join us. Complete the text using the derivatives of the words on the right. A. There arc some undesirable forms of (1) .... One of them is not speaking to a kid. It can (2) ... help. U makes children feel (3) ... and angry. This can have a (4) ... impression on a child. Even more, it can be a (5)... thing which will make a child hate the people who oflend him or her like this. Instead show the kids that home is a place where they belong and that they, loo, are (6) ... members of the family. B. Physical punishment is wrong because of the lesson it teaches kids. Wliat it teaches is: when you are (1)..., hit out. No (2) ... about the rights or wrongs of the matter, no (3) ... way out, no keeping your (4) ...s under control. We should understand that beating is extremely (5) ... and find some (6)... solution' for the (7) - - not sign lose give buy built finish clean grow write put punish hard reject, last danger importance anger, think construct feel harm, differ situate 10 I. T 4 4. ♦ •v. # 9. Look at the picture and match the words (a—v) with the objects (1—22). If you don't know the English word, look it up. a) a kettle ^ b) a teapot c) a coffeepot d) a sugar bowl e) a bread bin f) a salt cellar g) a fork h) a spoon i) a knife j) a cup and a saucer k) a butterdish l) a milk jug m) an eggeup n) a napkin/serviette o) an egg cosy 10- I A V •V 11. 12. 13, ' a solution [S9'lu:fn] — решение, выход 14. Ni thought the Laundiy Hoop was a GRtAT idea. Then she said that from now on Td be doing my OWTsI laundry. So basically, it ends up that Uncle Charlie (6) .... {after '^Diaryofa Wimpy Kid'' hy Je^ Kinney) a) but then I understood Uncle Charlie was serious b) when I opened Uncle Charlie’s gift c) got me a chore for Christmas d) once you’re in middle school e) a few days later 0 responsible for my own laundiy g) when you open the awful gifts they give you B. Say: a) why Gregor^', the boy on whose part the story is told, is dissatisfied with his gifts and b) why his mother thought the Laundry Hoop was a great idea. A. You would like to buy Christmas gifts for your family. Talk to the shop assistant in a souvenir shop and ask: • what he/she can advise you to buy; • how much these things cost; • how your relatives can use some of them; • what Christmas gifts are most popular with shoppers. Be active and polite, get the information you need and decide which gifts to buy. B. You would like to give a surprise party tor your mother or father. Discuss with another member of your family which of the following options is the best way to do it. • With your own hands cook something nice, set the table beautifully and invite the family and friends to dinner; • liave a picnic in some place your parents like, make some picnic food; • choose a nice restaurant and ask your parents to book a table there; • buy tickets for a good concert or play and invite your parents. 83 1/1 r+ П) TD Remember to discuss all the options, be active and polite, come up with ideas, give good reasons, come to an agreement. A. The picture below shows the British way of place setting. Match the objects in the picture with their names. a) knife b) plate c) tablespoon d) wineglass e) fish knife 0 fork g) butter knife h) dessertspoon i) napkin/serviette [,S3:vi'et] j) side plate k) dessert fork B. Say: a) if you set the table in the same way or differently and what you do differently; b) what you do to make your table look attractive and why it is important; c) if you think about food presentation and what is your way of doing it. N, Complete the text with the appropriate words. 84 N> Abraham Lincoln's Letter to His Son’s Teacher {adapted) He will have to leam, I know, that all men are not fair, all men are not true. But teach him that for every bad man there is a hero (1)..., that for every (2)... politician, there is a devoted leader... l each him that for every enemy there is a (3) .... Teach him if you can, the (4)... of books ... But also give him (5)... time to think about the mystery of birds in the sky, bees (6)... the sun, and the flowers on a green hillside. Teach him to believe in his own ideas even if everyone (7) ... him they are wrong. Teach him to listen to all men... But teach liim also to filter all he hears on a screen of tnith. Teach him if you can how to laugh when he is sad... Teach him there is no shame in (8).... (9)... him gently. This is a big order, but see what you can do. He is (10)... a fine fellow, my son! Social English 1) a) too b) either c) also d) to 2) a) self-made b) self-confident c) self-assured d)selfish 3) a) friend b) classmate c) companion d) pal 4) a) wonderful b) wonder c) wonderous d) wondering 5) a) quite b) quiet c) quietly d) quit 6) a) on b) at c) in d) by 7) a) tell b) tells c) say d) says 8) a) cry b) cries c) cried d) crying 9) a) behave b) behaviour c) treat d) treatment 10) a) so b)such c) like d) as Q ^ Запомните несколько формул, которые могут помочь вам восстановить добрые от ношения с человеком, с которым у вас произошёл разлад. Making up а quarrel Гт sorry, it’s all my faiiH ffarltl. (П[юсти, это только .моя вина.) Гт sorry, Гт 1о blame for it. (Прости, в этом виноват я.) ! must apologize. ( Приношу тебе извинения.) I owe you an apology. (Я должен извини! ься.) Sorry, I meant no offence. (Прости, я не хотел тебя обидеть.) Do forgive me. (Прости меня.) I promise it will never happen again. (Обещаю, это больше не повторится.) Let’s kiss and make up. (Давай мириться.) Let bygones f'baignnzj be bygones. (Кто старое помянет..,) } ответ ва.м, возможно, скажу!: It’s all right. Oh, forget it. No offence taken. If s OK, don’t worry about it. Please let it not happen again. Just don’t do it again, OK? L Work in pairs and make micro-dialogues to match the following situations. Example: A; Mummy, 1 owe you an apology. B: What do you mean? A: I must apologize for whai I said at breakfast. I said it without thinking, B; It’s all right. But, please, let it not happen again. 1) You raised your voice at your relation. 2) You promised to visit your friend but didn’t keep your word. 3) \ ou told your younger brother (sister, cousin) that he (she) was stupid. 4) You forgot у our grand fa tiler’s birthday. 5) You borrowed your fricnd’.s money and forgot to return it. 6) You told a lie to your friend. 7) You said something tactless to your teacher. 85 LTl r+ О “D Perfect Forms of the Passive Voice Present Perfect Passive Past Perfect Passive have been ^ . +Ved/V, has been з had been + Ved/V3 \ have just been informed. A new bridge has been built across the Oka. He said that a new bridge had been built across the Oka. Work in pairs and make micro dialogues to match the following situations Example: A: Mummy, I owe you an apology. 13; What do you mean? Л: I must apologize for what I said atbieakfast. I said it without thinking. B; It’s all right. But, please, let it not happen again. 1) You raised your voice at your relation. 2) You promised to visit your friend but didn’t keep your word. 3) You told your younger brother (sister, cousin) that he (she) was stupid. 4) You forgot your grandfather’s birthday. 5) You borrowed your friend’s money and forgot to return it. 6) You told a lie to your friend. 7) You said something tactless to your teacher. Grammar Perfect Forms of the Passive Voice Preset Perfect Passive Past Perfect Passive have been . . + Ved/V, has been ^ had been Ved/V^ + 1 have just been informed. A new bridge has been built across the Oka. We have already been told about their arrival. He said that a new bridge had been built across the Oka. We had been told about their arrival before John came. — 1 have not been spoken to yet. The new library has not been built yet. The houses have not been sold yet. He said the key to the garden gate had not been found. By that time we had not been shown the library. 7 m Have the papers been looked through yet? Why haven't the papers been signed yet? Had the letters been posted by then? Had the problem been discussed by 6 p.m.? 85 un r+ n> T3 A. Turn the underlined sentences into passive structures. 1) The windows look dirty. No one has cleaned them. 2) The cat looks hungry. I doubt that you have fed it. 3) The dustbin is full. T don’t think they have collected the mb-bish. 4) Your white pullover is nice. 1 know that vour granny has knitted it. 5) The plants in the pots are dying. You haven’t watered them vet. 6) I have to go soon. John has ordered me a taxi. B. John came structures. to his home city after 10 years' absence. Say what he saw using passive Example: He saw that lots of modern buildings had been built. He saw that.... 1) they had built lots of modem buildings 2) they had rebuilt the old railway station 3) they had opened a new coneert hall 4) they had ehanged the names of some streets 5) they had turned the city ecnlre into a shopping area 6) they had closed the old market DOIT ON YOUR OWN N. Complete the sentences using the verbs on the right in the appropriate forms. hw .. 86 c r+ M Ne. 1) He said the documents... yet. 2) Where is the key? It... again? 3) 1... some very useful words of advice tliree days ago. 4) Are you sure the tickets... and weMl be able to start on time? 5) Look! A new tower.... 6) When the director entered the classroom, all the tests ... and lay on the teacher’s desk. 7) They told me I couldn’t get inside as the room .... 8) Where such flowers ...? 9) When ‘TIamlel” ...? 10) While the cups ... on the table Г11 ask Jane to join us. Complete the text using the derivatives of the words on the right. A. There arc some undesirable forms of (1) .... One of them is not speaking to a kid. It can (2) ... help. U makes children feel (3) ... and angry. This can have a (4) ... impression on a child. Even more, it can be a (5)... thing which will make a child hate the people who oflend him or her like this. Instead show the kids that home is a place where they belong and that they, loo, are (6) ... members of the family. B. Physical punishment is wrong because of the lesson it teaches kids. Wliat it teaches is: when you are (1) ..., hit out. No (2) ... about the rights or wrongs of the matter, no (3) ... way out, no keeping your (4) ...s under control. We should understand that beating is extremely (5) ... and find some (6)... solution' for the (7) - . not sign lose give buy built finish clean grow write put punish hard reject, last danger importance anger, think construct feel harm, differ situate 10 I. T 4 4. •v. # 9. Look at the picture and match the words (a—v) with the objects (1—22). If you don't know the English word, look it up. a) a kettle ^ b) a teapot c) a coffeepot d) a sugar bowl e) a bread bin f) a salt cellar g) a fork h) a spoon i) a knife J) a cup and a saucer k) a butterdish l) a milk jug m) an eggeup n) a napkin/serviette o) an egg cosy 10- I A V •V 11. 12. 13, ' a solution [so'lurfn] — решение, выход 14. - 4 15. 17. JL IL^ p) a plate q) a bread plate r) a mug s) a bowl t) a glass u) a tea cosy v) a tablemat 20 Optional task. Find some information about Abraham Lincoln and share it with your classmates. The following sites can be helpful: 1) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abraham^Lincotn 2) https://www.biography.com/people/abraham-ljncoln-9382540 87 OO n> ■O 00 12 Optional task. Find some information about Jeff Kinney, the author of "Diary of a Wimpy Kid", and his other books and share it with your classmates. The following can sites be helpful: 1) https://mfantast.ru/?p=790/ 2) https://knigi_mir.ru/knigi_Kinney_Jeff * L 1 w step 8 N, DO IT TOGETHER Raya Epstein is a t^nager from Israel. Bella Fox, a journalist, is interviewing Raya. Listen to the interview, (29), and choose the right items to complete the sentences or answer the questions. 1) Bella Fox is interviewing Raya because .... a) she wants her readers to get some information about Israel b) she is going to live in Israel c) life in Jerusalem is not safe 2) At school in Poland Raya .... a) didn’t get any information about the conflict b) was prepared to see the difiiCLiliics of the life in Israel c) knew some facts about the conflict 3) How does Raya feel about her family? a) She is annoyed because her parents don’t let her do what she wants. b) She wants to be with her relatives as much as she can. c) She thinks something terrible may happen to them. 4) How often does Raya have a chance to meet her friends? a) Never. b) Quite often. c) Not 5) Raya says she .... a) spent a year in the Israel Army b) spent two years in the army c) wants to serve in the amiy ver>' often. N. thought the Ьяопс]!"}/ Hoop was a GRhA7 idea. Then she said that from now on T’d be doing my OWTsI laundry. So basically, it ends up that Uncle Charlie (6) .... {after Diary of a Wimpy Kid*' by Jeff Kinney) a) but then I understood Uncle Charlie was .serious b) when I opened Uncle Charlie’s gift c) got me a chore for Christmas d) once you’re in middle school e) a few days later 0 responsible for my own laundry g) when you open the awful gifts they give you B. Say: a) why Gregor^', the boy on whose part the story is told, is dissatisfied with his gifts and b) why his mother thought the Laundry Hoop was a great idea. A. You would like to buy Christmas gifts for your family. Talk to the shop assistant in a souvenir shop and ask: • what he/she can advise you to buy; • how much these things cost; • how your relatives can use some of them; • what Christmas gifts arc most popular with shoppers. Be active and polite, get the information you need and decide which gifts to buy. B. You would like to give a surprise party tor your mother or father. Discuss with another member of your family which of the following options is the best way to do It. • With your own hands cook something nice, set the table beautifully and invite the family and friends to dinner; • have a picnic in some place your parents like, make some picnic food; • choose a nice restaurant and ask your parents to book a table there; • buy tickets for a good concert or play and invite your parents. 83 1/1 n> T5 Remember to discuss ail the options, be active and polite, come up with ideas, give good reasons, come to an agreement. A. The picture below shows the British way of place setting. Match the objects in the picture with their names. a) knife b) plate c) tablespoon d) wineglass e) fish knife 0 fork g) butter knife h) dessertspoon i) napkin/serviette [,s3:vi'et] j) side plate k) dessert fork B. Say: a) if you set the table in the same way or differently and what you do differently; b) whai you do to make your table look attractive and why it is important; c) if you think about food presentation and what is your way of doing it. Ni Complete the text with the appropriate words. 84 K> Abraham Lincoln's Letter to His Son’s Teacher {adapted) He will have to leam, I know, that all men are not fair, all men are not true. But leach him that for every bad man there is a hero (1)..., that for every (2)... politician, there is a devoted leader... l each him that for every enemy there is a (3) .... Teach him if you can, the (4)... of books ... But also give him (5)... time to think about the mystery of birds in the sky, bees (6)... the sun, and the flowers on a green hillside. Teach him to believe in his own ideas even if everyone (7) ... him they arc wrong. Teach him to listen to all men... But teach liJm also to filter all he hears on a screen of truth Teach him if you can how to laugh when he is sad... Teach him there is no shame in (8)... (9)... him gently. This is a big order, but see what you can do. He is (10)... a fine fellow, my son! Social English 1) a) too b) either c) also d) to 2) a) self-made b) self-confidenl c) self-assured d) selfish 3) a) friend b) classmate c) companion d) pal 4) a) wonderful b) wonder c) wonderous d) wondering 5) a) quite b) quiet c) quietly d) quit 6) a) on b) at c) in d) by 7) a) tell b) tells c) .say d) says 8) a) cry b) cries c) cried d) crying 9) a) behave b) behaviour c) treat d) treatment 10) a) so b)such c) like ^ • t d) as О О Запомните несколько формул, которые могут помочь вам восстановить добрые от ношения е человеком, с которым у вас произошёл разлад. Making up а quarrel Гт sorry, it’s all my fault ffarltl. (П[юсти, это только .моя вина.) Гт sorry, Гт to blame for it. (Прости, в этом виноват я.) ! must apologize. ( Приношу тебе извинения.) I owe you an apology. (Я должен извинит ься.) Sorry, I meant no offence. (Прости, я не хотел тебя обидеть.) Do forgive me. (Прости меня.) I promise it will never happen again. (Обещаю, это больше не повторится.) Let’s kiss and make up. (Давай мириться.) Let bygones I'baignnzj be bygones. (Кто старое помянет..,) 1 ответ ва.м, возможно, скажу]: It’s all right. Oh, forget it. No offence taken. It’s OK, don’t worry about it. Plea.se let it not happen again. Just don’t do it again, OK? L Work in pairs and make micro-dialogues to match the following situations. Example: A; Mummy, 1 owe you an apology. B: What do you mean? A: I must apologize for whai I said at breakfast. I said it without thinking, B; it’s all right. But, please, let it not happen again. 1) You raised your voice at your relation. 2) You promised to visit your friend but didn’t keep your word. 3) \ ou told your younger brother (sister, cousin) that he (she) was stupid. 4) You forgot your grandfather’s birthday. 5) You borrowed your fricnd’.s money and forgot to return it. 6) You told a lie to your friend. 7) You said something tactless to your teacher. 85 LTl a> Perfect Forms of the Passive Voice Present Perfect Passive Past Perfect Passive have been . . ^ . +Ved/V, has been з had been + Ved/V3 \ have just been informed. A new bridge has been built across the Oka, He said that a new bridge had been built across the Oka. Work in pairs and make micro dialogues to match the following situations Example: A: Mummy, I owe you an apology. B- What do you mean? Л: I must apologize for what I said atbieakfast. I said it without thinking. B; It’s all right. But, plea.se, let it not happen again. 1) You raised your voice at your relation. 2) You promised to visit your friend but didn’t keep your word. 3) You told your younger brother (sister, cousin) that he (she) was stupid. 4) You forgot your grandfather’s birthday. 5) You borrowed your friend’s money and forgot to return it. 6) You told a lie to your friend. 7) You said something tactless to your teacher. Grammar Perfect Forms of the Passive Voice Presfiint Perfect Passive Past Perfect Passive have been . , + Ved/V, has been ^ had been X/ed/V^ + 1 have just been informed. A new bridge has been built across the Oka. We have already been told about their arrival. He said that a new bridge had been built across the Oka. We had been told about their arrival before John came. — 1 have not been spoken to yet. The new library has not been built yet. The houses have not been sold yet. He said the key to the garden gate had not been found. By that time we had not been shown the library. 7 m Have the papers been looked through yet? Why haven't the papers been signed yet? Had the letters been posted by then? Had the problem been discussed by 6 p.m.? 85 KA r+ П) XJ A. Turn the underlined sentences into passive structures. 1) The windows look dirty. No one has cleaned them. 2) The cat looks hungry. I doubt that you have fed it. 3) The dustbin is full. T don’t think they have collected the rubbish. 4) Your white pullover is nice. 1 know that vour granny has knitted it. 5) The plants in the pots are dying. You haven’t watered them vet. 6) I have to go soon. John has ordered me a taxi. B. John came to his home city after 10 years' absence. Say what he saw using passive structures. Example: He saw that lots of modern buildings had been built. He saw that.... 1) they had built lots of modem buildings 2) they had rebuilt the old railway station 3) they had opened a new concert hall 4) they had changed the names of some streets 5) they had turned the city centre into a shopping area 6) they had closed the old market DOIT ОМ YOUROWM Ni Complete the sentences using the verbs on the right in the appropriate forms. 86 N1 Ne, 1) He said the documents... yet. 2) Where is the key? It... again? 3) 1... some very useful words of advice three days ago. 4) Are you sure the tickets ... and weMl be able to start on time? 5) Look! A new tower.... 6) When the director entered the classroom, all the tests ... and lay on the teacher’s desk. 7) They told me I couldn’t get inside as the room .... 8) Where such flowers ...? 9) When “Hamlet”...? 10) While the cups ... on the table Г11 ask Jane to join us. Complete the text using the derivatives of the words on the right, A. There arc some undesirable forms of (1) .... One of them is not speaking to a kid. It can (2)... help. U makes children feel (3) ... and angry. This can have a (4) ... impression on a child. Even more, it can be a (5)... thing which will make a child hate the people who olTend him or her like this. Instead show the kids that home is a place where they belong and that they, loo, are (6)... members of the family. B. Physical punishment is wrong because of the lesson it teaches kids. Wliat it teaches is: when you are (1)..., hit out. No (2)... about the rights or wrongs of the matter, no (3) ... way out, no keeping your (4) ...s under control. We should understand that beating is extremely (5) ... and find some (6)... solution* for the (7) - - not sign lose give buy built finish clean grow write put punish hard reject, last danger importance anger, think construct feel harm, differ situate 10 I. •%. # 9- Look at the picture and match the words (a—v) with the objects (1—22). If you don't know the English word, look it up. a) a kettle ^ b) a teapot c) a coffeepot d) a sugar bowl e) a bread bin f) a salt cellar g) a fork h) a spoon i) a knife j) a cup and a saucer k) a butter dish l) a milk jug m) an eggeup n) a napkin/servieite o) an egg cosy I A * 5. 10. •V 11. 12. 13. ' a solution [S9’lu:jn] — решение, выход 14. ^ 4 15. 17. p) а plate q) а bread plate г) а mug s) а bowl t) a glass u) a lea cosy v) a tablemat Optional task. Find some information about Abraham Lincoln and share it with your classmates. The following sites can be helpful: 1) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abraham_Uncoln 2) http;//www.biography.com/people/abraham-lincoln-9382540 87 tn a> *o 00 12 Optional task. Find some information about Jeff Kinney, the author of "Diary of a Wimpy Kid", and his other books and share it with your classmates. The following can sites be helpful: 1) https://mfantast.ru/?p=790/ 2) https://knigi_mir.ru/knigi_KinneyJeff step 8 N, DO IT TOGETHER Raya Epstein is a t^nager from Israel. Bella Fox, a journalist, is interviewing Raya. Listen to the interview, (29), and choose the right items to complete the sentences or answer the questions. 1) Bella Fox is interviewing Raya because .... a) she wants her readers lo get some information about Israel b) she is going to live in Israel c) life in Jerusalem is not safe 2) At school in Poland Raya .... a) didn’t get any information about the conflict b) was prepared to sec the difliculiics of the life in Israel c) knew some facts about the conflict 3) How does Raya feel about her family? a) She is annoyed because her parents don’t let her do what she wants. b) She wants lo be with her relatives as much as she can. c) She thinks something terrible may happen to them. 4) How often does Raya have a chance to meet her friends? a) Never. b) Quite often. c) Not ver>' often. 5) Raya says she .... a) spent a year in the Israel Army b) spent two years in the army c) wants Lo serve in the anny 6) What does Raya feel about the Israeli Army? a) She is disappointed that girls arc allowed to join the Israel Army. b) She thinks girls arc not against their service in the army. c) She is sure the army will be able to defend her country. 88 K) L Use the words make and do and complete the Memo for a forgetful younger sibling Memo In the Morning Don’t forget: 1) to ... your bed; 2) to ... morning exercises; 3) to ... your teeth and hair; 4) to... breakfast, wa.sh up and leave the flat at 8.05 a.m. In the Afternoon ... your best: 1) to ... your homework; 2) to ... an effort and ... your project; 3) to ... the translation on page 45; 4) to ... your room; 5) to ... the shopping. In the Evening Remember: 1) to ... the ironing; 2) to ... a list of the chores you should ... on Saturday A. Read the words and word combinations that can help you to speak about the family budget. to pay money to sb to spend money on sth to waste money on sth to borrow money from sb to lend money to sb to budget money to change money to exchange money to save (копить) money to afford (позволить себе) to cost income (доход) budget ['bAcfeat] expenses (расходы) cash or cash money (наличные деньги) bank card cashpoint (банкомат) debt [det] (долг) pocket money (карманные деньги) change (мелочь, сдача) allowance (пособие, деньги, выдаваемые регулярно на повседневные нужды) В. Complete the sentences using the words from the box. mt mm чт mmmm afford, expenses, save, cash, debts, pocket, allowance, cashpoint, change 1) ... money is money that you gel from your parents and can spend as you like. 2) .leff is going to ... some money to buy a new iPad. 3) My family cannot... to buy a new ear this year. 4) Instead of paying for the coat with my bank card I paid for it with ______ 5) How much is your w'cekly ...? 6) The company pays all our ... which is really nice. 7) I gave the shop assistant a dollar bill and got foity cents in .... 8) A... is a machine outside a bank or in a public place that you use to take money from your bank card. 9) Many people experience difiiculty in paying off their .... A. Mr Robinson is a millionaire, Mr Tramp has no job now and is penniless. Say which of the following Mr Robinson can afford to do but Mr Tramp can't. a) to go to the Bahamas; _ , Jj b) to buy a new make of a Mercedes; c) to stay at a five-star hotel; e) to buy a villa in Spain; f) to travel busines.s class; i * g) to fly to space; h) to wear designer clothes with fashionable labels. B. Complete these sentences. Follow the example and go on with the list, Example: If you uun’t afford to go to Bahamas, you can afford to go to the ct)untry. Life LS full of ctjmpcnsationsl 1) If you can’t afford to stay at expensive hotels, you... 2) If you can’t afford to eat mangos or pineapples, you... 3) If you can’t afford to buy a BMW [,bi:em'dAblju:3, you... 4) If you can’t afford to go to the Bolshoi Theatre, you... 5) If you can’t afford to go to Mexico, you... 6) .... 89 r+ ■D 00 A. Read the text and say how helpful the advice given in it may be to you. How to Budget Your Money A budget is a plan for your future income and spending. The problem is that a lot of people tend to spend more than they can afford and get themselves into debt. The key to spending within your means is to know your expenses and to spend less than you get. Create a healthy budget for your family or yourself following these simple .steps. 1. Add Up Your Income First try to understand how much income you have. Remember your sources of income, make sure you include them all. Calculate the total figurc. 2. Add Up Your Fxoenses During a month write down carefully how much money you spend on different things. People usually have expenses which change from month to month and those which do not. For instance, flexible expenses are the money you pay for food and entertainment and fixed expenses are what you pay for renting a house or a ffal. Ксс|3 a record of your expenses for three months and take a three-months average for your total. 3. Calculate the 13ifference When you’ve totalled up your monthly income and your monthly expenses, calculate the difference between them. A positive number shows that you’re spending less than you earn or get (well done!) A negative number indicates that your expenses are greater than your income. (Economize on your expenses to begin living within your means.) You’ve created a budget. Now don’t forget to compare it with whai actually happens to your money. Try to follow your budget successfully. B. Speak about your expenses. • Wliat do you usually spend your money on? • Docs your pocket money cover your expenses? • Wliat else would you like to spend your money on? • Do you think you often waste money? • Do you sometimes save money? What for? • How easy is it for you to give up the idea of buying something if you can’t afford it*^ • Do you think it is a good idea to have a monthly allowance? How big should it be? Why do you tliink parents prefer to give pocket money to their kids instead of allow ances? • Have you ever thought of taking a job? In what way can it be a problem for a pupil? A. Mr Robinson is a millionaire, Mr Tramp has no job now and is penniless. Say which of the following Mr Robinson can afford to do but Mr Tramp can't. a) to go to the Bahamas; b) to buy a new make of a Mercedes; c) to stay at a five-star hotel; e) to buy a villa in Spain; f) to travel businea? class; g) to fly to space; h) to wear designer clothes with fashionable labels. B. Complete these sentences. Follow the example and go on with the list. Example: If you cun’t afford to go to Bahamas, you can afford to go to the ct>untry. Life is full of ci)mpcnsations! 1) If you can’t afford to stay at expensive hotels, you... 2) If you can’t afford to eat mangos or pineapples, you... 3) If you can’t afford to buy a BMW [,bi:em'dAblju:], you... 4) If you can’t afford to go to the Bolshoi Theatre, you... 5) If you can’t afford to go to Mexico, you... 6) ... - A. Read the text and say how helpful the advice given in it may be to you. How to Budget Your Money A budget is a plan for your future income and spending. The problem is that a lot of people tend to spend more than they can afford and gel themselves info debt. The key to spending within your means is to know your expenses and to spend less than you get. Create a healthy budget for your family or yourself following these simple .steps. 1 ■ Add Up Your Income First try to understand how much income you have. Remember your sources of income, make sure you include them all. Calculate the total figure. 2. Add Up Your Expenses During a month write down carefully how much money you spend on different things. People usually have expenses which change from month to month and those which do not. For instance, flexible expenses are the money you pay for food and entertainment and fixed expenses are what you pay for renting a house or a flal. KccfD a recoi d of your expenses for three months and take a three-months average for your total. 3. Calculate the 13ifference When you’ve totalled up your monthly income and your monthly expenses, calculate the difference between them. A positive number shows that you’re spending less than you earn or get (well done!) A negative number indicates that your expenses are greater than your income. (Economi/e on your expenses to begin living within your means.) You’ve created a budget. Now don’t forget to compare it with whal actually happens to your money. Try to follow your budget successfully. B. Speak about your expenses. • Wliat do you usually spend your money on? • Docs your pocket money cover your expenses? • Wliat else would you like to spend your money on? • Do you think you often waste money? • Do you sometimes save money? What for? • How easy is it for you to give Lip the idea of buying something if you can’t afford it'^ • Do you think it is a good idea to have a monthly allowance? How big should it be? Why do you tliink parents prefer to give pocket money to their kids instead of allow ances? • Have you ever thought of taking a job? In what way can it be a problem for a pupil? 89 n> TJ 00 Idiomatic English 90 V L Познакомьтесь c несколькими выражениями, говорящими о финансовом состоянии человека. He’s а multimillionaire. He’s а bil hard up. I le’s a business tycoon'. He’s on the breadline, lie’s made of money. He's running into debt. He’s a very wealthy person. He’s up to his ears in debt, lie’s quite well-off. He’s comfortably well-off. Use the phrases from "Idiomatic English" to characterize these people. c 1) 13 r-f 2) hJ 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) find it very difficult. kj California. ning to make a lilllc money. The Newtons have a decent star hotel. he can spend. she has enough money to rent a good house and to travel around the world. penny They spend. Unfortunately he is not as rich as most of his neighbours. Match the two parts of the proverbs and sayings and then comment on them. 1) Easily earned money 2) Money doesn’t buy happiness 3) A fool and his money 4) Lend your money 5) The love of money 6) Never spend your money 7) Time a) are soon parted. b) is money. c) is quickly spent. d) is the root of all evil e) and lose your friend f) but it helps. g) before you have it. DO IT OIU YOUR OWN Match the words/word combinations (1—9) with their definitions (a—i). 1) allowance 2) change 3) debt 4) expenses 5) pocket money 6) income 7) cashpoint 8) cash 9) budget a) an amount of money given at regular intervals b) .something (hat you owe to another person c) money that someone gets from working d) money that parents give to their kids e) money in the form of coins and notes f) money that is given back when you have paid for something g) mo!iey spent to buy or do something h) a plan for your future income and spending i) a machine that gives you money when you put a bank card into it a tycoon [tai'ku:n] — олигарх к 10 Use the appropriate forms of the verbs on the right to get a complete and grammatically correct text. Today is February 16. Everybody at school (1) ... about the big Valentine’s Day Dance that (2)... up next week. Tliis is the first year at my school a dance actually (3) ..., so evciy^ne is all excited. Before Valentine’s Day I was up late (4) ... Valentine’s cards for everyone in my class. Then I (5) ... a great idea: instead of saying things I (6)..., 1 told everyone what I (7) ... of them. The trick was, I (8) ... my name on any of the cards. Some of my cards (9) ... to our teacher, Mrs Riser. She went around the room (10) ... to understand who (II) ... them I knew it (12).... That’s why 1 (13)... a card for myself too. {after Jeff Kinney) talk come organize make have not mean, think not write give try, send happen, make Complete the letter to Santa Claus indicating the real place you would like to go and add 5-6 more things you would also like to see placed unde.” your Christmas tree. Then explain why you'd rather have them. 91 LTi гЛ- О -о 7>агг SaJita, FaY Chiistmas this ijca'i. / WQuid. fe re, to see twa pfam tiekci.s to ... lutd pfoi'cd under nuf Ch'tisbnas t'lee. step 9 DO IT TOGETHER Listen to the song, (30), read the lyrics and then sing the song along Can’t Buy Me Love {The Beatles) Can’t buy me love, love. Can’t buy me love! I’ll buy you a diamond ring, my friend. If it makes you feel all right, ITl get you anything, my friend. If it makes you feel all right, ’Cause I don’t care too much for money. For money can’i buy me love. ГИ give you all I’ve got to give. If you say you love me too, I may noi have a lot to give. But what I’ve got I’ll give to you. I don’t care too much for money. Money can’t buy me love. > V 92 с 3 Hr ы Can’t buy me love, everybody tells me so. Can’t buy me love, no, no. no, no. Say you don’t need no diamond rings And Г11 be satisfied, TcU me that you want the kind of things That money just can’t buy. 1 don’t care too much for money Money can’t buy me love. Can’t buy me love, everybody tells me so, Can’t buy me love, no, no, no, no. Say you don’t need no diamond rings And I’ll be satisfied, f ell me that you want the kind of things That money just can’t buy. I don’t care too much for money Money can’t buy me love, Money can’t buy me love, Money can’t buy me love. Comment on the song "Can't Buy Me Love". Say: • why people say that money can’t buy love; • what else money can’t buy; • why some peojile think that money is all-important; • if and how money can spoil relations between people. A. Listen, (31), and read. accident ['teksidantj — 1) несчастный случай, авария; 2) неожиданный сл]^^ай hardship [’haidjip] — тягота, трудность heir [еэ] — наследник inherit [m'hent] — наследовать inspire [m'spaia] — вдохновлять reign [rein] — править sign [sam] — подписывать sufTer ['sAfo] - страдать unity ['juiniti] — единство on somebody’s behalf/on behalf of somebody — от чьего-либо имени В. accident: 1) а bad (nasty, serious, tragic) accident, a car accident, a motorcycle accident. That day there were many accidents on the motorway. 2) by accident. The discovery of oil was a happy accident. Quite by accident we met in the corridor. hardship {often plural)', to be no hardship, great hardships. The thick snow was a great hardship to the travellers. Many students have financial hardships. It was no great hardship for him to give up smoking. heir: heir to the throne. Richard was now heir to the throne of the Empire. inJierit: to inherit something from somebody, to inherit money, to inherit somebody’s appearance (character). We inherited the house from our grandparents. The boy inherited his mother’s dark hair. inspire: to inspire somebody. The president’s speech inspired the audience. Success in school inspired me with hope for the future. reign: to reign in the country. The king and queen reigned together for nearly sixty 5^ears. They say the British monarch reigns but doesn’t rule. We hope peace will reign on our planet some day. sign: to sign a paper, to sign a document, to sign a law, to sign an autograph. The contract must be signed as soon as possible. The team has signed a special agreement with the players. iL.j: ■jeen Elizabeth corgi suffer: to suffer from something, to suffer from pain, to suffer from a disease. Don’t worry, the animal won’t suffer any pain. Donna has been suffering from headaches for two or three years. My marks suffer if I don’t study well. unity: to demon.strale unity, to strengthen unity. Wliat we need is the unit> of ail progressive people. We expressed unity on such matters. on somebody’s behalf: She made an emotional appeal on her son’s behalf. Complete the sentences with the new words in their appropriate forms. 1) Quite a lot of people on our planet... from local wars. 2) Her latest novel ... by her own experience. 3) Tliis is the contract you will be asked .... 4) The cold was no real... to me as [ had plenty of warm clothes. 5) He has no ... to leave his money to. 6) W’e met b\ ... at the airport. 7) They are calling for greater economic ... in Europe. 8) The speaker thanked ever>'-one on ... of his рапу. 9) Queen Victoria ... in Britain for 64 years from 1837 to 1901. 10) He was badly hurl in an ... involving two ears and a lorry. 11) From his parents the boy ... love of freedom and a talent for writing. 12) This area ... very badly in the recent storm. A. Read the text and give it a name. B. Answer the questions (1—6) after the text choosing the appropriate answers (a—d). The British Royal Family is the group of close relative.s of the monarch of the United Kingdom. Its members belong either by binh or marriage to the House of Windsor. The Royal Family has little u.se for last names — after all. everyone knows who they are. The Queen signs official documents “Elizabeth R”, the R stands for Regma [п'с^ашэ], which means “queen”. Anyhow, the Royal Family do use the last name from time lo time. During World W'ar II Princess Elizabeth (the current queen) v>as called “Elizabeth Windsor”. The Queen was bom on the 21st of April, 1926. In 1947 the young Princess Elizabeth married Philip, Duke of Edinburgh. She came to the throne in 1952 after her father’s death and was crowned in W'estminster Abbey. In Britain and in the Commonwealth countries the Queen is the official Head of Stale, but she has little political power. She is the .symbol of the country, its history and traditions. Among Queen Elizabeth’s many duties are regular visits to foreign countries. She has to give her agreement to all laws before they actually become laws. The annual Christmas broadcast made by the Queen on radio and television has become a tradition. The Queen is widely known for her interest in horses and hoi'se racing. She is also a lover and cultivator of the dog breed' Corgi [ kD;gi]. Elizabeth has had more than 30 Corgis during her reign. Queen Elizabeth’s heir is her eldest son Charles, Prince of Wales, who was born in 1948. Charles married Lady Diana Spencer and has iwo sons Prince William and Prince Harry. His marriage was not very happy. The couple divorced. I л1сг Di ana, who won the affection of many people by her modesty, kindness and beauty, died in a car accident and Charles icrnarried. The Queen's other children are Princess Anne, Prince Andrew and Prince Edward. But the next in the line to the throne after Charles is his elder son William and after him William’s own child George Alexander Tonis who was bom on July 22, 2013. According to the new law royal daughters will be able to inherit the throne before their younger brothers. The British Royal Family has to change with the changing time: they have divorces, marry commoners, go to universities and find jobs they can do. ________________________________________ Prince Philip, Duke of Edinburgh Prince Charles 93 П) "O ID a breed Lbri:d] — порода J 94 c D » r+ hJ 1) Who does the Royal Family include? a) Only the people who were born into the Royal Family. b) Those who have some hi.storie roots and connections wirli any member of the Royal Family. c) People appointed by the Queen or King of the UK. d) Those who become royal relatives after the wedding or have this status because they were born as such. 2) Do the Royal Family have the last names? a) No, they don't. b) They do, but they practically never use them. e) They don’t because there is no need in them, d) They do, the last name being Regina. 3) When was Queen Elizabeth 11 crowned? a) During World War II. b) Before World War 11. c) Before her marriage. d) After World War II was over. 4) Why is Queen Elizabeth II known as a lover of animals? a) She is fond of horse races. b) She loves horses, horse racing and all species of dogs. c) She is fond of the dog breed Corgi. d) She loves horses, horse racing and especially one species of dogs. 5) Who is the heir to the British throne nowadays? a) Prince of Wales. c) Prince William. b) Prince Andrew. d) Prince Harry. 6) Wliat is the order in the line of heirs to the British throne nowadays? a) Prince Charles—Prince Andrew—Prince Edward. b) Prince Charles—Princess Anne—Prince Andrew. c) Prince Charles—Prince William—Prince Harry . d) Prince Charles - Prince William—Prince George Alexander Louis. Prince Папу Pi'ince Edward, Earl of Wes.sex, with wife Princess Anne Prince Andrew Commonwealth, or the Commonwealth ot Nations, — is an organization (founded in 1949) of about 50 independent countries, most of which were formerly part of the British Empire, established in order to have trade and friendly relations among its members. The British Queen is the head of the Commonwealth and there is a meeting each year for all its heads of governments. Tl le Commonwealth includes such countries as Canada, Australia, New Zealand and others. The Queen of Great Britain is also the Queen ot these countries. Speak about the British Royal Family. The following plan can help you • The Head of the Roval Familv and its members. • The Queen as the symbol of the countiy/ with little political power. • Queen Elizabeth’s duties and interests. • The line of heirs to the British throne. ?fwasal Verbs , Познакомьтесь с фразовыми птголами, ядерным компонентом которых является ! слово sign. ; I) to sign in — зарегистрировать(ся) по ! прибьпии, вступшъ в члены i АП visitor must sign in at the front desk, to sign out — утзедомить об о гьезде, вы-i писаться Plca.se sign out when you leave. 2) to sign off — завершить теле- или радиопередачу, завершить письмо, теле фонный разговор, электронное сообщение 3) to sign on — а) нанять на рабозл Wc decided to sign on another gardener. 6) ввести пароль для работы на компьютере You need your password to sign on. 4) to sign up (for) — записаться в орга низацию, на учебный куре 95 г+ а •D «0 It’s time for me to sign off now, She’s decided to sign up for music classes. Complete the sentences with in, out, off, up, on. 1) Л lot of students signed ... for the new- course. 2) They’ve just signed ... three new nurses and a doctor. 3) How do you usually sign ... when you write letters to your boyfriend? 4) Margaret signed ... and walked upstairs to the conference hall. 5) C'ould you hire a taxi for me while I’m signing ...? 6) Thanks for answering my que.stions. Гш signing ... now. Bye! 7) I’ve signed ... to do some voluntary work next week. Я) OK Г11 sign ... We’ll talk about it again at the beginning of the week. 9) If you sign ... for some organization you sign a contract. 10) Let’s sign ... this girl as a secretary', she works on the computei very well. DOIT ON YOUR OWN Complete the sentences. Use the appropriate prepositions from the box where necessary! 96 c □ m r+ n; N. 10 щтигг '■p 1 by, in, for, from, off, on, up 1) Sign ... when you arrive at the hotel. 2) They inherited the cottage ... their great-giandpar-| ents. 3) It was no hardship ... her to stay with the old couple for another month. 4) He has been suffering ... iteadaches all his life. 5) It’s ten o'clock now. I have been writing the letter for an hour already. I really must .sign ... , 6) We met... accident and soon we parted. 7) The Queen’s speech inspired ... the audience. 8) The first in the line of heirs ... the British throne is the Queen’s eldest son Charles, Prince of Wales. 9) Both the candidates expressed unity ... foreign trade. 10) We have decided to sign ... for Spanish classes. Complete the text using the derivatives of the words on the right. The (1)... Royal Family consists of close (2) ...s of the monarch of the United (3).... Its members by birth or by (4)... belong to the House of Windsor. Before 1917 the royal members belonged to the House of Saxe-Cobiirg-Ciolha |,seeks ,кэиЬз:д 'дэибэ]. In 1917 Britain wa.s at war with (5) .... The name sounded far too Geiman. So after (6)... King George V and liis (7) ... chose the name Windsor, the name of the castle which w'as and is the royal residence and is (8)... for its (9).... Test Yourself. Do this quiz on the British Royal Family. Test Britain, relate king, marry German consider advise fame, architect The Queen's husband is • • • • King Philip b) Duke Philip c) Prince Philip The Queen has got... children. three b) four c) two Prince Charles is .... Prince of England b) Prince of Wales c) Prince of Scotland Prince William has got.. • • two brothers b) a brother c) a brother and a sister Prince Henry is Prince ... son. Edward’s b) Charles’ c) Andrew’s Prince Charles, Prince Edward and Prince Andrew are brothers b) cousins c) the Queen’s grandchildren Elizabeth II has been British Queen since .... 1952 b)1962 c)1972 1 I 8) The Queen Is .... a) the Head of the Government b) the Head of The United Kingdom c) the Head of a political party 9) The Queen must give her agreement to all a) futurc laws b) the decisions of The government c) documents concerning foreign countries Optional task. Find some Information about The Beatles, and share it with you^ classmates. The following sites can be helpful: 1) https://en.wikipedia.org./wiki/The_Beatles 2) https://www.beatlesstory.com/ Step 10 % DO IT TOGETHER You will hear six texts (1—6). (32). Match them with the appropriate titles (a—g) There is one title you don't have to use. a) T he Royal Love Story e) They Aie Such a Mixed Bag' b) The Longest Reign in History f) Far from Home c) Turning into a Monarch g) The Sad Year d) The Queen’s Hobby Choose the aporopriate words to complete the text. Children in Victorian England You may think your parents are a licadache. They make you (1)... your room, eat vegetables and wear sensible clothes. But at (2)... you have some room, some food and some clothes! Many Victorian children were not tliat lucky. When a new Victorian baby arrived, people asked, “Has it come to stay?” Let’s face it — babies are (3)... to keep. Some parents decided that the best way to (4)... the pmblem was to send their child to a “Baby Farm”. Л baby-farmer was a woman who offered to look (5) ... your children for you. You just liad to pay live pounds not to see your child again. Of course, the baby-farmer couldn’t (6)... a child tor life on five pounds, so the babies were neglected. If the baby died, 1 hen that (7)... money. 1) a) decorate b) prepare c) make d) do 2) a) latest b)last c) least d) less 3) a) expensive b) cheap c) easy d) impossible 4) a) decide b) make c) solve d) create 5) a) for b) about c) up d) after 6) a) raise b) lift c) grow d) rise 7) a) spent b) .saved c)earned d) cost The Time of Queen Victoria in Britain Queen Victoria (1819—1901), Queen of Great Britain and Ireland, Empress of India, was the monarch who ruled for the longest period in British history. During her reign Britain's industry developed and there was an increase in the popularity of the monarchy. At the same time there appeared a great number of people in the country who were on the breadline. Young children from poor families had to work many hours at plants and factories. The li i/ing conditions in poor families were awful, that's why there were so many deaths among children and babies. People often speak about Victori an moral standards meaning that It was appropriate to be or to look very respectable, reli gious and well-behaved. Unfortunately, it didn't always work. 97 КП fC •C /Vs a mixed bag — зд.: такие разные N. 98 с V N A. Read the text and fill in the blanks (1—^6) with the parts of the sentences (a—g). One part you don't have to use. Your Majesty... Mummy On the day of the Queen’s Diamond Jubilee f'dsuibili:] (60 years on the throne of Britain) in June 2012 Charles, Prince of Wales, made a speech in his mother’s honour.' TJiis is (I) .... Your Majesty...Mummy, I’m sure you would want me to thank on your behalf all the wonderful people who liavc made today possible. And if (2) ... Your Majesty, thank God the weather turned out tine. The only (3) ... is that my father couldn’t be here with us because unfortunately he is taken unwell. But ladies and gentlemen, if (4)... he might just hear us in hospital and get belter. Your Majesty, a [)iamond Jubilee is a (5).... We are now celebrating the life and service of a very special person over the last 60 years. I was three when my grandfatlier George VI died and suddenly, unexpectedly, your and my father’s lives were changed, when you were only 26. So as a nation this is our opponunity to thank you and my father for always being there for us. For inspiring us with your selfless duty and service and (6) .... Proud at a time when 1 know how many of ош' fellow country men are suffering such hardships and difficulties. Proud to be the part of something as unique as Commonwealth w'hich, through your leadership, has given us the sense of unity. (s/iortf’necf) a) unique and special event b) 1 may say so c) for making us proud to be British d) quite a lot of people have B. Explain the title of the text. e) we shout loud enough f) what be said g) .sad thing about this evening Use Prince Charles' speech (Ex. 3) as a pattern and prepare a speech in someboby's honour. The phrases from the box can help you. to make a speech, in sb’.s prai.se, in sb’s honour, to thank sb, on sb’s behalf, if I may say so, we are now celebrating, a unique event, thanks for inspiring us, $elfles.s life, to be proud of sb, a very special person, for always being with us Think over the following and answer the questions. Members of the toyal family in many ways arc not different from common people in their family lives. They may have a great love on the one hand and family problems leading to divorces on the other. What, in your vicw\ is important to consider before you get married? 1) Should people marry' only when they are in love? 2) Is it important for people to be legally married or can they just live together? 3) Wliat is the best age forgetting married? Why ? in his mother’s honour [Ъпэ] — в честь своей матери г 4) What do you think aboui a big age dilterence when people many? 5) Is a marriage contr act a good idea? Why? (Why not?) 6) How many children should a family ideally have? 7) Why do you think tlrcrc are so many divorces tliese days? 8) Should children’s parents stay together even if they are unhappy? 9) How well should you know the person you are going to martyr? What do you think about arranged marriages (marr iages arranged by the parents of men and women getting married)? 10) Should you consider the financial position of a person you are going to many? Wliat's your attitude to marriages of convenience (marriages for practical or financial reasons and not for love)? Work in pairs and decide what makes a happy family. Put the things you consider relevant in the order of importance and discuss the problem is class. 99 Г+ П) “U love and j espect for each other; Confusable Words Accident -C Incident В ШЛИЧИС от имени существительного accidenf — «несчастный случай» или «неожиданный случай» — слово incident в английском языке означает любое происшествие, событие, эпизод или случай. Сравните: а small incident — незначительный слу^1ай а pleasant incident — забавное происшествие Обычно incident означает незначительное, мелкое собьпие, эпизод, не имеющий примою огношеиия к главным действиям: 1 would like to tell you about some incident from the life of a famous actor. That was a usual incident of our daily life. Ho: 1) He was killed in an accident. Он погиб при аварии. That was a bad automobile accident. 1 [роизошла серьё шая автокатастрофа. 2) М'е met by accident. It was just an accident that we met! Мы встретились случайно. As like Оба слова означают «такой как» или «так как». Например: Не speaks like/as his father. Nobody understands him like/as his mol her. При этом в разговорной речи чаше используется !ike^ чем as. Однако ес! ь ряд случаев, когда выбор одного из двух слов имеет значение. 1. Like, но не as используется для образных сравнений: She swims like а fish. The young man behaves like a child. 2. As, HO не like употребляю], если говорят о роли, профессии или функции чего то или кого-то: She wt>rk.s as а librarian. They used old saucepans as plant pots. 3. As используют в ряде устоявшихся выражений: as I said; as you know; as you see; as usual; do as you 're told. 4. Обратите внимание, что одна и та же фраза на русском языке, например, «как твой брат...» может иметь разный смысл, и от этого зависит выбор слова os или like. As уош brother, I don’t allow you to go there alone. (B роли брата, т. e. я — т вой брат). Like your brother, 1 don’t allow you to go there alone. (Я не твой брат, по как и он. я «е разрешаю...). 100 Complete the sentences. Use the appropriate words. Sometimes you can use either. A- Like or as 1) Nobody knows Alfred ... [ do. 2) Both her children look ... their mother. 3)... 1 said, they had missed their classe.s. 4)) I’m your friend and ... your friend I want to warn you about the mistake you’re making. 5) ... your other friends I’m really grateful to you. 6) ... you know, I come from a small town in the north. 7) He uses this piece of glass... a mirror. 8) Joe works ... a dog to support his big family. 9) Fred worked ... a journalist before he retired. 10) Evciy-thing is done,... you can see. 11) He loves me ... nobody else in this w'orld. 12) Rita came to school on time ... u.sual. B. Accident or incident 1) The stoi7 is based on a real .... 2) Jessy suffered from strong headaches after the car .... 3) AJter nearly falling twice she managed to get to the top of the cliff without any further .... 4) An ... happens when a bus or a car hits a person. 5) Six passengers were killed in the ... yesterday. 6) She discovered the problem by .... 7) Such ...s may happen every week. 8) We had an awful ... at the factory, a certain part of the ceiling fell down on the worker. 9) fhe fact remains — the teenager is alive by a pure .... 10) ...s do happen, unfortunately. Sometimes they are fatal. DO IT ON YOUR OWN Match the words with their definitions. 1) accident 2) incident 3) unity 4) hardship 5) reign 6) heir a) a situation in which life is very diflicult, usually because you don’t have enough money b) an unexpected happening, especially an unpleasant one in which people are hurt c) a person who has the right to inherit your money after your death d) a period during which a king or a queen rules e) the .state of people being together and acting together for some purpose f) an event or happening, usually not very important Complete the sentences with the appropriate adjectives and verbs from the box N. 10 sign, signed, inspiring, inherit (2), in.spircd, suffer, sufTcring I) If you ... money or property, you receive it from someone who has died. 2) My favourite teacher has ... many of her pupils to devote their lives to studying history. 3) My mum has always been a very ... woman who helped me a lot and encouraged me to try again If I failed. 4) You should ... out when you leave a hotel to show officially that you have left. 5) According to the will he will... this money at the age of twenty-five. 6) ( like to see you enjoying yourself, but you mustn’t let your work ... . 7) When I called her she told me she was ... from a cold. 8) He ... his name on the document. Complete the text with the appropriate forms of the words on the right. My Family Hi! My name is David. I have a big family. I’m the (I).... I can’t .say I like it very much when my (2) ... brothers and sisters try to boss (3) ... . Sometimes I suffer but there are advantages too as I can (4) ... from their mistakes. 1 here are five (5)... in the family. We are and always (6) ... a united family. Last summer we (7)... into a new house. My grandparents (8)... in it before my parents (9) ... it after their deaths. Now each of us (10)... their own room. young old I learn, child be, move live, inherit have Optional task. Find some additional information about the British Royal family arc tj Diamond Jubilee. Share it with your classmates. The following sites can be help'FuIr 1) https://en.wikipedia.org>wiki/British_Royal_^Family 2) http;//www.royal.gov.uk/thecurrentRoyalFainily/Overview/aspx 3) https://go.mail.ru/search?q+diamond+jubite€+of+elizabeth+il_dus= 15dussp=mstpdush=3 Step 11 Consolidation Class DOITTOCETHER Listen, (33), and say which of the facts below are true, false or not stated. 1) Modern families have different problems. 2) Too much is expected from modem parents. 3) In modern families there is more strain and pressure than love. 4) People never tried to change a traditional family. 5) Conflicts between parents and their children are often understood as a generation gap. 6) Many young people these days try to avoid having families. 7) The family will exist forevei and ever. A. In small groups or in pairs discuss the place of a family In our society. Consider the following: • the place of a family in a person’s life; • the importance of a family for children; • things and behaviour that can lead to divorces; • things that help people to have a happy family; • sharing responsibilities between husband and wife; • independence of a young family. B. Answer the questions. 1) Docs a family as an institution has its future? Wlty? 2) Do you think it is important to know the history of one’s own family? Choose the appropriate words to complete the sentences. 1) You can ... the books but promise to bring them back on Tuesday, a) lend b) deserve c) borrow d) inherit 2) We can’t... to go on holiday this year. We don’t have enough money, a) avoid b) afTcci c) afford d) appeal 3) Not everybody has a regular job and a good .... a) income b) cash c) expense d) allowance 4) I think the ... part of the money should be spent on entertainment, a) inspiring b) remaining c) average d) promising 5) He worked hard till recently and was .... Now he is a senior citizen but he doesn’t want to change his lifestyle. a) independent b) decent c) severe d) average 6) You must change your... to the job you’re doing. a) treatment b) affection c) relation d) attitude 101 СЛ ft T3 7) Т did а lot of housework which ... several chores in the morning. a) increased b) involved c) inspired d) introduced 8) I’d like to stay in a really expensive I lotel but my economical cider brother .. this idea, a) rejects b) refuses c) remains d) requires 9) 1 don’t think she ... such a big allowance. She will waste all the money. a) rejects b) alTccts c) establishes d) de.serves 10) Have .... Your friends will be here soon. a) option b) experience c) affection d) patience 11) Children should be ... for their acliievenients; it raises their self-esteem‘. a) treated b) avoided c) prai.sed d) j ejected 12) In those days he was up to his ears in ... and couldn’t afford to buy expensive clothes. а) appeal b) debt c) hardships d) expenses Complete the microdialogues. Agree with your partner. Use the idioms (p. 90). 1) A: 1 hear that William is a very rich man. B: Yes,... 2) A: The Johnsons don’t require any financial support. They have all the essential necessities. B; Yes,... 3) A: I do sympathize with Rosie. After her hu.sband’s death she is raising three children on her own and needs money badly. B: Yes,... 4) A: As 1 understand, all your friends are the same age as you are. B; Yes,... 5) A: I have a feeling that Steve is to blame for your quarrel. B: \cs,... б) A: Please forgive me. I promise it will never happen again. B: Yes, let... 7) A; Fred gets some pocket money from his parents. B: Yes, his weekly... 8) A: It’s common knowledge that the family has a lot of expenses at the moment. B: Yes,... 9) A; They say Charles will inherit the throne of England. B; Yes,... 10) A; Sam was badly hurt in a car crash. B; Yes,... Work in pairs. Continue these dialogues and role-play them. 1. A: Good morning ... . Haven’t seen you for ages. How are you keep ing? B: Quite well, thank you. And how are you and your family? A: ^^'e’гe all well, thanks. You must come and see us sometime. B: Thanks, I will, but you know what it’s like. I’m absolutely' tied down to the family. 2. A; Hi,...! B: Oh, hello, .... I haven’t seen you lately. You don’t .seem to show up nowadays. What’s the matter? A: Nothing very much, It’s just that I’m awfully busy these days. There are too many things to do in the office and the usual house chores too. as you understand. B: What about...? Does he/she help you about the house? ' self-esteem [ selh'stiimj — самооценка Ni 3. A: Moming, „.! Nice to see you. How arc you doing? B: Not bad at all. Have you heard the latest news about. going to marry soon. A: Oh, no. Hc/She is too young for that. B: Too young? He/She is 4. A: I Ii,..., you are an exi*)ert in money matters, aren’t you? B: I think I am to a certain extent. A: In that case I will asK you for advice. B; Fire away. A: 1 can’t plan my budget. My monthly allowance is not a small one but at the end of each month I realize I’m running into debt. Speak about the British Royal Family. You may mention: • who it consists of; • who arc the reigning monarch and heirs to the throne; • what kind of job the family does for the country; • how their life changes in the modern .society; • other facts. Complete the sentences. Use the verbs on the right in the appropriate passive forms. Sometimes two forms are possible. 1) W a i t e r: Can I help you, sir? Customer: We ... already, thank you. 2) — The Robinsons are having a party on SatLirday. Are you going? — 1 don't know ifl..., 3) James is in the classroom. He ... in F.riglish Literature. 4) I don’t think I will ever... for the job 1 have done. 5) I hc document must... not later than Monday. 6) The doctor said the child ... badly in the accident. 7) When I came back to the studio. Lady Ciampbell... still. 1 was surprised an interview could take so much lime. 8) I didn’t realize the window.... 9) — That’s a nice armchair. — Yes, it’s very old. It... to me by my great-grandparents. 10) His new novel... ycl. serve invite examine pay sign hurt interview break give not publish 103 rt T3 DO IT ON YOUR OWN Change the sentences into passive where it Is possible. I) They haven’t paid for their new house yet. 2) My mother gave each child a farewell present. 3) The Prime Minister w ill sign the document tomorrow. 4) Wc knew' that we could rely on our friend. 5) Wc wondered who had inherited the wonderful old library. 6) The leaders of the party appealed to its members. 7) They remained at school till about six o’clock, 8) Unfortunately, they are rejecting all the offers. 9) The southern part of the countiy contrasts sharply with the northern area. lO) I hope that scientists will soon find an cflective treatment for cancer. 11) They arc widely discussing the incident in the newspapers. 12) The change in the climate has affected the agriculture. 13) At that lime they were establishing friendly relation.s between our countries. 14) When we arrived, they liad already discussed all the options. Complete the sentences. Use the appropriate prepositions where necessary'. 1) She doesn’t work at the moment and is really hard .... 2)... your behalf 1 would like to express our sincere admiration for the lady. 3) 1 can’t afford to buy you the latest model of iphone. I’m not made ... money. 4) Who is the heir ... the British throne? 5) He says he saf- 104 С D r+ hJ 10 fcib ... all the illnesses imaginable. 6) Гт running ... debt. I can say I am ... the breadline. 7) I think you should apologize ... your yesterday’s behaviour. 8) Who is to blame ... the broken window? 9) It’s all my fault that we have fallen ... with George. I think I owe ... him an apology. It’s really high time to make .... 10) What about the usual house choies? Wlio will mop ... the floors, dust... the furniture, do ... the ironing and take ... the rubbish? Write the word combinations in English. A. 1) Карманные деньги; 2) заслуживать похвалы; 3) накрыть на стол; 4) приличная одежда; 5) суровые .морозы; 6) избегать ссор; 7) держать обещание; 8) относиться к чему-либо слишком серьёзно (делать из .мухи слона); 9) быть независимым от кого-либо; 10) лечить болезнь лекарствами. B. 1) Быть выше среднею уровня; 2) лечение от болезни; 3) призыв к Koxty-то; 4) призыв о помощи; 5) осо.знавать что-то; 6) привязанность к ком}'-то; 7) знать из соб-сз венного опыта; 8) отношение к чему-то; 9) по моему опьт^; 10) поссориться с дру] ом. Step 12 Test Yourself and Prepare for the National Examination I. Listen! N. Listen, (34), and complete the sentences. 1) Prince Charles ... . a) became an heir to the British throne in 1948 b) didn’t feel he was taken care ofby liis mother in his childhood c) has always understood his mother has a very strong sense of duty 2) Jonathan Doiiibleby .... a) is Prince Charles’ peer b) has become Prince Charles’ friend c) is writing a story of Prince Charles' life 3) Queen Elizabeth II thinks .... a) ('harles is an appropriate heir to the throne b) Charles is not an easy son c) Charles does his best to be a good parent 4) Queen Elizabeth II is not.... a) a wasteful woman b) a selfish woman c) an economical woman 5) Charles’ lifestyle is ... by the Queen. a) disapproved b) admired c) influenced 6) Charles has ... . a) plenty of servants more servants than his mother cMDore servaLnis than anybody else in Buckingham Palace Maximum result 6 " Your result * 7 1 г N. Read the text and fill in the blanks (1—7) with the parts of the sentences (a—h). part you don't have to use. New Year’s Day You know how you’re supposed to come up with a list of “resolutions”’ at the beginning of the year (1) „.? Well, the problem is, it’s not easy for me to think of ways to improve myself, (2).... So this year my resolution is to tiy and help OTHER people improve. But the thiitg is that some people don’t really appreciate it (3).... What’s more the people in my family tend not to keep their New Year’s resolutions. Mom said she was gonna start going to the gym today, but she spcnl the whole afternoon watching TV. And Dad said he (4)..., but after dinner I caught him out in the garage, enjoying his favourite cakes. The only person in my family who didn’t come up with a resolution is my older brother, Rodrick, and that’s a pity^ because his list should be about a mile and a half long. So J’m starting to wonder if I should (5).... Besides, after I told Mom for the billionth time to stop (6)..., she made a really good point. She .said, “Everyone can’t be as perfect as YOU, Gregory.” And (7)..., 1 think she is right. (after Jeff^ Kinney) a) as it is a hard thing to do b) give up making my resohii ions too c) when you’re trying to be helpful d) eating her potato chips so loud e) to try to make yourself a better pei-son f) from what I’ve seen so far g) was gonna go on a diet h) because I’m already pretty much one of the best people I know Maximum result 8 Your result 7 m 105 1Л r-*- ft) ТЭ Kl N. Ш 59 ‘ a resolution [,rcza‘lu:jn ] — решение; ид.: обешаиие ^ That’s a pity ['pitij. — Очень жаль. . Use of Enqiish Complete the text with the appropriate gt ammar forms of the words on the right. Wlien he had finished, 1 said to him, “There’s a big gap in this story, Mi Winston. You (1) ... me almost nothing about Henry’s travels and about his adventures.” “That’s Max’s story,” John Winston .said. “Max knows about it (2)... than me. But he wants to write about it (3).... He (4)... already. It should be a fantastic story if he ever (5)... it. But he is (6)... than me and I don’t think he will manage it. That’s why I want you to do it for us.” “Then J have a question,” I said. “WHiat is Henry’s real name? Don’t you want me (7)... who he really was when I do the .story?” “No,” John Winston said. “Max and I promised never to mention it. And I’ll appreciate it if you (8)... to find out. Just call him Henry. And that’s what I have done. tell good, he start, finish old say not try Maximum result 8 Your result 7 Щ N. 106 Complete the text with the derivatives of the words on the right. The Diamond Jubilee “ The summer of 2012 is ihe time that will be remembered,” (I) ...s say. That year was indeed a royal one with the people of Her Majesty’s (2)... showing their (3) ... , respect and thanks for her 60 years of dedicated (4).... T he Queen was (5)... touched. She said she would always draw' (6)... from the countless (7) ... shown to her in the UK and throughout the Commonwealth. One (8)... paraphrased the poet Wordswortli: Bliss was it that summer to be alive, but to he in London was heaven.” He was right. l^aximum result Your result history king,, admire serve deep, inspire] kind observe 8 Ml Complete the text choosing the appropriate words. Not so long ago 1 decided to spend a (1)... days in the West dies. I was to go there for a short holiday. Friends had (2)... it was (3) .... T would (4) ... all day long on the beach sunieil (5)... and swim in the warm green sea. 1 chose Jamaica, and (6) ... directly from London to King: The drive from Kingston airport to my hotel (7) ... tuo h When I arrived (8) ... the hotel I felt that I had found the place for my Itoliday. 1) a) little b) less c) few d) fewer 2) a) .spoken b) told c) talked d) said 3) a) fantasia b) fantasy c) fantastic d) fantastically 4) a) lie b) lay c) lied d) lain 5) a)l b) my c) me d) myself 6) a) flow b) flowed c) flew d)fly 7) a) borrowed b) included c) involved d) took 8) a) in b) to c) at d) into Maximum result 8 j Your result ] 7 » IV. Writln Ni Comment on one of the following statements. • One can be happy if they arc not in harmony with people around them • The generation gap can never be bridged. • Boys and girls can’t make friends. • Families are more important than friends for teenagers. • Within 50 years there will be no families. • Monarchy is an expensive aUraction for touri.sr.s. to draw rdro:] — зд.: черпать Write 200—250 words. Use the following plan: • make an introduction (state the problem); • express your personal opinion and give 2 -3 reasons for it; • express an opposing opinion and give 1—2 reasons for it; • explain why you do not agree with the opposing opinion; • make a conclusion restating. Maximum result Your result You have received a letter from your English-speaking pen friend, Arnold by name. In his letter Arnold writes: "Yesterday evenjng we hod Christmas dinner. The day before yesterday we had decorated the X-mas tree, then Mum and Granny cooked some tasty things we had for_dinner. I wrote my resolutions: Starting today I will: 1. Be nice to everyone, whether I like them or not. 2^ Stop lying. 3. Stop forgetting my Algebra notebook. 4. Keep my comments to myself. Do you celebrate X-mas? With whom do you usually celebrate it? Do you ever make resolutions? Where did you spend your last X-mas and school holidays? I'm going to visit the USA in January. Write a letter to Arnold. In your letter: • answer his questions; • ask 3 questions about his plans for his journey to the USA. Maximum result Your result Count your total result. Total result 50 ^ Your total result l_ - 7 Are you satisfied with the mark your teacher gave you for your written papers? Can you improve your results? Look through the steps of Unit Two and say: • if the material of the unit was interesting, useful, widening your scope; • if you found any new ideas in the texts and exercises of the unit; • if any of the problems raised in the unit were surprising, making you think them oven • if the unit helped you to revise grammar and vocabulary; • what new information about the English language you have learnt; • what things were easy/difficult; • what tasks you specifically remember and why. Project Work Two Prepare a computer presentation on the topic "In Harmony with Others". You may consider these golden rules: • I try to treat others the way I want to be treated myself; • I can't Imagine my life without my family and friends; • knowing how to avoid quarrels is a way to harmony. Be ready to give your presentation in class. It shouldn't take longer than five minutes. Try to make your presentation interesting, illustrate it with photos, pictures etc. 108 KJ Unit In Harmony with Nature Wildlife Ecological Problems Natural and Man-made Disasters Human Environment Wonders of Nature DO IT TOGETHER A. Listen to the poem, ® (35), and then read it. Tve watched you now a full half-hour, Sclf-jjoispd upon that yellow flower; And, little Biittcilly! indeed 1 know not if you sleep or feed. How motionless! — not frozen seas More motionless! and then What iov awaits you, when the breeze Hath found you out among the trees, And calls you foith again! This plot of orchard ground is ours; My trees they are, my Sister’s flowers. Here rest your wings when they are weary: Here lodge as in a sanctuary! Come often to us, fear no wrong; Sit near us on the bough We’ll talk of sunshine and of song. And .summer days, when we were young; Sweet childish days, that were as long As twenty days are now. балансирующая неподвижная “ waits for you = has вперёд >'часток фруктового сада дай отдых; уставшие живи как в убежище, не бойся беды сук, J олстая ветка И Vliam Vfbrdswonh В. Say; • what, in your opinion, inspired the poet to write the verse; • in what mood it was written; what is the message of the verse. 1 109 t: In the verse "To a Butterfly" the poet and his sister often talked about "Sweet childish days, that were as long as twenty days are now". Did it ever happen to you that one day, felt like many days or the other way round? How did it happen? When do such things usually happen? no c ZJ w Look at the pictures of these famous places and choose the appropriate adjectives from the box to describe them. 1. The Niagara Falls, the USA 2. The Grand Canyon, the USA 3. The Rocky Mountains, the USA 4. Lake Baikal. Russia 5. Land's End in Cornwall. Great Britain 6. The Volga River. Russia fantastic wonderful peaceful dangerous enjoyable frightening great heavenly lovely noisy perfect poet 1C popular powerful quiet unforgettable lonely beautiful incredible unreal attractive unique striking I straikiq] — поразительный vast [vo:st] — обширный huge lhju:c^l — огромный awesome ] ~ потрясающий breathtaking rbrc0,teikig] — захпатыпаюший remarkable [п'та:кэЫ] — удилительный superb [sju:'p3:b] - превосходный picturesque [jpik^a'resk] - живописный terrific Ito'nfikl — волнующий Put together the words from the two boxes to describe some place. Continue the de scription in 4—5 sentences. Example: X. is unforgettably picturesque. Ifs situated in the north. There arc beautiful thick torests around it. It stands on the shore of a deep blue lake The ancient houses and churches of the town look like a picture from a book of fairy talcs. I love going there in summer. Strikingly remarkably bieathtakingly fantastically perfectly unforgettably really beautiful picturesque peaceful attractive vast huge awesome powerful Grammar Passive Structures with the Infinitive В английском языке часто всгрсчаются пассивные структуры с инфинитивом She is considered to be a talented artist. Anna is believed to live in Helsinki. Prices are said to grow regularly. Инфинитив глагола lo be может опускаться после глагола to consider. The Johnsons are considered (to be) a united family. В подобных структурах употребляются елех1уюшие тлаголы: agree declare find say believe discover hope suppose consider expect know think decide feel report understand Benjarniii i.s reported to work tor the newspaper. English people are thought to dislike learning foreign languages. Express the same in a different way. Example: they say thai the schoolchildren will spend two weeks in Canterbury . The schoolchildren are said to spend two weeks in Canterbury. 1) T hey feel that the compromise is not easy to achieve, 2) They suppose that the ecologists discussed a number of .serious problems. 3) They report that the minister i.s taking part in the talks. 4) They think that the place is popular with holidaymakers. 5) They declared that the silualion in the south of the country was dangerous. 6) They agree that the conference will begin at eleven. 7) They believe that the book is selling well. 8) They believe that the government spokesman won’t arrive on time. 9) I'hey find that the roads are too busy at this hour. 10) T hey hope that the ariiclc will appear in April. 11) They say the term “collider” is often used in physics nowadays. 12) They believe Rose lives in St Petersburg. 13) They think Alice likes being close to nature and far from civilization. 111 1Л n> и Grammar English Adverbs and Adjeertives. The Word Very 1. Наречие very в английском языке означает «в самой высокой степени». Поэтому в речи слово very> нс сочетается с прилагательными, уже обозначающими высокую степень качества: greats wonderful, terrific, breathtaking, huge, terrible и др. В таких случаях иенолызукут наречия really, truly, absolutely: The view of the mountains was really great. The trip to Lake Baikal has been truly terrific. My new story will be absolutely breathtaking. 2. Существует также прилагательное very, используемое перед существительными. Его значение — «тог самый», «те»: Тот is the very person who can help you. (Том — тот самый человек, который сможет тебе помочь.) Т hese are the very trees my fatlier planted. (Это те еа.мые деревья, которые посад1ы мой отец.) f 112 с :з • г~^ UI Read the text and answer the questions. We live in a world full of beautiful and wonderful places. Every human probably dreams of visiting some of them or at least one of those places in their lifetime. Living in modern cities with their high-rizc buildings, we tend to miss what Mother Nature lias created and can offer. They say beauty fills the eye and warms the heart. • Mould you argue that visiting such places can influence people’s lives? In what way? • Do you ever find time to be at one with Nature? How often? • What places do you visit t hen? • Do you sometimes spend your free time in the coiinti’y-sidc? What do you usually do there? • Are you interested in wildlife? • Do you ever dream of visiting some beautiful places? What places? “ What places abroad could interest you from this point of view? r Grammar English Articles. General Revision 1. В современном английском языке исчисляемые имена существительные единственном числе могут употребляться с неопределённым или определенньш артиюзем: There is а book on the table. The book is a guide book. | 2. Исчисляемые имена существшельные во множественном числе, абстрактные-и вещественные имена сущетвтельные моп'Т упот1')сбля гься с определёншл^ артиклем или с так называемым нулевым артиклем (zero article): Tourists often visit Great Britain. T he pupils of our school won the football match yesterday. What pleasant weather! ^ The meat you’ve bought is really expensive. 3. В большинстве случаев неопределённый артигшь а/ап связан с понятием I единичности. Исторически он восходит к числительному one. 4. Определённый артикль произошел из указательного местоимения that и может произноситься по-разному; the — [бэ] — the house 16i] — the egg Complete the sentences, use a (an), the or zero article. 1) Wc knew he was ... foreigner because he spoke with a strange accent. 2) There was ... old Lady of France who taught... little ducklings to dance. 3) There is not much hope that he will pass ... last exam. 4) ... hostel is ... place where ... students or ... travellers can gel ... i meals and ... rooms. 5) “Never lend ... books, for no one ever returns them; ... onl> books I have in my library are ... books that other people have lent me.’’ (Anatoie trance). 6) I’d i like ... cup of coffee. 7) Wlio’s ... lady standing by ... window? 8) Today is ... only day when \ we can sign... papers. 9) Wliat ... thick dictionaries! 10) The Browns have got ... boy and ... girl.... girl is three years older than ... boy. ш 11 DOIT OMYOUROWIU Express the same in Russian. 1) 1 he House of Windsor is considered to come into being in 1917. 2) The British’ Family is believed to be one of the oldest in Eurof)e. 3) The Queen’s husband. Duke burgh, is said to take a great deal of interest in industry and wildlife. 4) 1 he Queen is to have a deep affection for horses. 5) Princess Diana is known not to take back her name, Spencer, after her divorce. 6) The Queen is reported to sign official documents as “Elizabeth R”. 7) The new law that can give the royal daughters the right to come to throne before their younger brothers is agreed to appear in Britain. 8) Prince William and his wife Kate Middleton are knowm to have the official name of the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge. 9) i’he Royal Family is discovered to have little use for their last names, 10) The members of the Royal Family arc expected to travel a lot. Read the sentences and decide in which of them very means a) «очень» and in which b) «именно Td, TOT, те». 1) It was the very book we had .spoken about. 2) I’m very sony that you are not feeling well. 3) That is the vciy movie 1 .saw yesterday. 4) The very idea of getting up at six in the morning was absolutely awful. 5) Your gift was the very thing I have always wanted. 6) That was a very interesting myth. 7) The assistant w^asn’t very helpful. 8) Liam Mac Uistin is the very person who wrote “Celtic Magic Tales”. 9) Ireland is a very beautiful country full of ancient legends and myths. 10) Great Britain w^as a very powerful stale in the 19th ceпtuIy^ Complete the sentences. Use a/an, the or zero article. 1) ...island was rat her small but breathtakingly beautiful. 2)... elephant is a remarkably .strong animal. 3) There was... huge castle in front of them. 4) 1 can’t open ... door. I’ve lost my key. 5)... painting you have given her as a gift is really awesome. 6) Wliat... wonderfully peaceful valleys there are! 7)... right answer is: “Yes!”. 8) We always stay at five-star hotels when we go to ... sea. 9)... Sun is not... planet, it is ... star. 10) It is ... unforgettably picture.sque place. Optional task. Use the Internet and try to find some information about William Wordsworth, his life and works. Share your information with your classmates. You may use the following sites: 1) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/William_Wordsworth 2) https://www.kirjasto.5ci.fi/wordsworth.htm 3) https://www.answers.com/topic/william-Wordsworth Step 2 DO IT TOGETHER Listento six people speaking about the places where they live, 9 (36), and match the texts (e—^f) with the statements (1—7). One statement you don't have to use. 1) Plants and animals help me not to feel bored in the country. 2) There is a water body near the place where I live. 3) My life i.s not stressful, I’m never pressed for time. 4) I don’t usually do shopping in the daytime. 5) I can taste food coming from different places. 6) I think living in a city may be dangerous. 7) The place where I live has an interesting history. Listen, 9 (37), and read. 114 c Ы A. attend [a'tend] - посещать crowd [kraud] — толпа convenient [kan'viiniant] — удобный feature черта scream [skriim] — пронзрттсльно кричая ь, вопить suburb ['5лЬз:Ь] — пригород, предместье swear [swea] — I) клясться, божиться; 2) браниться, сквернословить thus [6as| —таким обраюм, следовательно rush hour — час пик traffic jam дорожная «пробка» B. attend: to attend scliool, to attend classes, to attend club meetings. People who attend a play or a concert arc the audience, people who attend a religious service arc the congregation, people who attend football games are spectators. crowd; a big crowd, a crowd of fans. There weie crowds of people at the theatre, I do what I like and don’t follow the crowd. Crowded; a crowded street, a crowded hall. Overcrowded: an overcrowded bus, an overcrowded room. We went to Klin in an overcrowded train, convenient: a convenient hour, a convenient place, to be convenient for/to somebody. It’s convenient for me to arrive at 6. Г11 meet vou at anv time convenient for vou. feature; a characteristic feature, a special feature, the main feature. Our plan has .some undesirable features. scream: to scream loudly, to scream in anger, to scream for help, to scream with delight, to scream at somebody. They had their arms in the air and were screaming with delight, suburb: the suburb of a city. Wanstead is a suburb of London. Wc live in the suburbs, so many parents have to drive to work. swear (swore, sworn): 1) to swear that..., to swear to do something, to swear on the Bible. I swear, 1 have never seen him before. 2) to swear at somebody. She was angry and was swearing at everybody. thus: Thus often means “as a result”. You didn’t .study and, thus, you failed the test, rush hour: at rush liour, during the rush houib, in the middle of the rush hour. 1 like to get to work before the rush hour. There’s a train every^ half hour or 20 minutes at rush hour, traffic jam: to create a traffic jam, in the traffic jam. In the morning, the traffic jam starts about 8 o’clock a.m. A. Answer these questions. 1) How often do you attend school — do you attend It five or six days a week? 2) In what places can you sec crowds of people? Have you ever been in a huge crowd? What did you feel? 3) Have you ever travelled in an overcrowded train or bus? Where were you going? 4) Are the streets of the place where you live crowded? Are they more crowded in the morning or in the evening? 5) Are there traffic jams in the place where you live? How often do they happen? 6) Wliat time of the day do you call a rush hour? 7) What can you usually see in the suburbs of a big city? 8) Why do you think people scream? When can it happen? Have you ever screamed with delight? Wily was it? Have you ever screamed for help? Why did you do it? WTiat’s your attitude to those who like to scream loudly or scream at other people? 9) When, in your view, is it appropriate to say “I swear that I’m telling the truth”? Have you ever used such words? WTiy did you use them? 10) Do you ever swear? What do you think of people who use bad language? Can you find any excuses for .swearing'’ в. Complete these sentences using thus. 1) You woke up late and lay in bed foi half an hour, thus... 2) You have been watching television since four o’clock, thus ... 3) My cousin has been surfing the Ncl for two hours, thus ... 4) I have not got enough money, thus... 5) All my life 1 have been living in the country, thus... 6) Oleg drives carelessly, thus... 7) My mum has two jobs now, thus ... 8) The family are tired of living in town, thus... Read the texts (1, 2). Find in them and put together ail the arguments a) for living in town, b) for living in the country, c) against living in town, d) against living in the country. For and Against 1. Nowadays many people prefer to move from cities and towns to the countly'^side. Those who do it say that the disadvantages of living in towns and cities are numerous. They don’t want to feel stressed, bump’ into each other in crowded streets and shops or breathe the polluted air. T hese people often describe the advantages of living in villages and on farms. They speak about the direct contact with nature and wildlife. Such a contact has a positive intluence on humans. One cannot but agree that life in the countryside is healthier, more peaceful and relaxing and probably safer than life in the city. But is it better? Is it more interesting? Do answers to these questions depend on a person’s age, family traditions, their likes and dislikes? We should not forget such things as opportunities to get a good education, an interesting Job or decent medical care either. There is also a problem of boredom as there is very little social life in the countryside. In some places there are no kindergartens^ or schools, modem cinemas, museums or art galleries, no fashionable shopping centres. So if you ask which place is better for living, a city or the countryside, the most objective answer is “U depends”.^ 2. In industrially developed countries there is a tendency for people to leave big overcrowded cities and move to the countiy'side where they find peace, quid and an unpolluted environment. So what is wrong with cities? Only a few decades ago they seemed to be so attractive. A lot of people will tell you that life in big cities is really stressful. The city centres are full of busy and noisy activity day and night and the suburbs arc usually dull, overcrowded and tend to have criminal problems. The roads in towns and cities have become unsafe, especially during the rush hours when drivers and their passengers waste time in traffic jams. Besides, not all parts of big cities look beautiful, some of them actually look quite ugly with similar high-rise crowded buildings. On the other hand, some other parts of towns and cities may look fantastically picturesque . There is always a lot to see and to do in towns and cities. T hey offer many more job opportunities than a small place in the country. They have a good choice of schools, universities, libraries, museums and theatres. To sum up, I can say that both towns and the countryside have their own attractive features. So people should be able to decide what lifestyle is closer to them. 115 ил rt ■C NJ ‘ to bump 1Ьлтр] — натыкач ься ^ a kindergarten [‘kmdo,gn:tn] — детский сад ^ It depends. — Bee зависит от обе гоя'гсльс гв. 116 с э 9 г+ ы Work in pairs. Imagine that one of you wants to live in the country and the oth considers a big city to be the best place for living. Talk to each other. Mention: • the lifestyle in both places; • which of the places is more convenient to live in; « what may stop you from choosing them. Try to come to the same conclusion. But you may also agree to differ. Grammar Articles with the Nouns School, Space, Prison, Church, Bed, Work, College, Hospital, University 1. Если данные существительные обозначают деятельность, то перел ними употрсб.1я-стся нулевой артикль zero article. to lo go to school to go to college to go to university to go to hospital to go to prison in at to go to bed to go to work to go to church to be in bed I о be in prison to be in church to be in hospital lobe at school to be at church to be at college to be at university I о be at work to start work — to finish work; to start school to leave/fmish school 2. Если эти существительные обозначают здания и конкретные места, то употреб-j ляются аргикли а/ап, the). Yesterday I went to the school where my son has classes. Nancy works in a hospital. Tliere were a lot of police at the prison. Tourists always admire the small church in the suburbs. L/ie down on the bed. The doctor will examine you. Tlianks for the work vou have done. Choose the right items to complete the sentences. 1) James is running a high temperature. 1 think he w ill be taken to (—/the) hospital. 2) Would you like to go to (—/the) university with me? There will be an interesting lecture there. 3) They are leaving (—/the) .school next year. 4) My cousin started learning French w^hen he was at (—/the) school. 5) The cruel king ordered lo take the young man to (—/the) prison. 6) Greg was angry when he saw his dog Rex lying on (—/the) bed. 7) ( /1 he) church in the high street is a touri.st attraction. 8) The first place to visit was ( /the) university. 9) (—/A) new school is being built in my street. 10) Let’s meet at the entrance to (-/the) hospital. Grammar Perfect and Progressive Infinitives in Passive Structures В предложениях, в которых используются пассивные структуры типа: James is said... The delegation is reported ... They are known ... The prince Ls believed... часто употребляется так на.зывасмый перфектный инфинитив (peifect infinitive) и продолженный инфинитив (progrcs.sivc infinitive). to have + V3 to have done to have grown to have achieved to be -f Ving to be visiting to be reading to be approaching 1. в пассивных конструкциях перфектный инфинитив указывает на действия, произошедшие в прошлом: James is said to have moved into London. (Говорят, Джеймс перееха-з в Лондон.) 'I'he delegation is reported to have arrived in Moscow. (Как сообщают, делегация прибыла в Москву.) 2. Так называемый продолженный инфинитив в подобных конструкциях указывает на действие в развитии: The train is hoped to be arriving at the railway station now. (Fx' ib надежда, что в данный момент поезд прибывает на вокзал.) The guests were expected to be visiting the City Museum at the moment. (Как предполага лось, гости в тот момент осматривали городской музей.) Маке up sentences with the help of these tables A. George believed These people am supposed The passengers is reported Jane are considered i said known to be amving beginning doing planning painting 117 Ln Г-» fD ■O Si B. The officials I The athlete The musicians am is are believed supposed reported considered said known to have started written rcfliscd agreed won DO IT ON YOUR OWN Write the same in Russian. 1) The train is believed to be arriving on time. 2) John is supposed to have already finished his project. 3) Several people are known to have been killed during the accident. 4) T he delegation is reported to be leaving Moscow tomorrow. 5) We are expected to be taking off in a quarter of an hour. 6) Mary is believed to have prepared her presentation herself. 7) The minister is reported to be doing the sights of the city. 8) Mr Williams is expected to begin his journey on Tuesday..9) Dr Manson is said to have cured his hopeless patient. 10) They are supposed to be moving house. Choose the appropriate articles (a/an, the, zero article) to complete the sentences. 1) They have ... university in his native city. 2) Little Sue is in ... hospital. — Oh, no. What4 the matter? 3) My grandparents used to go to ... church on Sundays. 4) How many peers of yours go to ... college? 5)... old university is still very popular. 6) Wliere does ... hospital get its medical equipment? 7) There is ... hospital near ... church where we met yesterday. 8) Let’s meet at ... school and go to the stadium together. 9) What ... unusually church! 10) My brother is still at... school, but he is taking his final exams m June. 10 Match the words in the two columns and complete the sentences below with the word combinations. 118 г 1) attended 2) convenient 3) overcrowded 4) huge 5) swore 6) rush 7) traffic 8) characteristic 9) move a) city b) features c) to the suburb d) hour e) place f) jams g) university h) crowd i) outloud 1) The family thought that their cosy kitchen was a more ... for meals than the dining room. 2) What are the ... of the country^ lifestyle? 3) I didn’t feel .safe in the ... of football fans. 4) He got up very' early to drive to work before the morning .... ."i) They ... together with Miss Lenox and know her very well. 6) In summer it was especially pleasant to stay in the cottage far from the____7) They decided to ... where they could buy a bigger house. 8) James ... that he had never seen the man before. 9)... are very' riT^cal of most of big cities. Ni Step 3 DO IT TOGETHER Listen to a talk between two friends, (38), and say which of these facts are true, false or not stated. 1) Greece is a соип!!^ in Soiithca.st Turope. 2) Boris went to Greece because he felt admiration for the country. 3) Boris speaks about the striking colour of the MeJiteiranean Sea. 4) Moscow summer temperatures are always lower than in Greece. 5) During his stay in Greece Boris spent more time in the mountains than near the sea, 6) 1 here are 227 islands in Greece. 7) Snow is a typical feature of winter in the Greek mountains. А. Work in small groups and make a list of advantages/disadvantages of living in the country and in big cities. Why live in the country • more space for people and animals; • more freedom; Wliy live in a city • a diverse life; • more opportunities to make a good career; Ni B. Work in pairs. Discuss with your partner possible places to live. Consider the following: • live and work in the country; » live and work in the city; • live in the country and work in the city; • live in the city and have a country house where you can spend your holidays. Remember to: • discuss all the options; • take an active part in the conversation and be polite; • come up with ideas; • give good reasons; • find your partners attitudes and take them into accouni; • invite your friend to come up with suggestions; • come to an agreement. Complete the texts with the derivatives of the words on the right. 119 r-f Л) T5 W Life in the Country 1. A warm (1) ... day in June. The warm summer breeze sends its (2) ...s while it plays in the (3) ... green grass. The atmosphere in the garden is (4)... (5).... A veiy^ (6)... young girl is sitting on a garden gate eating fresh strawberries (7) ... from the garden. What a (8) ... scene, that is (9) ... (10).... 2. You walk in the forest and look with (0 ... at the yellow- (2) ... leaves that show their most (3) ... colours before (4) ... falling down to the ground. The smell of the pine trees fills your scn.scs while you breathe the (5) ... air. A walk in the forest during fall is a voyage of (6) ... . \ou never know what kind of mushroom plays its hide-and-seek' (7) ... game under the trees or when the sky will pour its (8) ... tears.^ Cross the odd words ouf. 1) swear, scream, shout, cry; 2) crowded, correspondence, convenient, comfortable; 3) attend, expect, correct, collect; 4) suburb, town, countryside, city; 5) failure, picture, feature, nature; 6) thus, though, that’s why, as a result. sun greet striking perfect, peace attract direct picture, absolute forgettable admire, red, beauty slow chiU discover fantasy expected ' hide-and-seek — прял ки {название иеры) ^ а tear [Пэ] — слеза А. Read а page from Mia's diary and say why, in your view, she ran to Central Park. high-rises 120 c 3 u combat boots sticker backstroke enclosure hot springs on Теплит Hotisc Cattiai Pa\k Zac / 'mib dcwti the- sLuel, past ttic ta& fti^-uses, past the 6i^ fountain until the peZd statues in it-, past aZ£ tiie thafpic, ii^ht hitc Cent^oZ Tank., whexe it was ^ettin^ kind of daxk. and caCd, hut / dldfit cate. Nc6cdp was ^cin^ to attack me Cecause. / was this fim.-foot-nwe pihZ xujuti-n^ ui com£a.l ioats, with a. ёаскраск with stichexs an it that said ВЖРРОШ GReCNPetia and. / ШАКР' FOR ANIMALS. NaZad^ messes- with a fisi in comiat- iuots, espeZiaZZ^ when she is a I'C^eta'iian. Anpwaij, / don't know how, Zut nuj feet so-xt- of knew whexe thep wexe ^oln^ and Zefexe / knew it, / was at the zoo. / Z-ож the. CentxaZ 'Paxk Zoo. / aZwa^s have since f was a ZittZe kid. ft's waif Zettex than the b'lcnx. Zoo, Zecause it's xeaZZif smaZZ and cosif and the- animaZs axe. тмск fxiendZiex, espejdaZZif the seaZs and tiie poZax Zeaxs. I Zove poZdx Zeaxs. At the Cmtiot 'Paxk Zoo, thej^ ha.ve. this one- poZax Zeax and a£Z Lui does aZZ day Zon^ is the Zaekstcwkc-. I sweaxJ He was on the news once, Zecause this animaZpsychaZofisi- was woxxied he- was i-cftdex too. much stiess. It must Ze awfuZ to have peapZe Zookiny at you aZZ daif. Uut tiwn thejf Zoucjht him some, toys and aftax that he. was aZZ xiyht. He just kicks ZacJc in his eneZosuxe - they don't have cayes at the CentxaZ Paxk Zoo., they fiave encZosu'ves -and walchc-b ifou. watching him. Sometimes he fioZds a ZaZZ whiZc he does it. I Zove l-hat. Zmx. So aftex t took out a coupZe of doZZaxs to. ^et in - that's the otiiex yood thiny aZoul the zoo.: itis cheap — / paid a ZUt£c- caZZ on the poZax Zeax. He. appeaxed to Ze doiny fine. Much Zettex titan. / was, at the metnent. / wondexed whexe that peZax Zeax had come fxom. I hoped he was fxom LceZand. We'xe studyiny IceZand in WoxZd. Cid. IceZand has tiw. waxZd's Luyhest Zitexacy xate^, Zecause thexc is natiiiny to da thexe. Zut xead. They aZso have these natuXaZ hot spxinys, and evexyZody yoes swimminy in than. Once, the ореха came to. IceZand and evexy show was soZd out and somcthlny Zike 98 pex cent of the. popuZatiouP atJLended. Fve.xyZody knew uZZ the wcxds to. the. opexa and went axound sinyiny it aZZ- day. / woj-iZd Zike to Zive in IceZand some day. It sounds Zike a fun pZace. Much mexe. fun than Manhattan-. Aftex a whiZe it yot too exowded at the poZax Zeax cneZosuxe, so then I went into the penyidn ho.use~ It smeZZs kind of Zad in he.xe-, Zut itis fun. Thexe axe these windows that Zook luidexwatex so that you can see the penyuins swimminy aXound, haviny a yocd pav yuin time. llttZe kids put theix hands on the yZass, and when a penyuLn swims to them, they staxt sexewniny. The.x£s a Zenck you can. sit on too. and Uiat-s whc-Xe. Pm sittiny now, wxitiny this. Уйи yet- used, to the smeZZ- aftex a whiZe. ! yuess you can yet used to anythiny. (fXom ’’The 'Pxincess 'ЪЬахХеА Zy Mey CaSot) ' to brake — нажимать на тормоза, тормозить ^ to mess — \ сняты наться ^ to kick back — расслабляться * World Civ — World Civilizations ^ literacy rale — уронен ь грамотности ^ population [,pDpju‘leiJn] — население I в. Look through the text again and find in it some facts showing that: - Mia cares foj wildlife • Mia has been to tlie Zoo before • animals arc well looked after at the Central Park Zoo • Mia is a schoolgirl • Mia was in low spirits then • Mia is from New York I Comment on the following. 1) Mia is a vegetarian. What is usually understood by this word? Wliat do you think of being a vegetarian? Wliat makes people become vegetarians? Do you think such decisions can help protect animals? 2) M ia likes the Central Park Zoo in New York. Wliat do you think of zoos in big citie.s? Is it natural for wild animals to live in cages and enclosures? Wliy in your opinion are so many people against zoos? Why do thei r opponents say it is important to keep zoos? What is a good zoo like as you see it? 3) Wliat do you think of the stickers Mia had on her backpack? Wliy do you think she put them on it? Was it a good idea? Do you think such things can help people consider wild) ife more seriously? Have you ever done anything of the kind? Will you? What kind of sticker will it be? 4) Wliat do you know about the Greenpeace organization? 1 )o you think their activities are useful? In what way can people help animals to survive nowadays? 121 О Ы Confusabie Words Comfortable Convenient comfortable — удобный c точки зрения фи'зтюского комфорта Travelling hy underground in rush hours is not comfortable at all. My old armchair is so comfonable. It feels pleasant to sit in. She likes to wear comfortable clothes. To visit To attend convenient — удобный c точки зрения местоположения, времени, отсутствия проблем Travelling by underground is very' convenient. It is fast and cheap. Call me tomorrow at noon if that's convenient. That’s a very' convenient place for the garage, just opposite the house where I live. to visit to attend 1. нанести визит, навестить кого-либо 1. присутствовать iia мероприятии 2. посещать нерегулярно 2. посещать регу'лярпо 1. to visit one’s parents 1. to attend a meeting to visit a doctor/dentist to attend a performance to visit friends 2. to attend classes 2. to visit a museum : lo attend school to visit a picture gallery j to attend church to attend lectures Choose the appropriate words to complete the sentences. 1) She is a member of the club but does not (attend/visit) regularly. 2) Wliat arc the places to (attend/visit). what arc the things to do in Ireland? 3) Come and see all that a^-aiis vxhi London. Find out what to (attend/visit), what to see and the best places to stay. 4> The а very (comfortable/convenienl) chair. You can even sleep in it. 5) The flat is nice and (com-fortable/corivenient) but it is far from the underground station which is not (comfortable/ convenient). 6) Sundays and Saturdays are the most (comfortable/convcnicnt) days to see our friends and relatives. Nobody works on these days. 7) At every meeting 1 have (attended/ visited) I explained my point of view. 8) He was born in India and (attended/visited) high school there. 9) Wait a minute, I would like to change my shoes, these are not (comfortable/ convenient) enough. 10) How often do you (attend/visit) your grandparents? 122 c Э m iu DO IT 01У YOUR OWN A. Use either comfortable or convenient to complete the sentences. 1) It is a ... seat. My body feels at ease when I’m in this armchair. 2) You can see the stage very well from this scat. It is .... 3) The new train is very .... It has soft seats. 4) I think the 7.15 train is the most .... It starts at a suitable time and you don’t have to change. .5) It is a very ... blouse. It feels very nice on your body. 6) It is a ... blouse. It is easy to wash and you don’t have to iron it. N "f B. Use the appropriate words in the required forms to complete the sentences. 1) The meeting will (attend/visit) by finance ministers from many countries. 2) Brian usually (attend/visit) us at weekends. But yesterday he didn’t come. 3) They (attend/visit) college together when they lived in Brighton. 4) She is made (attend/visit) church regularly. 5) He will be (attend/visit) four big cities on his journey to Canada. 6) Wlten did you last (attend/visit) our local museum? Use the appropriate forms of the verbs on the right to get a complete and grammatically correct text. pop. ANiyiA I Bpdke for Birds I Brake for Aiiinuils Wlien 1 was a kid, my grandmother (1) ... a 1970 Cadillac with “I BRAKli FOR ANIMAL S” sticker. Many limes I (2) ... my head as granny (3) ... for any squirrel, dog or frog (4) ... the road. Thai was before anybody (5)... seatbelts. I never remember her ever (6)... anything, which was good tor everybody. Such animals as turtles, dogs, frogs, deer, foxes often cross roadways. Unfortunately many of them (7)... on the roads. If you ever hit a deer or someone’s dog, you never (8)... it. So be on the look out for animals. They (9)... to look before crossing. have hit stop, cross wear, hit die forget not teach 10 I Some of these sentences are not grammatically correct because they have no articles. Complete these sentences with the appi'opriate articles where necessary. A. 1) What huge school! 2) At what age do children go to school in Russia? 3) School I go to is rather far from my house. 4) The low red building near the bank is school. в. 1) Ben is planning to go to college when he finishes school. 2) Wliat big college! 3) How many students does college have? 4) College that my sister goes to trains managers. C. 1) Look at hospital! 2) What a tall building hospital is! 3) I’d like to be a nurse and work in big hospital. 4) After the operation he is still in hospital but he is feeling much better. D. 1) Come at any time, Г11 be at home after five. Before five I’m at work. 2) 1 started work when I was sixteen. 3) I walk to work. 4) What do you usually do after work? 5) It is remarkable work of art. Step 4 DO IT TOGETHER Listen, Ф (39), and say which of these facts are true, false or not stated in the text 123 on <-+ rt) 4^ a Kjttiwake gull North Sea - nort hern territories to the Black Sea in the southern pari of Russia. B. Our country has almost eveiy^ kind of weather. Also, it lias many kinds of lands — wide plains and dry empty deserts, great forests and powerful rivers, lakes of all sizes, the Baikal, the deepest lake in the world among them. C. There arc lowlands and mountains on the territory of Russia too. I'he Urals and the Altai Mountains are the highest (by the way, Altai means “the Golden Mountain”). The Urals divide the country into its European and A.sian parts. You can find sunny beaches and lands of endless winter on its territory. D. The country' is very' big so there is stiU a lot of open space and beautiful wild areas with unique species of wildlife. By wildlife we understand animals, birds and plants that live or grow in their natural habitats. People of the Russian Federation, the government of the country are trying to save such places. There are now more than 40 national parks in Ru.ssia. fhe major part of them arc situated on the we.stem, southwestern territories and in the south of Russia. The oldest of them are Losiny Ostrov and Sochi nsky Park. E. According to the law national parks are protected areas of land and water but regulated tourism is allowed. They arc open for the public to enjoy. They are also devoted to ecological education and scientific re.search. Recreation areas’ include lakes and parks in and around cities. These places are popular for boating and swimming in summer, skiing in wmbet other outdoor activities. ' recreation areas — зоны отдыха 126 N, ы Read the text again and match the paragraphs (A—E) with the titles (1 title you don't have to use. 1) Variety of l erriiories 2) Climatic Vaiiclies 3) Places of Research and Enjoymenl 4) CxjLintry of a Vast Size 5) Aieas to Pi-escrve Nature and Wildlife 6) The Land of Contrasts Give a 2-minute talk on the wildlife in Russia. Remember to say: • w hat is understood by the term wildlife., • if you enjoy watching wildlife; • where people can find wildlife in Russia; • why national parks are important. -6). Tl I Grammar Articles with Geographical Names and Place Names 1. Определенный артикль употребляется с названиями: • горных цепей: the Alps, the Urals; • океанов: the Atlantic Ocean, the Pacific Ocean; • морей: the Black Sea, the Mediterranean .Sea; • рек: the Thames, the Moskva- River; • озёр: the Baikal, the Ontario [опЧеэпэс}]; ho: если в названии озера есть слово lake артикль не используется: Lake Baikal. Ontario; • театров, кинотеатров, музеев, картинных галерей: the Bolshoi Theatre, the British scum, the National Gallery. 2. Обычно артикли не упот|>ебляются с названиями: • континентов: Asia, Australia, North America; • Сфан: Italy, France, Russia; но: the USA, the Netherlands, (the) Sudan; • юродов: Moscow, Rome, Paris; ho: the Hague fheig] (Гаага); • улиц, площадей: Тrafalgar Square, Oxford Si reel; но: ihe Mall, the Strand, the Wall Street; • парков: Hyde Park, Gorky Park. Use the definite article where necessary. 1) ... Red Sea 2) ... Volga 3) ... Kiev 4) ... Greece 5) ... Adriatic Sea 6) ... Superior 7) ... Hermitage 8) ... USA 9) ... Netherlands 10)... Strand 11) ... Pacific Ocean 12) ... Seine 13) ... Egypt 14) ... Tretyakov Gallery 15) ... Maly Theatre 16) ... Central America 17) ... St James’s Park 18) ... Wall Street 19) ... Hague 20) ... Mall Wliitc Sea Neva Rjvcr Rocky Mountains Russian Museum Soutliern Africa Baikal Red Square Lake Superior Lake Michigan [‘mijigan] Huron DO IT OIU YOUR OWN Use the where necessary to complete the text § t % Byre Q® dney Australia Australia is the smallest continent in the world. One part of it, (1) ... Western Australia, is eleven times as big as (2) ... Great Britain. 1 he journey fiorn (3) ... Perth, a city in the west, to (4) ... Sydney in the cast takes four to five hours by plane; that is longer than ihe journey from (5) ... Madrid to (6)... Moscow. Auslra-lia’s longest river is (7) ... Murray-Darling. The big lakes in Au.stralia’s deserts are dry most of the time. Huge (8) ... Lake Eyre, which is 70 kilometres wide and 130 kilometers long, was dry for a hundred years until 1950, and (9) ... Lake Mungo has had no water for 16,000 years. (10) ... Todd River, by the way, is nearly always dry too. 127 r+ fD Write in what part (northern, southern etc) of Ireland these places are situated - Ifast V. _ .Dublin ford 10 Write two names of: oceans, seas, lakes, rivers, mountain ranges, cities, streets, squares, countries, parks. Don't forget to use articles where necessary. step 5 DO IT TOGETHER ^ Л Listen to the interview, ф (40), and complete the statements (1—7). 1) Doctor Гопу Stone is .... a) a well-known scientist studying ecology in America b) a well-known scientist studying animals c) a well-known scientist studying endangered animals in the US 2) rhe bald eagle, being the national symbol of the USA, can be found a) on all American coins b) on all American coins and banknotes c) on some American coins and banknotes 128 ы 3) The bald eagle .... a) is getting fewer in number these days b) used to live on the whole territory of the USA c) doesn’t live in forests anymore 4) The aim of national parks is .... a) to protect wild and picturesque places of the countryside in the US b) to protect endangered species of animals in the US c) to protect endangered species of animals and plants in the US 5) There are more than 300 ... in the USA. a) national parks b) national parks, seashores and forests c) national parks, forests, seashores and recreation areas 6) Yellowstone is .... a) the most famous national park in the USA b) the oldest national park in the USA c) the national park situated near the Grand Canyon 7) In Yellowstone .... a) visitors are not allowed to do hunting or fishing b) there are a lot of activities for visitors c) visitors cannot move about in the park freely Answer the questions. 1) Do you think national parks help to preserve wildlife? 2) Why is it important to look after wild animals? Wild plants? To protect them? 3) Every year some species of the animal world disappear, don’t they? 4) Do you know any animals that are extinct? endangered? 5) Why is it important for animals to have healthy habitats? 6) Why are animals in danger? 7) Do zoos help to improve tlic situation in your opinion? 8) Is there any good news about flora and fauna? Do you know' any facts which show that the situation is beginning to change? 9) Would you agree that we are losing animal and plant species faster than e\ er? How can you explain these facts? Is the problem global? 10) Do you think people will be able to solve this problem? Complete the text choosing the appropriate words. I wcopard The leopard ['lepad] is one of the (1)... animals in Russia. Its number has decreased and the (2) ... with this smallest of the “big cals” in our country is probably (3)... than that of the Siberian or Amur tiger in the Far East (4)... number is getting fewer. Once the leopard lived in (5) ... of different places of the world (6)... Siberia, eastern and southern Asia and Africa. But because of hunting their habitats became not so numerous. Nowadays some leopards can be found in open savannas, rainforests, Eastern and Central Africa but in North Africa as (7)... say they may be extinct. Their number in southwest and central Asia is small; in the northeast they are (8) ... endangered. The leopard is mainly found these days in India, Southeastern Asia and China. ]) а) danger 2) а) situate 3) а) bad 4) а) wliich 5) а) plenty 6) а) include 7) а) the scientist 8) a) critically b) dangerous b) situated b) the worse b) whose b) number b) including b) the scientists b) critic c)endanger c) situation c) the worst c)that c) lot c) included c) a scientist c) critical d) endangered d) situations d) worse d) what d) much d) includes d) scientists d) criticism Listen, ^ (41), and read. A. acquire [a'kwaia] — iipuoGpjcra j b benefit [’benifit] — G^iaro, польза, выгода coast [kaust] — побережье encourage [т'клпф] — поощрять, одобрю ь heritage [Ъеииф] — наследие landscape [’laendskeip] — I) пейзаж, ландшафт; 2) пейзаж {жанр живописи) property [‘propoti] — I) имущество, собственность; 2) недвижимость value [Vaelju:] — ценность free of charge — бссплат но B. acquire: to acquire a habit, to acquire a reputation, to acquire an ability. The business was acquired four years ago. 1 his is the way children acquire languages. Any drug aser is at risk to acquire AIDS. benefit: to receive a benefit, a potential benefit, for somebodws benefit, to have the benefit of something, to be of benefit to somebody. Plenty of .sunshine is one of the benefits of living in Greece. Tliai was done for the benefit of the poor. He has had the benefit of the best education money can buy. coast: the eastern coast, to be on the coast, along the coast. We saw a lot of fishing boats moving off the coast. Plenty of hotels are situated along the coast. encourage: lo encourage people, to be encouraged by the news. The teacher encouraged his pupils lo try and write poems. When you encourage people, you let them kno\^ that what they are doing is good, when you discourage them, you do the opposite, heritage: A country’s heritage is all the features, traditions of life there that have continued over many years and have been pa.ssed on from one generation to another. The historic building is as much part of our heritage as the paintings. landscape: 1) beaiuiful winter landscapes, a .striking landscape. We moved further lo a new landscape of hills and valleys; 2) a landscape painting. That was definitely one of Paul Gunn’s most recent landscapes. property: 1) personal property, intellectual property, stolen property, acquired properly. T hese books are my personal property. 2) James is a rich property owner. The sign said: “Private’ Properly. Keep Out”. value: the value of something, to i ise/drop in value, to be of greai/no value. These papers are of no value to you. free of charge: Companies sometimes let you have certain things free of charge . П Match the words (1—9) with the words (a— i) and complete the sentences with the word combinations. 1) to acquire 2) encourage 3) free a) values b) property c) the habit 4) stolen 5) national American 6) cultural d) painting e) your daughter f) those people 7) landseapc 8) to live 9) the benifit of g) heritage h) of charge i) on the coa.st 129 Ln r+ О ■Q tn private fpraivill — частный, принадлежащий частному лицу 1) Wc want people ... of using public transport instead of their cars. 2) What are the most i portant ... in our society? 3) Many people in the US would like ... in Florida with its av«e some beaches. 4) You should ... to try and become an actress instead of talking her out of 5) The members of the club can use the boats ..., but other visitors should pay tor tin 6) 1’he police have found some .... But not all the things have been found yet. 7) The right free speech is part of the .... 8) This ... was created by one of the famous artists of the 1 century. 9) For... who arrived later I will repeat what 1 have already explained. 130 d D HK ui National Trust Complete the text. Fill in the blanks (1—8) with the parts of the sentences (a—h). The National 'rrust* The National Trust for Places of Historic Interest or Natural Beauty, (1) ... the National Trust, is a conservation^ organization in England, Wales and Northern Ireland. I'hc Trust doesn’t operate in Scotland, where there is an independent National Trust for Scotland. The Trust (2)... by three English people. Its symbol is a sprig of oak leaves and acorns. The National Trust works to preserve and protect the coastline-countryside and buildings of England, Wales and Northern Ireland ll is done in various ways, through practical caring and conservation^ through educating and informing and througli encouraging millions of people (3).... ^ The Tiiisl owns many heritage properties including historic lious-es and gardens, industrial monuments and social history' places most of which are open to the public free of charge. 1 he majority of them arc country houses and most of the others are (4) .... A lot of ihese houses contain collections of pictures, furriilure, books, metalwork, ceramics and textiles that have remained in their historic context. Tlius the National Tiust is one of (5).... The Trust’s land (about 2,550 km’ mostly of country-side) is about ] ,5% of tire total land mass of England, Wales and Northern Imland. There are also many countryside properties which were acquired specifically for their landscape and .scientific value. The Trust owris about a quarter of the Lake District. It also owns or protects (6)..., Wales and Northern Ireland. The National Trust is one of the largest membership organizations in the world. Membership numbers have grown from two million at the end of the previous century' up to (7).... Membens do not pay for their visits to the public trust properties where visitors buy tickets to get in. All photography at the National I'mst properties is not allowed. The (8)... is to preserve for the benefit of the nation its lands, places of beauty and/or historic interest which leads to preservation of the natural aspect, features, animal and plant life, preservation of buildings, furniture, pictures etc having national and historic or artistic interest. I a) the largest landowners in the UK b) formal purpose of the Trust c) to enjoy their national heritage d) nearly one fifth of the coast in England e) connected with famous individuals 1) usually known as g) nearly four million in 2013 h) was founded in 1894 ' trust [tTAStJ — фонд ^ conservation [.kDnsaVerjnJ — охрана, сохранение Grammar More Facts about English Articles 1, Обычно аргиюь нс употребляется с названиями: • регионов, провинций: California, Siberia, но: the Crimea, the Caucasus, the Гаг East, the Lake District, the Aiitaictic: • полуостровов: Kamchatka, Florida, Cornwall; • о гдельных горных вершин: Elbrus, Everest; • отдельных островов: Ireland, Madagascar; • университетов и колледжей: Oxford University, Moscow University, ho: the University of Oxford, the University of Moscow; • дворцов: Winter Palace, Westminster Palace, Buckingham Palace; • вокзалов, аэропортов: Vnukovo Airport, Waterloo (Railway) Station, King’s Cross (Railway) Station; • журналов (как правило): Punch, Life, People’s Friend, Mizz. 2. Определённый артик.пь употребляется с названиями: • гос'1 иниц: the Ritz Hotel, the Central Hotel, но: Victoria Hotel, Moscow Hotel {название отеля содержит имя собственное или географическое название)\ • кораблей, лайнеров: the Titanic, the Mayflower; • газет: the Times, the Sun, the Observer; • стран, если эти названия состоя! из нескольких слов: the Rirssian Federation, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, the People’s Republic of China; • каналов: the English Channel, the Panama Canal Ika'nael]; • водопадов: the Niagara Falls; • пустынь: the Sahara, the Kara-Kum, the Gobi; • групп островов: the Philippines, the British Isles; • иными названиями, в которых имеется предлог of: the city of London, the Cape of Good Hope, the Republic of Altai. Use the or zero article to complete the sentences. 1) ... Mayflower was the ship that in 1620 transported people from England to the North American continent. 2) What’s on at ... Cosmos cinema? 3) ... “Times” is a famous British newspaper. 4)... National Gallery is siliialcd in ... T rafalgar Square. 5)... Oxford University is one of the oldest British univci'sities. 6) ... British Museum is situated in London. 7) It’s next to impossible to buy cheap tickets to ... Bolshoi Theatre. 8) ... “Titanic” was a British passenger ship. 9) ... Buckingham Palace is in London. 10) The name of our country is ... Russian Federation. DO IT ON YOUR OWN Write these in English. 1) Приобрести неко'горую недвижимость; 2) вдоль побережья; 3) поощрять занятия танцами; 4) бесплатно; .S) живописный ландшафт; 6) дороюй пейзаж {о картш*е>'- 1) получить пользу (выгоду); 8) наиион£ыьнос наследие; 9) потенциатьное бл. 10) подняться в пене. щ а вг Use the prepositions from the box and complete the sentences. 1) My holiday wasn’t of much benefit... me. 2) We were sailing ... the French coast. 3) 1 he parks in the town are free ... charge. 4) Plenty of sunshine is one ... the benefits ... living in the south. 5) I did it ... your benefit. 6) They paid him the value ... his lost property. 7) His property is situated ... the Black Sea coast. 8) This is a discovery ... great value. 9) I hope that what I have written could be ... benefit... someone else. 10) We were encouraged ... our teacher to go on with our experiment. 11) This document could now work ... Helen’s benefit. 12) Such gadgets began to drop ... value. 13) Your help is ... great value ... us. 14) The field trip was ... great benefit ... the students. 15) Ills landscapes are said to be ... great value. along for in of on to by I c :з 10 Use trie where necessary to complete the text. ui Around the Island of Ireland h Neagh ^igh Ree’ LougriBerg , of'' of' The island of Ireland is low in (1) ... middle, and high on (2)... outside. Because of this, (3)... middle of Ireland is full of (4) ... beautiful lakes and rivers, where people fish and sail. (5) ... Ireland’s largest lake is (6) ... Lough Neagh [.Ink'nei]. (7) ... longest river is 385 km long. U is (8) ... Shannon which goes through many small lakes and two large ones — (9) ... Lough Ree and (10)... Lough Derg. Most of(ll)... mountains are near (12)... sea, (13)... highest is in (14)... southwe.st. But they are beautiful and (15)... good places to walk. step 6 DO IT TOGETHER Ne. Listen, (42), and match the statements (a—g) below with what the speakers say (1—6). There is one statement you don't have to use. a) T here are a lot of places of historic value in the capital of England. b) I love living abroad, c) The natural “lungs” of our planet are disappearing. d) Jn tills country two languages are spoken by its people. e) From tliis part of England you can see another countiy. 0 Visitors come lo this English city to see historic buildings and interesting things in Them, g) Various species of plants and animals live on our planet. Idiomatic English ^ 4 A Познакомыссь c некоторыми сравнениями английского языка, второй частью которых являются названия животных, растений или иных явлений и предметов. Все они образованы по формуле; as + Adj + as+N as brave as a lion as old as the hills as poor as a church mouse E: Match the Items in the two columns to complete the comparisons. 1) as cold as 2) as hard as 3) as happy as 4) as fresh as 5) as black as 6) as green as 7) as high as 8) as dead as 9) as weak as 10) as nervous as a) grass b) a lark' c) a daisy^ d) a kite e) a dodo f) nails g) ice h) night i) a kitten j) a cat К г/ 1кл Use the words from the box to complete the sentences. acquire, acquired, benefit, charge, coast, encouraged, heritage, properties, value 1) We must preserve rainforests for the ... of future generations. 2) People arc ... to lake care of wildlife. 3) Now it is realized all over the world that endangered species of animals and plants are of great... to us. 4) Wc should ... the habit of sharing territories with animals without destroying their habitats. 5) The National Tnist has many countn^side ... wliich were ... for their artistic and scientific value. 6) Don’t you think that extinct species of plants and animals are also a part of our historic ...? 7) There are lots of animal species living on the .... 8) Moscow museums lend to let visitors in free of... on holidays. You know the words in column A. Read the sentences (1—8) and say what the meanings of the words in column В are. acquire — benefit — B. acquisition [,aekwi'zijn] to benefit beneficial [ beiii'fij’l] A. coast — value — B. coastal to value valuable invaluable 1) He was showing his latest acquisition, a new computer game. 2) Scientists have different theories of language acquisition- 3) Both sides have benefited from the talks. 4) One or two apples a day can be beneficial. 5) Tliey say the coastal areas are polluted. 6) Can you value this gold ring? 7) His experience of teaching in Irish schools turned out valuable. 8) The Internet is an invaluable .source of i ntbrmation for students. A. There are a lot of environmental problems threatening the future of our planet. Work in pairs and put the problems in the order of priority. Explain your choice. r a) air pollution c) soil pollution and dumping of land ‘ a lark [la:kj — жаворонок ^ a daisy ['deizij — .маргаритка b) water pollution d) too much noise СЛ Г-+ n> T3 m е) destiTJction of wildlife 0 exploiting the natural recourses g) nuclear pollution h) destruction of forests including rainforests i) global warming I 134 c r+ w Ni B. Choose one of the problems and speak on it. Here are some words and phrases that may come in handy. dangerous for both humans and animals; industrial/domestic waste; global smog in the atmosphere; harmful influence; do hann to our health/nervous system; level of noise; the lungs of our planet; keep the planet clean; keep the planet for the new generations Work in pairs. Decide which of the given options is the best to discuss at the next meet ing of your "Let's Save the Nature" Club. Air and water pollution Preserving wildlife Making noise levels lower Things to do to help the planet Remember to: • discuss all the options; • take an active part in the conversation and be polite; • find out your friend’s attitudes and consider them; • come up with ideas and give good reasons; • come to an agreement, decide which option (only one) you will choose. Сгамшаг The Indefinite Article 1. Имя с^оцествительное (исчисляемое) используется как предикатив и даёт наименование объекту: I am а pupil. It’s а good film. 2. Имя существигсльное называет объект, который является представителем определённого класса, обозначая при этом любого представителя данною iciacca: А reindeer is а large deer. А dog is a good friend. 3. Артикль указывает на единственность (один, одна и т. д.): Ап apple а day keeps а doctor away. An hour is 60 minutes. j 4. Имя существизельное (исчисляемое) в конструкции there is/was: There is a piano in the room. There was a book on the shelf. 5. Исчисляемое имя сушествительнос выполняет функцию прямого дополнения: 1 see а house. Wc have а pet. 6. Имя существительное является частью словосочетания, обозначающею однократные действия: to be а success to take a scat to have a rest' to make a fuss to give a look to give a hint to have a talk 7. Имя существи'гельное (исчисляемое) в восклицания х: What а surprise! What а shame! What an answer! What an idea! rest Lrest] — отдых Read the sentences (a—k) and match them with the rules In the table Some articles can be explained by more than one rule. a) What a clever decision! b) A pound is a unit of weight in Britain. c) Give me a chocolate, please. d) lie is a celebrated sportsman. e) There is a beautiful park near my house. 0 Can you give me a hint? I’ll guess then. g) We are having a lovely time! h) A rose is a garden flower. i) A teacher should be patient. j) The play was a success. k) I have a mother and a father. I have a granny too. DO IT ON YOUR OWN Use the appropriate articles {a/an, the. zero article) to complete the text. The Siberian Tiger The Siberian tiger, also known as (1) ... Amur tiger is (2) ... tiger species whose habitats can be found in (3) ... southwestern part of Russia, in (4)... Far East. (5)... Siberian tiger is (6)... large animal. Scientists say it is (7)... larg-e.st living cat. It has (8)... extended body, is reddish-yellow in colour with (9)... narrow black stripes’, rather short legs and (10) ... fairly long tail. (11) ... adult male tiger of more than 35 months of age usually weighs about 176 kg, (12) ... adult tigress — more than 115 kg. The number of animals is going down. They are considered to be (13) ... endangered ani mals. A. Match the words and their definitions. 135 гЧ Ф "О О) 1) acquisition 2) to value 3) coastal 4) to benefit 5) valuable 6) invaluable 7) beneficial a) situated on land beside the sea or in the sea near the land b) the process of buying something c) to consider someone or something very important d) having a good influence on someone or something e) very, very valuable 0 to get help or advantage from something g) worth a lot of money, very' u.sefiil and important 10 B- Write these in English. 1) Прибрежные дороги; 2) приобретение знаний; 3) оценить чью-то собственность; 4) неоценимая помощь; 5) извлекать пользу, преимущество из сшуации; 6) ценная инфор.мация; 7) взаимовыгодный. Complete the sentences with the appropriate words. Consult the dictionary If necessary. 1) If you say that someone is as brown as ..., you mean that they arc vei7 sunburnt, they have been out in the sun. a) a horse b) soil c) a berry 2) If you say that something is as clean as a ... , you mean that it is completely free from din. a) whistle b) tablecloth c) window 3) If you say that something is as safe as ..., you mean it is very safe and reliable, a) houses b) bridges c) rocks a stripe [straipj — полоска, полоса 136 ы 4) If you say that something or someone is as dull asyou mean that they arc very boring, a) dust b) ditchwaler c) rain 5) If you say that someone is as cool as a ... , you mean that they are very relaxed, calm and emotional. a) tomato b) potato c) cucumber 6) If you say that someone is as busy as a you mean that tliey enjoy doing a lot of things an always keep themselves busy. a) squirrel b) bee c) rat 7) If you say that someone looks as white as a ..., you say that they are very pale and scared, a) sheet b) snowflake c) piece of chalk 8) If you say that something is as dry as a ... , you mean that it is very dry. a) log b) leaf c) bone 9) If you say that someone is as mad as a ..., you think that they are very strange, foolish crazy. a) hatter* b) dressmaker c) shoemaker 10) If you say that someone is as thick as ..., you mean that they are very stupid, a) mist b) fog c) mince step 7 DO IT TOGETHER Listen to the song, (43), and then sing it along The Rainforest Song (written hy J. P. Taylor) Here's a song about a place, That’s threatened^ by the human raee. ’Want to let you know. Want to let you know. Tropical rain falls on tropical trees, Tropical rain. Won’t you, please, Help us save it now. Help us save it now. ChoJ44s\ Oooh, it gives us air To breathe. Oooh, the animals call it home. Oooh, its medicines help you and me Oooh, help us save it before it’s gone. They burn and cut it down to farm... But we all know it’s doing harm To the animals, there’s no place to go Monkeys rush from tree to tree Calling out for their family. Fire is coming now, Must escape’ somehow. Chorus All the birds in all tlie trees... hvery insect and every leaf Here’s what we must do Tell everybody that it’s not o’kay To lei the forest just bum away. Got to save it loud Got to save it proud. Chorus ' a hatter ['haetsj — шляпник - to threaten L'Gretan] — >Т1Х)жать ’ to escape h'skeip] — яд.: спастись А The song above is about ecological awareness (knowledge and understanding of the dangers threatening our environment). Work in pairs or in small groups and make up a list of options that can help to raise ecological awareness. How can wc raise ecological awareness? ‘ Make more documenlary films about ecological problems. • Show the films regularly on TV. B. Explain why it is important to raise ecological awareness. Mention: • what effect it can give; * what are the best ways to do it; * at what age it’s best lo begin leaching ecological awareness; ♦ the role of school in giving this kind of information; • the role of each individual in raising ecological awareness. EJ Listen, 9 (44), and read. A condition [kan'difn] — 1) условие; 2) состояние evident ['evidant] — очевидный nuclear r'njii:klia| ядерттый, атомш^тй poison rpaizn] Л — ЯД poison V — отравля ть population IjpDpjo'leiJn] — население recycle [,ri:'saTkl] перерабатывать save [seiv] — J) спасать; 2) беречь, откладывать, коишь spill [spil] — разлива 1ь(ся), проливать(ся) acid ['aesid] rain — кислотный дождь lack of something — отсутствие чего-либо oil spill — нефтяное пятно shortage of food, water — нсдосп а юк пищи, воды В. condition: I) good conditions, to live in awful conditions, ideal conditions for a holiday. He couldn't work in such conditions. 2) to be in good (bad) condition, to be in no condition to do something. I’m in no condition to walk that fast. evident: an evident fact, to be evident. It was evident that she had once been a beauty. Self-evident: It was self-evident that they would not be able to finish the job on time, nuclear: a nuclear power station, nuclear waste, a nuclear bomb, nuclear energy, nuclear weapons. Some electricity is made from nuclear energy. In some western countries gowm-ments arc against nuclear power stations. poison ni well-known poison, rat poison. There is poison in this plant, poison VI to poison water, to poison a person. It is evident that the man was poisoned. Poisonous: Polluted water may become poisonous. population: the male (female) population, to have a population of about a million, the elephant population, population growth. Los Angeles has a population of over Ъ million pcv>ple. recycle: to recycle waste, lo recycle paper. Waste which is not dangerous should he recycled. Ninety-eight per cent of domestic wa.ste can be recycled. Can we recycle bottles? save: 1) to save people, to save from death. He saved my life. 2) to save money for a house. Don’t waste your money, save it, pul it in the bank. spill (spilled/spilt, spilled/spilt): to spill water on something, to spill coffee all over the table. Oil is spilling from a tanker. Don’t spill water on your suit. acid rain: to produce acid rain. When you bum coal or oil, you produce gases which come into the air together with water and make acid rain. Acid rain is poisonous, lack of something: lack of food, lack of money, lack of water, bvidcntly there is lack of water in this part of the country. There is no lack of stories to tell them. I here is a great lack of clean water in this area. oil spill: Oil spills can be extremely dangerous for water birds — they lose their ability to fiy and soon die. sliortage of food: Nowadays there is a shortage of food in some African countries. 137 138 с 3 Use the new words to answer the questions. 1) Are living conditions good in the place where you live? 2) What are the conditions in tlie places where you spend your holidays? Wliere do you spend your holidays? 3) What conditions can you describe as good or decent living conditions? 4) What is the population of Moscow? St Petersburg? the place you live in? 5) Should nuclear power stations be built? Why are many people against nuclear power stations? Why do many countries build them? 6) Lead' is a poison. Do you know any other tilings that can be poisonous? 7) Why is it important to .save wildlife, endangered species of flora and fauna? 8) In what countries is there a shortage of food nowadays? 9) In what places of the Earth is there evident lack of water? 10) What is acid rain? What can it destroy? Ul A. Read the text and give it a title. Eveiybody admits that nowadays the world faces a number of serious problems connected with the environment. Among the environmental problems threatening living things and humans the first place is probably taken by pollution. One of its forms is air pollution. All burning produces smoke, soot^ and gases which may be harmful. Burning petroP also produces metal called lead. Lead is poisonous. You can breathe it in, you can take it in through food and water and it stays inside slou ly poisoning you. Air pollution also results in acid rains. Our power .stations burn coaP or oiP. Their burning produces poisonous gases. 'The wind carries them high into the sky. There they come together with water in the air and make acid rain, acid fog and acid snow, which fall onto the ground and poison rivers and lakes. Trees suffer from acid rain no less than water plants and animals. Millions of trees have died in Canada and northern Europe because of acid rain. The acid eats into the stone destroying buildings. Many of the world’s oldest and most beautiful buildings arc in danger now. Water pollution is as dangerous as air pollution. People dump too much waste into seas, lakes and rivers. As a result they cannot clean themselves. The sea washes the waste onto the beaches and coasts and pollutes them. The wonst kind of sea pollution is an oil spill. Oil contains poisonous chemicals. If oil is spilt at sea, air can’t get to the plants and animals under the water and they die. So do waterbirds which get into oil spills. Dumping industrial and domestic waste leads to soil pollution. Some of this vaste may be radioactive and cause nuclear pollution, extremely dangerous to people and animals. Nuclear power stations producing electricity are supposed to be '‘environmentally friendly”. But if something happens to such a station or something goes wrong there, it begins to pollute vast areas and the result is usually terrible. Such accidents happened in Britain, the USA, Japan and Chernobyl, Ukraine. Used nuclear fueP is very toxic ['toksikh People tend to keep it under water or bury it deep under the ground in special containers. But we should remember that radioactive waste remains radioactive and dangerous for thousands of years. ' lead [led] — свиней ' soot [sii:t] — сажа ^ petrol [’petralj — бензин, топливо ^ coal [kaul] — уголь oil [oil] — нефть fuel [Qu:3l] — топливо One more problem that is being widely discussed is global warming, or етееп1шг-с: 'I'he gases and soot in the atmosphere make a kind of “screen” which doesn't allow back into space. There is a danger that the temperature can rise by some degrees in the near future. Climatic changes may do a lot of harm to our planet and those who populate it. 'fhe list of environmental problems also includes growth of population, shortage of food and fresh water in some parts of the world, destruction of wildlife and many others. A lot of them arc man-made. Time has come for us to learn to live in harmony with nature and save our planet. N. B. Choose the appropriate answers to these questions. 1) What is evident about pollution? a) Pollution is more dangerous for people than other living things. b) Air pollution is more poisonous than water pollution. c) Pollution is no more dangerous than other environmental problems. d) Numerous environmental problems may be less serious than pollution. 2) Why is air pollution dangerous? a) Because trees .suffer from coal and oil. b) Because winds carry gases into the sky. c) Because among other things it leads to acid rains. d) Because power stations burn coal. 3) How do acid rain» acid fog and acid snow influence living things? a) They can destroy and kill them. b) They make living things less attractive. c) They destroy buildings made of stone. d) 1 hey destroy countries’ hi.storic heritage. 4) Why can’t seas, lakes and rivers clean themselves? a) Because it’s too hard to destroy oil spills. b) Because waste is more than they can manage to clean. c) Because there are poisont>us chemicals in domestic and industrial waste d) Bccau.se air is not able to get under the water. 5) >\Tiich of the following is not a source of nuclear pollution? a) Used nuclear fuel. b) Nuclear power stations. c) Industrial and domestic waste. d) Power stations. 6) What can global warming lead to? a) it can lead to air pollution. b) It can lead to water pollution. c) It can result in climatic changes. d) It can produce the green house cfTecl. 7) What causes serious environmental problems? a) Air, water and soil pollution. b) Shortage of food and fresh water. c) Certain types of human activity. d) The growing population of the Earth. 139 un r+ a> 41 ‘ heat [hi:t] — жара, тепло А. Work in pairs. Look through the text of Exercise 5 again and write its outline. 140 w B. Use the outline you've made and speak about the most serious environmental prob lems of nowadays. Grammar The Definite Article 1. Из контекста или ситуации ясно о чём идёт речь: Close the book. Open the window. 2. Имя существительное уже упоминалось прежде: Jane has а pen. Tlie pen is very good. 3. Перед существительным или после него используется уточняющее определение: The woman near the window is my mum. Уточняющими определениями могут быть: all (the), the whole, the same, the right, the left, the wrong, the very, the only, the best, the main, the last, the next, the 1st, the 2nd etc, the following, the opposite. 4. Имя сугшествительное — название уникального объекта, феномена; the moon, the sun, the sky, the earth, the sea, the world, the north, the south, the east, the west. Ho имя существительное space (космическое пространство) является исключением: space/to go to space, to be in .space. 5. Имя суддествителыюе — название целого класса объектов: The tiger is а wild animal. 6. Имя существительное является обстоятельством места; They are in the garden. A. Revise the use of the definite article In English sentences and match the rules in the table above (1—6) wilh the sentences (a—^f). a) The dodo is an extinct bird. b) We go to the library on Saturday, c) 1 was not able to translate the last sentence. d) They bought a new mobile. The mobile is expensive. e) The sky was clear and bright. f) Look at the painting. B. Make up some sentences of your own to illustrate the rules. DO IT ONYOUROWIU Use the definite article where it is appropriate. 1) ... California 2) ... Hyde Park 3) ... IJral.s 4) ... Adriatic Sea 5) ... Oxford Street 6) ... Rome 7) ... Caucasus 8) ... Wall Street 9) ... Hague 10)... Elbrus 11) ... Netherlands 12) ... Madagascar 13) ... Lake Ontario 14) ... English Channel 15) ... Arctic Ocean 16) ... Old England 17) ... Black Sea 18) ... USA 19) ... Niagara Falls 20) ... Everest 21) ... Ea.st Asia 22) ... Sahara 23) ... Panama Canal 24) ... Kara-Kum 251.... Volga 26) ... Crimea 27) ... Mississippi 28) ... Lake Oislrict 29) ... Mps 30) ... Central America Use the words from the box to complete the sentences. Ш Ш » * ■ЧГ acid, condkions, evidently, lack, nuclear, population, poison, poisonous, recycle, save, slioitage, spill 1) l.iving ... for the fire brigade members are not very comfortable here. 2) The plants died through... of water. .3) If people bum ... wa.ste, they can produce dangerous gases. 4) Some part of waste can be useful if you know how to... it. .5)... rain can poison пл'егБ and lakes, it can destroy metal things and buildings too. 6) Toxic waters can ... fi.sh. 7) Nowadays pe^ople ... a lot of oil into the sea. If you do it, oil remains on top of the water and sea plants and animals have ... of oxygen. 8) Governments and peoples all over the world must do a lot to ... the Earth. 9)... power .stations use uranium to produce electricity. lO) ..., a lot should be done to solve the ecological problems we are facing these days. 11) California has a large Spanish-speakJng.... Write these in English. 1) Ядовитые отходы; 2) атомная электростанция; 3) разлить нефть; 4) перерабатывать токсичные (toxic) отходы; 5) рост населения в Азии; 6) недостаток пиши; 7) отсутствие воды; 8) копить деньги на компьютер; 9) кислотный дождь; 10) самоочевидный результат; 11) жилищные условия; 12) спасать людей. Optional task. Use the Internet and try to find some information about J.*^. Taylor and his "Rainforest Song". Share your information with your classmates. You may use the following sites: 1) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=urcU51 АгбпМ 2) https://www.jptaylormusic.com/ 3) https://go.mail.ru/search_video?mallru=18 141 r+ n> ■O 09 Step 8 DO IT TOGETHER You will hear six people speaking about ecology, 9 (45). Match the statements (a with what the speakers say (1 —6). There is one statement you don't have to use. g) a) Ecology is connected with various sciences. b) I'he ecology of our planet is getting worse and worse. c) Research in the field of ecology is focused on humans, other living things and their habitats. d) Ecology is a science that helps to make the number of extinct creatures fewer. e) “Cheaper is not always belter,” ecologists admit. f) Ecologists speak about the dramatic results of possible climatic changes. g) Ecologists have invented new methods of research. ^Г- 142 С э i-+ UJ Look at the list of ecological problems (List A) and decide how they can be solved (List B). You may think of other ways of their solution. List A 1) air pollution 2) water pollution 3) soil pollution 4) waste dumping 5) nuclear pollution List В 6) global warming 7) forest destruction Я) disappearance of certain species of plants and animals 9) climatic changes 10) o\'erspending of natural resources stop forest fires plant trees stop ocean dumping encourage waste recycling develop alternative sources of energy create more conservation areas protect the endangered species make laws to protect air, water and soil raise ecological awareness teach people to value life reduce the burning of coal, oil and gas teach people to be economical with water and other natural resources stop building nuclear power stations use unleaded petrol in cars and buses use good filters in plants and factories N. A. Read the text and complete it choosing the appropriate words. In a suburb of London two friends had houses standing (1) ... to each other. Their wives became friends too. They were (2)... all friends together. 1 hey were also rivals', the Smiths and the Robinsons. Oh! in the nicest, most (3) ... way. They were gardeners. If the Smiths succeeded with roses, the Robinsons immediately did the same. If the Robinsons (4) ... to grow some beautiful plant thus showing that they had the greenest of green fingers^ the Smiths wanted to show at once that iheir fingers were no less green. If one family bought some new garden furniture, the other made sure that their garden chairs and benches were not worse. ' a rival ['raivll — соперник - to have green fingers = to be good at growing plants Aiid then, one day, Mrs Smith had a “wonderful” idea. (5) ... the weekend, she husband dug a very large (6) ... in the middle of the garden. I'he Robin.sons wailed to what their neighbours were going to do with it. “Lily pond, do you think? or perhaps a inM fish pond?” But the Smiths did (7)... with what they had dug. After several agonizing weeks the Robinsons decided that they should have the same kind of tiling in the middle of their own garden. The only problem was that the Robinsons hated digging. So Mrs Robinson wrote to a well-known firm of landscape gardeners. 1) a) next 2) a)though 3) a) harmful 4) a) could 5) a) at 6) a) whole 7) a) nothing b)by b) as a result b) harmless b) managed b) on b) hose b) everything c) near c) as a summary c) careful c) able c) in c) hole c) something d) along d) in short d) careless d) capable d) through d) howl d) anything 143 Ln fD T5 00 Phrasal Verbs V- T • » ^ • a Л9Ж» Щ t Ш ^ Л M . -r г Познакомьтесь с фра.кжы'ип глаголами, ялерным элементом которых является слово cut. 1) Ю cut down (on) something — сократить что-либо I’m trying to cut down on petrol. 2) to cut down — сруби 1 b (o деревьях, о лесах) тир. CUT We don’t want our wood.s and forests to be cut down. 3) to cut off обрезать отрезать. j Jenny has cut off her plait. 4) to cut out — вырезать I’ve cut this photo out of a magazine. 5) to cut up ~ разрезать на кусочю4 She cuts up the food for her baby. 144 с ZJ Ui N. Complete the sentences with down (on), off, outer up. 1) The tree was cut ... and taken away. 2) Td like to cut this picture ... of the calendar and keep it. 3) Cut the tops... the carrots before cooking them. 4) The doctor advised Sally to cut ... her working hours. 5) My little sister likes cutting bright flowers... of postcards. 6) I always cut... meat before giving it to my cat. 7) Alan cut... a thick slice of bread and made a sandwich. 8) After the rains their village was cut... from the main roads by the flood. The text you have read is the first part of a humorous story written by Eric Paiiridge. Think of its second part and the ending and tell It to your classmates. Consider the following: • what in your view the Smiths wanted to have in their garden; • what Mrs Robinson asked for in the letter to the firm; • what the possible answer of the firm was; • what the ending of the story is. Complete the text with the derivatives of the words on the right. Another Fcological Problem Many (1) ...s think that weather changes will be the biggest problem cau.sed by (2) ... in the next hundred years. But there are other prob lems too. Our Sun produces a lot of ultraviolet (3).... Too much of it is (4) ...; but between 15 or 50 kilometres above the Earth there is a layer of a gas called ozone. This ozone layer gives (5)... to the Earth from the sun. But if you make a hole in tlie ozone layer, the danger of radioactivity increa.ses. The Earth (6)... produces many gases which go high into the air and destroy the ozone layer. In 1984 a hole in the ozone layer wa.s di.scovered. It is believed tliat the (7) ... of that hole influences life in the (8) ... part of South America. For example, many sheep in ('hile, under this hole, now have eye problems. science pollute radiate danger protect populate appear west Grammar Articles with the Nouns Breakfast, Brunch, Lunch, Dinner, Supper, Tea 1. Обозначая трапезу, данные существительные обычно употребляются без ар^гикля в следующих сочетаниях: to go to dinner to be at lunch to return by supper before/after dinner • to have breakfast, dinner etc • • to take breakfast, dinner etc • • to prcparc/makc tea • • to seivc lunch • • to cook supper Dinner is always at 7 p.m. Rreakfasl is ready (served, laid). 2. Определенный арпипкль ислользуегся с данными именами сущеегвитсльными. если у них ест ь уточняющие оп|>елеления или сели речь идёт о конкрегной сде, блюдах: The dinner you cooked was tasty. How much should wc pay for the brunch? 3. Неопределённый арт икль также может упот[зеблятъея с именами существительными htiiakfust, lunch, brunch, dinner т. д., если пертед ними находит ся описательное определение: You сап get а hot hniuch here. We had a late dinner yesterday. a layer [Teia] — слой Use a, the or zero article to complete the sentences. I) We usually have ... huge dinner at Christmas. 2) Did you like ... dinner, Helen? 1 think it was wonderful. 3) Wliat are you going to do aficr ... supper? 4) I think mum is in the kitchen cooking... diimer. 5) Jane, have a look at... supper, please. Don’t let it burn! 6) ... dinner is served downstaii'S, sir. 7) 1 hat was ... very' expensive brunch. 8) What are we having for... breakfast today? 9) Who is going to make... tea? 10) 1 personally don’t think ... supper was tasty. DO IT ON YOUR OWN Write the appropriate article (а/ал, the, zero) to complete the sentences. A. 1) ... Dinner is ready. 2) I will never forget ... dinner you gave in my honour, dear. 3) When do you serve ... breakfast, please? 4) There you will be treated to ... perfect dinner, Robert. 5) What ... awful breakfast it wa.s! 6) Sometimes they invite us to ... dinner. 7) I’ll take ... brunch in my office, please. 8) It was... tasty supper indeed. 9) At 12 о'clock Г11 be at ... lunch at the hotel. 10) They had ... early supper yesterday. B. 1)... Indian elephant is ... endangered animal. 2)... Sofia is ... capital of... Bulgaria. 3) At ... party each child got... box of... chocolates. 4) They live in ... south of... Sweden. 5)... Volga is ... longest river in ... western part of ... Russia. 6) ... Recreation areas often appear in ... suburbs of... big cities. 7) Max, put on ... clean shirt,... black one is diny. 8)... Sun is shining brightly in ... blue sky. 9) Where Ls ... money I have put on ... table? — It is on ... shelf below ... mirror. 10) Have you done ... exercises yet. Bob? Choose the appropriate function words to complete the sentences. 1) My doctor says I should cut (up/dow n) salt. 2) Last week they cut (off/out) electricity as a result of some accident at the power station. 3) One figure in the photograph had been cut (up/out) and wc could only guess who it was. 4) The patient was .so w^eak that the nurse had to cut (ofiT/up) his food for him and put the pieces into his mouth. 5) If rainforests are cut (down/ofO, there won’t be enough oxygen in the atmosphere. 6) He hasn’t given up smoking but he’s cutting (down/out). 7) The farm was cut (off/down) from the village by the snow. 8) Please don’t cut (up/dowm) this beautiful apple tree. 9) ff you want to keep the article, cut it (up/oul) of the magazine. 10) I cut (out/off) a small piece of cake to taste it. 145 tn r-4* ft) T3 00 00 A. Read the second part of the story by Eric Partridge and write an appropriate title for the whole story. In her letter to the firm Mrs Robinson ordered a hole. Two days later she receh ed a letter. Mariam, y We. to sarj that, at- tlu moment, we have not (jct a fwfe the. size ijOM want Ent, if you. wish ns to. do. sa, we. wi£C f-et you know as soon as a- hof-e. tfcu need a’l'iivcs. Veins falthfnE£ij,... 7 he Robinsons waited, not very patiently and soon received a second letter, 'ЬеоХ Madam, We. a.*ie. to offe'i a hoJle, one. foot dezj^e'i and Ea'u^eh ш diametzti than thc ho£e. ijcu waiited. The.. c£icni. who had c'tde.'ud it is to Kenija. and scC£ituf bis house.. This Т/П-cjex hoTe. wifT cost i/ou five sanw. as the. one. ifou've. oHde^ed^ 'Vans faithfuMij,... 146 ui The Robinsons became extremely excited and called the company the same day to say yes. The hole was transported in a huge tnick, driven by Alf, accompanied by Bert. Alf and Bert treated the hole with great care. They took their work very^ seriously, and Alf often asked Bert if the hole was safe. All went well until they reached a steep hill. While they were climbing it, the hole slipped from their hands and got lost. Now the Robinsons are thinking of making a new order. B. Read the list of adjectives below. Write out those which in your opinion can be used to characterize the story. Explain why you have chosen them. amazing boring clever crazy dangerous depressing disastrous dramatic effective encouraging fantastic funny heart-breaking humorous intriguing inventive logical long modern original poetic powerful specific stupid terrible thought-provoking uncompromi.sing unexpected unrealistic unusual Step 9 DO IT TOCETHER Listen to six people, ® (46), speaking about protecting animals. Match the statements (a—g) with what they say (1 - 6). There is one statement you donT have to use. a) The speaker suppoits animal protecting organizalioas financially. b) The speaker shares his/her ideas with other people and finds their understanding. c) The speaker has joined a group of people who try to forbid using animal skins. d) This speaker believes that not all mean.s of transport are ecologically fi icndlj. e) This speaker thinks that changing people’s eating habits can help to protect animals 0 This speaker shares his/her land with wild creatures. g) This speaker doesn’t buy one particular type of clothes. Ni Read the text and fill in the blanks (1—7) with the parts of the sentences (a—h). There is one part you don't have to use. Cioing Green Going green is easier than many people think. There are little things we can do every day to help our planet. Everyone should remember that taking care of the Earth is not just a i c-sponsibilily — it’s a privilege. Here are some simple rules (1) .... A. Pay attention to how you use water. The little things can make a big difference. Every lime (2) ... while you’re brushing your teeth, you’re doing something good. Leaky' taps and toilets may be wasting about 200 gallons (760 litres) of water a day. Wash your clothes in cold water when you can. B. Leave your car at home. If you can stay off the road just two days a week, the emission of greenhouse gas into the air will be dramatically smaller. Walk or ride your bike (3).... Besides helping the planet you’ll be burning some calories and improving your health. If you can’t walk or bike, use public transport. Every car not on the road (4).... C. Recycle. You can help make pollution smaller just by putting that Juice carton in tlie appropriate rubbish bin. (5)... buy the one with less packaging^. Don’t waste paper. Use both sides of a piece of paper when you can. D. Compost. Think of how much rubbish you make in a year and how much space it takes. Plus, adding compost to the soil makes it richer (6).... E. Make your home more eneigy cfTtcicnl. Turn ofT the healing system when you don’t need it. Turn off your TV or computer in.stead of leaving it on standby^. Turn off lights when you’re not in the room. (7)... to be green. a) if you’re trying to choose between two products b) makes a difference c) you turn off the water d) to work, school or anywhere you can e) we can easily follow f) it only takes a .second g) and belter for growing things h) if everyone remembers to do it A. Look through the text of Exercise 7. again. Work in pairs and decide: • which of the rules mentioned in it may turn out to be more cfl'ectivc; • which of them can hardly give any result; • what other rules you could add to the list. B. Share your opinions with the rest of the group. 147 ft “C I isten, 9 (47), and read. A. conquer I'kogka] — завоёпътпать disaster 1 di'za:sta] — катастрофа predict [pri'dikt] — предсказ1,твать rescue fVeskju:] v — спасать rescue n — citacenne revenge I n'venc^j — месть surface I'ss-.fis] — поперхпость wave I wciv] — волна witness [’witnis] n — очепртдец, спидетепь witness V — быть очевилием, свидетелем get rid of something избавиться от чего-либо volcano eruption [I'rApJn] — извержение вулкана ‘ leaky L'li:ld] — текущий - packaging ['pa^kickipj — упаковка ’ on standby ['stamdbai] — в состоянии готовности, в режиме ожидания 148 с Z3 г+ Ul ; >. conquer: to conquer the land, to be conquered by the army. Early in the 11th century t whole of England was conquered by the Vikings, disaster: a natural disaster, to be a disaster for somebody/something, to end in disaster. A tsunami [tso‘na:mi] is a natural disaster. More bad weather wiJJ be a disaster lor the farmers. My carefully planned party ended in disaster. predict: to predict heavy rain, to predict inflation, to predict a disaster. 1 don’t believe t one’s future can be predicted, rescue v: to rescue a person, to rescue an animal, to rescue a bird. He jumped into the water to rescue a small child who evidently couldn’t swim, rescue m to come to someone’s rescue. The child was alone in the burning house but the fireman came to his rescue. revenge: to think about revenge, to act out of revenge, to take revenge on somebody I know he has done it out of revenge. If you hurt or harm my friend. I’ll take revenge on you. surface: a sorl of surface, a hard surface, the surface of the water, the surface of the soil There was an oil spill on the water surface. wave: over the wave, a water wave, to move in waves. Sound, heat and light move in waves. A tsunami is a huge powerful ocean wave. witness «: a witness to the accident, a witness to the incident. Any witnesses to the incident are asked to contact the police. witness v: to witness a car accident, to witness a fight. If you witness something, you see it happen. get rid of something: to get rid of typical mistakes, to get rid of the witnesses, to get rid of the old car. I tiiink you should get rid of this habit. volcano eruption: volcano eruptions happen from time to time. Some volcano eruptions are disastrous. Match the new words with their definitions. 1)conquer a) 2) disaster b) 3) erupt c) 4) predict d) 5) rescue e) 6) witness 0 7) surface g) 8) revenge h) about what happened which a lot of people are killed Social English Q Иногда в разговоре возникает необходимость ободрить или успокоить собеседника Следующие фразы помогут вам сделать это. Don’t Ьс afraid. 1 shouldn’t worry' about it/that. Don’t worry your head about it. Don’t bother' about it/that. Tm sure your can cope- with this. 1 assure you: everything will be fine. Don’t take it to heart. Take it easy. Where there’s life there’s hope. I think you’re overreacting. Calm down. ‘ to bother [Ъобэ] — беспокоиться ^ to cope [кэор] — справляться г Choose appropriate phrases from the list above for your reaction. Add 1—3 phrases where you can. 1) — f can’t climb trees. Please don’t make me! — Don’t be afraid. Г11 help yon. 2) — I’ll never ever see my friend again, 3) — They say there has been another volcano eruption in Iceland. 4) — She says she’ll take her revenge on me. • • • 5) — Just look at that huge wave! I’m getting out of tlie water. 6) — I can’t get rid of the feeling that something is sure to go wronj 7) - Why do they never tell me an;ithing? I feel like an outsider! O’ 149 IjH Г+ П) “O ID 8) — Wliat an awful day! Ji’s the worst day in my life. 9) If I hear this song again, I’ll throw the television out of the window! • • • 10) — Why should I always do the most difficult work? Use the appropriate forms of the verbs on the right to get a complete and grammatically correct text. n .1 I There arc few people who never (I) ... hamsters or even (2)... them a.s pets. I used to have a golden hamster when I was about 7 or 8 years old. It was then that mv father told me this sloiy of ham.sters. Hamsters came from Syria. But by 1930 they all (3) ... as a .species. Then scientists began (4)... for them and (5) ... fifteen. Some of the hamsters had babies. Most of the young hamsters (6)... to zoos in different countries and now' there are millions. Golden ham.sters (7) ... in S>Tia again but it happened much (8)..., in 1971. It doe.sn’t often happen that a species (9)... and then (10)... again. So this is a stoiy with a happy ending. see keep disappear look, find move find late disappear, see DO IT ON YOUR OWN Complete the sentences using the words from the box > • ^ disaster, erupted, concgiered, revenge, rid, predict, rescue, surface, waves, witness, wit-ne.sses 1 1) Volcano eruption is a natural.... 2) We swore to lake ... on our attacker. ,3) It is hard to ... what he will do when he finds out about it. 4) They had to ... the tourists who had lost theii way in the mountains. 1'he astronauts explored the ... of the moon. 6) It is not always eas) to get... of harmful habits. 7) When Vesuvius... in AD 79‘, it buried the Roman city of Pom- AD 79 — 79 год ao пашей эры (Anno Domini) 1 ,гспэи 'dominai] 150 ui 10 peii. 8) Arc there any... to the car accident in Oxford Street? 9) The Normans ... England in 1066. lO) We can ... serious climatic changes nowadays. 11) T sal on a bench listening to the .sound of... breaking on the rocks of the sliore. Complete the sentences using a/an, the and zero article where necessary. 1) ... bald ibis is a very rare bird. They live in ... Morocco and ... Turkey in small numbers. 2) ... Yangtze River runs acro.ss the territoiy of... People’s Republic of China from ... east to ... west. 3) The first national parks opened more than ... hundred years ago. One of... first was Cjran Paradiso National Park in ... Italy. 4) ... good zoo is .sometimes ... only place for animals in danger. 5) Let’s make ... world ... nicer place for all living things. 6) From the Grand Hotel they took... taxi to ... Central Railway Station. Thai was the beginning of their fantastic journey to ... Arctic Ocean. 7)... Natural Museum in Washington, D.C. is one of... most interesting museums of this kind in ... world. 8) ... river dolphins in ... Ganges River (in ... India and ... Bangladesh) are ... endangered species. 9) ... coasts of... Mediterranean Sea are famous for their superb climate. lO) After ... dinner we watched ... new T\' pro-gmmme about... national parks of... Russian Federation. Some sentences in these dialogues have mistakes. Correct them. 1) What will happen to us all? — I insure you everything will be fine. 2) Will I ever be able to forget the disastrous events? — I’m sure you will. Wliere there’s hope, there’s life. 3) I don’t want to see him again as long as I live. — Calm up. He is not to blame for what’s happened. 4) We can’t do everything on our own. — Don’t worry your heart about it. A lot of people arc ready to give a hand. 5) We’re going to be late again. — Take it easy, we can go there in a taxi and save some time. 6) Jenny hates me, she treats me like an enemy. — You are overreacting again. Yesterday I heard her say you were her best boss ever. 7) I simply can’t complete the project by Friday. — I’m sure you can manage with it. You just need to concentrate. Step 10 DO IT TOGETHER Listen to 6 texts about ecological organizations, ф (48), and match the names of the organizations (1—6) with the statements giving some information about them (a—g). One statement you don't have to use. Organizations 1) People for the Ethical Treatment of Animals (PETA) 2) Invasive Species Specialist Group (ISSG) 3) The Royal Society for the Prevention of Cruelly to Animals (the RSPCA) 4) Cireenpcace 5) T he World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) 6) Kids for a Clean Environment WWF tnv«}v* SpMKiCrat -VO p// RSPCA Statements a) Among other things this organization fights against wars. b) This organization operates on the territory of just one continent. c) Some members of this organization don’t pay for their membership. d) This organization operates on the territory of just one countiy, the U K. e) This organization focuses its attention on one kind of species. f) Members of this organization believe that people shouldn’t use animals for their purposes. g) This organization includes more members than any other organization of its kind. ретА L^uiUerctl N. N. Give a 2-mlnute talk on ecological organizations. Remember to say; if such organizations are important; • how their work helps to change people’s indifTerencc to ciivirunmcntal problems; - what influence their work has on government decisions, public opinion; ' if they are likely to win supporters and followers around the world. You and your friend want to join one of ecological organizations. Discuss with him/her which one is the best to join. Consider the following options: a) the World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF); b) Greenpeace; c) Kids for a Clean Environment; d) a local organization, whose aim is to make the local environment cleaner and healthier. You begin the conversation and have to decide which option (only one) to choose. Remember to: 151 i/' r+ о ■о discuss all the options; take an active part in the discussion and be polite; come up with ideas; give good reasons; find out your friend’s opinion and take it into account; come to an agreement. A, Read the words in transcription and then check, ф (49). 1) drought [draut] — засуха 2) earthquake [‘aiGkweik] — землезрясение 3) flood [flAd] — наводнение 4) hurricane [’Ьлпкэп] — ураган 5) rainfall ['reinfD:!] — осадки 6) tornado Itoi'ncidau] — торнадо 7) tsunami [tsu'na:mi] — цунами 8) volcano [vDl'keinao] — вулкан 9) heavy shower [,hevi ‘Jauaj — ливень В. What are they? a) major tropical storm.s that can cause huge waves, wind and rain b) a sudden shaking movement of the ground c) a very strong wind that goes quickly round in a circle or funnel* ' a funnel ['£лп1] — воронка Ml d) a long period of time when there is little or no rain and crops die c) the amount of rain that falls in a particular area during a particular time f) a short period when it rains hard g) a very large wave that causes a lot of damage when it hits the land h) a mountain that forces hoi gas, rocks, ash and lava into the air i) a large amount of water that covers an area which was dry before Read the text and match its paragraphs (1—6) with the titles (a—g). Think of a title for the text. 152 c r-f Ы 14 N. a) Scientists’ Cooperation Against Natural Disasters b) No More Fights with Nature c) A Doubtful Victory over Nature d) Nature Against Man Conquering It e) Nature and Man: a Way to Live Together f) The Future of the Larth g) Working Together Against Natural Disasters 1. At the beginning of his development Man was very dependent on Nature. With time, getting more knowledgeable, people began to try and conquer Nature, change the world around. New discoveries, inventions and technologies make us stronger and our lifestyle more comfortable. 2. But are we getting any wiser? Does ii really pay to bring destruction to our habitat? Evidently, time has come to reconsider our relationship with Nature and cooperate instead of struggling with it. 3. Anyhow, Mother Nature is not always kind to its children. Apart from man-made wc often witness natural disasters. Some people say that our planet “strikes back”, taking its revenge on people. From time to time in different parts of the world volcanoes begin to erupt, earthquakes destroy towns and cities, storms, hurricanes, tornadoes and tsunamis break out. Some areas are hit by floods, di oughts and forest fires. There is also a dangei of meteorites and asteroids i caching the surface of the Earth in the wrong place and causing great damage. We can’t get rid of these threats, but now we arc not as helpless as we used to be. 4. Through the centuries people have learned to predict most of natural disa.stei-s and to protect themselves from them. They have also learned to work together on the intemational level if a catastrophe strikes. Wc help each other with food, fresh water, medicines and other essential things when necessary. Fire brigades travel long distances to help struggle with forest fires, rescue teams give a helping hand to people whose countries have been struck by disa.siers. 5. Astronomers all over the world watch the night sky through powerful telescopes ready to share information about any kind of danger, seismologists warn people about earthquakes, volcano eruptions and tsunamis. Meteorologists study weather, climate and other a.specis of atmosphere. They develop reports and forecast from their analysis possible tornadoe.s and hurricanes. 6. If people can’t always live in harmony with Nature, they can at least try to live in harmony with other people and solve our common problems together. Complete the text with the derivatives ot the words on the right. There are certain (1) ...s in modern life that are (2) ... to get rid of. For example, noise: street noise, (.^) ... or domestic noise. There are standards of (4) ... level of noise and there arc (5) ...s responsible for controlling it. In nature loud sounds are rare, noise is rather weak and short. Birds’ voices, leaf (6) ... fall (7) ... on the human ear. But all these (8) ... sounds (9) ... completely in other noises. 1 he (10) ... city noise, when influencing people for a long time does not only damage the hearing, but also cau.ses (11) ... and makes concentration difficult. convenience, possible industry permit organize moi e, pleasant nature, appear, habit depress г Confusabie Words Scenery Знакомое вам слово landscape весьма близко по значению к именам существительным scenery и v/Vw, которые могут переводиться па русский язык как «пейзаж, вид». Сушес! вительнос scenery указывает на общее восприятие местности с точки зрения её красоты, причем обычно речь идёт об открытом пространстве. We passed through some beautiful scenery on our journey. Greece has some picturesque scenery. Существительное landscape используется, чтобы описать любую местность с холмами, долинами, горами в том или ином районе. Не stood on the hill admiring the landscape. Сущее гни i cjibHoe view обозначает вид, который от- ^^ крьтвается с определенного места. You get а good view from here. Jenny opened the window. What a view! 153 LO (t “a Express the same in Russian. 1) The landscape was typical of the I .ake District, with high mountains, lakes and deep valleys. 2) They enjoyed the beautiful sceneiy of Tasmania. 3) Your house has a fine view of the hills. 4) He painted a view of the lake that was seen from his hotel window. 5) A landscape is everything you can see when you look across an area of land, including hills, rivers, buildings, trees and other plants. 6) The windows of her flat looked out to an awesome view of London. 7) The story I read yesterday had the title “Л View' from the Window”. 8) As we came nearer to the border the sceneiy changed. 9) We were standing on the balcony admiring a strikingly picturesque view. 10) The place 1 have always wanted to visit is Scotland with its picturesque scenery. DO ПГ OIU YOUR OWni Find synonyms in the two columns and write 10-12 sentences with them 1) advantage a) rescue 2) disaster b) forecast 3)save c) witness 4) landscape 1 d) convenient 5) comfortable e) benefit 6) predict f) scenery 7) observer g) catastrophe Ne, Choose the appropriate words to complete the sentences. 1) The trip turned out to be shoitei than we thought: it took us an hour and a half to ... to the open-air museum. a) go b) get c) arrive d) reach 2) The ... from the top of the hill was fantastic. a) .scenery b) landscape c) picture d) view 3) Some ... are so powerful that they cause the ground to split’ and buildings to fall down, a) tsunamis b) hurricanes c) tornadoes d) earthquakes 4) At la.st they managed to ... some money and buy a house of their own, a) save b) protect c) rescue d) defend to split [split] — раскалываться, разверзаться 154 w 10 5) As usual he chose the most... armchair in the room and occupied it for the rest of the evening. a) convenient b) cosy c) good d) comfortable 6) Why don’t you ... your friend the whole story? He may give you some good advice, a) say b) speak c) tell d) talk 7) 1 still remember the beautiful mountain ... we passed through on our way to the north, a) view b) scenery c) sight d) site 8) Julia lives in the ... and travels to the city centre every day. a) outside b) distance c) suburbs d) outdoors 9) With her haircut... she looked a different pei*son. a) out b) down c) up d) off 10) The police are looking for people who happened to ... yesterday’s road accident, a) look at b) witness c) look d) pay attention 11) The astronauts explored the ... of the Moon. a) land b) earth c) .surface d) face 12) After three weeks ... waters finally moved back. a) flood b) tsunami c) tornado d) drought Complete the sentences using a/an, the or zero article where necessary. 1) 1 like ... music he is playing. 2) ... tiger is in danger of dying out. 3) She is studying ... history of... China. 4) I’d like ... glass of water. 5) They have got two children:... boy and ... girl.... boy is older than ... girl. 6)... English Channel is the naiTow area of water between ... England and ... France. 7) Gregory Marshall lives in ... city of... London. ... Ritz hotel is not far from ... place where he lives. 8) He is ... student of... Oxl'ord University, 9) British wool such as cashmere and mohair comes mostly from ... Shetland Islands. 10) This species of flora is found only in ... Alaska. Step 11 Consolidation Class N, DO IT TOGETHER You will hear an interview with Judy Miller, (50). Complete the statements (1—7) with the appropriate items. 1) Judy decided to study science .... a) after the catastrophe she had witnessed b) after the “hurricane season” c) after the tornado 2) New Orleans is the place .... a) where Hurricane Katrina began b) which opens tlie so-called “Hurricane season” c) where a natural disaster happened 3) According to Judy ... in 2005. a) less than half of New Orleans’ territoi'y was flooded b) more than half of New Orleans’ territory was flooded c) all New Orleans was flooded 4) Judy describes Katrina as ... in history. a) the strongest tropical storm b) one of the strongest tropical storms c) one of the ordinary tropical .storms 5) Judy mentions that... . a) hurricanes never happen in winter b) hurricanes usually happen in winter c) huiricancs sometimes happen in winter 6) Judy explains that.... a) hurricanes depend on the warmth of the ocean surface b) hurricanes come from the warm ocean water c) hurricanes give warmth to the ocean surface 7) Judy says that.... a) the warmer the climate is the more hurricanes happen b) the beginning of a hurricane is stronger than its end c) when winds become weaker during a hurricane it means the storm is coming to its end Answer the following questions. 1) Why do people at the beginning of a new millennium spend so much time and effort trying to draw public attention to i he problems of ecology? 2) Wliat ecological problems of nowadays are most serious? 3) Why are scientists so much concerned about the process of global warming? 4) Do you think global warming and other climatic changes are caused by liiiman activities? Which ot them? Do you witness any changes in the place where you live? What are they? Are they for the better or for the worse? 5) Why do people at the beginning of the 21st century think so much about the energy they use? 6) Wliy, in your view, are so many people in western countries against nuclear power stations? 7) But in lots of countries of tlie world nuclear power stations are being used, aren’t they? Why then, if they are so dangerous? 8) It’s common knowledge that cars pollute city air. Can this problem be solved? How? 9) Why do national governments develop national parks? 10) Do you think peoples of the world can solve the ecological problems of our time? If so, in what way? How can individuals help solve them? 11) What events are called natural disasters? Why are they dangerous? Do you think people are helpless here? Revise the vocabulary you can use speaking about nature and the relationship of Man and Nature. A. Nature is our habitat which is lovely in any season and weather. When we are in har- mony with it: • the air is clean and fresh; • the sun shines brightly in the cloudless sky; • a light wind or breeze blows; • the trees are dressed in green; the sea is calm, the water is clear; everything around is in full bloom; in winter it is frosty, big white snowflakes can fall down to the ground which is covered with snow. B- But Nature is not always so friendly. From time to time it can hit back Man who is trying to conquer it, in which case: • volcanoes begin erupting; • it can pour with rain; • earthquakes can destroy cities; ♦ the sky is overcast, there arc claps of • storms, tornados, tsunamis and thunder and flashes of lightning; hurricanes break out; • droughts and floods happen. c. People's activity can bring about very undesirable results: • shortage of fresh water and food; • global wanning and climatic changes; • waste dumping, burying nuclear waste; ■ increase of dangerous ultraviolet light; • air, water and soil pollution; • forest destniction, forest fires; • nuclear (radioactive) pollution; • endangered or extinct species of plants and animals. n> T3 г The situation can get out of our control unless people all over the v\/orld work togeth- er to solve ecological problems: encourage waste recycling; - reduce the burning of coal, oil and gas; develop alternative sources of energy; stop polluting water, air and soil; ' develop national and international programmes to protect flora and fauna; protect endangered species create more national parks; make laws to protect nature; encourage people to be “green 14 Ni ^ /- 156 Prepare a talk on any of the topics (A, B, C). A. Describe a really wonderful day you soent out of town. c D Ы Mention the following: • what the weather was like; - what the place looked like; • where you were and what you were doing; • why you remember the day. B. Describe a particularly awful day. Mention the following: what the weather w'as like; • what the place looked like; • where you were and what you were doing; • why you rememl'>er the day. C Speak on the topic "Man and His Endangered Home Mention the following; • human activities threatening ecological balance; • negative results of these activities which arc evident now; • ecological awareness; • possible ways out. ft Read the eight parts (a—h) of the text and put them in a logical order to get a complete story. The first part is marked a). Little Red Riding l1ot>d: The Woirs. Story a) OK, so I got killed in the end. I’m not complaining about that. I wasn’t as clever as I thoughl I was. But I want you to know my stoty^ because I hate lies and the official accounts of what happened that day are all lies. b) Anyway, as f said, I didn’t want to cal her. The fact is, 1 was after Red Riding Hood’s basket with all the wonderful food in it. I thought of stealing it from her there and then, but for three reasons I didn’t. First, I didn’t want to make her unhappy. Second, she might have started screaming and I don’t like screams. And third, she might have started a fight and 1 was in no condition for it. c) Bm just my luck! At that very moment granny herself entered the room. “Hullo', Red Riding Hood,” said Granny. Hullo, Grandma,” said Red Riding Hood. Hullo, trouble,” said I to myself. “Grandma,” said Red Riding Hood, *‘if you’re here, who could that be in your bed?” I ook,” 1 said, “it’s all been a terrible mistake...” It’s the big bad wolf!” screamed the girl. d) The first lie is all that big-bad-wolf busine.ss. Big? T may have been average si/e once, but by the time I was killed, I was really skinny as I hadn’t a decent meal for weeks. 4i 4i 44 * hullo = hello (another possible variant i.4 hallo) I е) Му plan was simple. I wanted to run to Granny’s cottage, frighten her a bit and then let her ШП away. Ч hen I wanted to pretend I was Granny and get Red Riding Hood's basket. Only things didn’t quite work out that way. First of all. Cranny wasn't there. I thought it was my lucky day. In a few minutes, Little Red Riding Hood came along. \\Ъеп she knocked at the door, 1 was in bed. t) Next we come to the question of motive. The history books say I wanted to eat Little Red Riding Hood. I didn’t and 1 can prove it. But even if I HAD wanted to eat her, what's so terrible about that? When she had eggs and bacon for breakfast, did anyone say a word? Wlien she had turkey for Christmas, did she think about what had happened to Mrs Turkey? Wliat’s the ditTerence between a little girl eating me and my mates and me eating a little girl? g) And before T even had a chance to impress them with my intellect. Granny had shot at me three times. They didn’t even call the vet. And while I lay there, they calmly discussed the tale they would tell the newspaper reporters. You know the story they made up only too well. But I died happy in the knowledge that nobody in the whole wide world could be stupid enough to believe it. Or wa.s 1 wrong? h) ‘‘How are you. Grandma?” she asked. “I’m not well at all, dear,” I said. “I’ve got a catching illness, and as I don’t want you to catch it too, Г11 stay in bed. Just leave the basket there, dear, and run along home.” “Yes, Grandma,” said Red Riding Hood. She put down the basket and turned round to leave. 157 in Ф X In pairs or in groups discuss the new variant of the classical fairy tale. Consider the following: • which things are alike and which are diffierent in the two variants; • which of the two you like more (explain your reasons); • whose point of view is expressed in the new' variant; • if it is possible to accept the wolfs explanations and his reasoning; • if animals have rights; ^ if it is necessary to defend their rights. Complete the sentences with the appropriate articles. 1) T hat day they decided to eat... supper in the kitchen. 2)... fai m was situated in ... valley in ... very picturesque place. .'5)... elephant is ... very large animal whose habitat is some parts of ... Asia and ... Africa. 4) ... sea is calm today. 5) ... seal, ... large fish-eating animal, Ihes mostly on ... cold seacoasts and on ... floating ice. 6)... children had ... very light lunch and soon got hungry again. 7) She went to ... Oxford University to get education. 8) Some people think that... New York is ... capital of... USA, but they make ... mi.stake. It is ... largest city in ... country but not... capital. 9) A lot of tourists go to ... Africa to see ... Lake Victoria and ... Mount KJJimanjaro. Ш) Kennedy Airport is one of... busiest in ... world. 11)... Central Hotel is... place where 1 always stay when 1 come to this Гоаа п. 12)... Nile starts in ... hean of ... African continent and flows to ... north. DO IT 01У YOUR OWN Choose the right words to complete the sentences. 1) Volcanoes (cmpi/strike) and tornadoes (eriipl/strike). 2) They cut (up/down) trees to make new roads and build towns. 3) Oil (poison/spills) on the water surface are dangerous for water birds and animals. 4) We should (acquirc/encourage) our governments to make green laws. 5) It’s time for people to understand the (benefit/value) of human life and stop all wars. 6) Cars may be a very (comfortable/convcnicnt) means ol transport but they remain a source of pollulion. 7) The concert was (attended/visited) by t housands of rock music lovers. 8) It’s not easy to get to the city centre during the (rush/traffic) hour. 9) Crowded streets are a (characteristic/picturesque) feature of big cities. 10) John (screamed/svrore) he soon return and he kept his oath. 11) Why can’t people agree to use bicycles instead of cars and (then/ihus) help to solve the problem of air pollution? 12) The park was somebody’s private (heritage/property) and wc were not allowed to enter it. Complete the sentences with the appropriate function words. 158 c Ы 1) The entrance to the museum was free ... charge, which helped us to save some money. 2) The task is not easy but I know that you can cope ... it. 3) Count Monte Christo’s aim was to take revenge ... his enemies. 4) I couldn’t gel rid ... the feeling that something remarkable is going to happen soon. 5) At that time huge territories of Asia were conquered ... Alexander of Macedonia. 6) Don’t worry your head ... what these people say. Their opinion doesn’t count. 7) We cut all interesting anicles ... of English newspapers. 8) After cutting ... her long hair she looked like a boy. 9) We can often sec petrol spilt ... the roads. 10) I was surprised that those southeni plants managed to grow ... ihe conditions of a norlhem country'. 1 I) The small picturesque village was situated ... the coast of the Allanlic Ocean. 12) They lived ... Ф the suburbs of London far from the citv centre. 10 Revise as...as idioms and complete the sentences. 1) It is as cold as ... in the office. Let’s switch on the heating system. 2) When necessary, she could be as hard as .... 3) The foreign excliange market was as dead as a .... 4) Lynda Bryan is usually as cool as a ..., but if a spider crosses her path or she sees a mouse, her self-control can vanish immediately. 5) 1 was a newcomer to the world of science, as green as ... , 6) When I had finished the course with excellent results, I felt as high as a ... . 7) On the beach she found Steve as brown as a ... and in liis usual fine spirits. 8) Both managers can count on one thing — their jobs are as safe as.... 9) Angus Wilson is a dull writer and that’s a fact. Dull as .... 10) And what do you expect? Site’s as thick as .... Step 12 Test Yourself and Prepare for the National Examination I. Listenin N. You will hear six people speaking about the environment and nature, (51). Match what they say (1—6) with the statements (a—g). There is one statement you don't have to use. a) fhe speaker admires some wonders of Nature. b) 'fhe speaker saves energy by walking the .stairs to get to his living place. c) fhe speaker talks about the purpose of tlie organization hc/she belongs to. d) T he speaker talks about the scientific project he/she is involved in. e) d'he speaker understands the necessity of immediate actions to stop climatic changes. 0 The speaker gives examples of natural disasters. g) The speaker is sure that any person can do something to improve the environment. Maxirnum result Your result 7 ? J. Ne. Readin Read the interview with Mr Roll, an ecologist, and complete the statements after the text. 0^ ^ Tropic of Capricorn 159 1Л ct fD T3 ro Interviewer: Mr Roll, you are one of the most celebrated scientists working to study and protect tropical forests. What are tropical forests and where can they be found? Mr Roll: Tropical forests are a belt of vegetation growing on either side of the equator. Strictly speaking, any forest between the tropics of Cancer and Capricorn' can be called ‘"tropical forest”. Interviewer: How big is this territory? Mr Roll: At the moment tropical forests cover about 35 million square km, which is close to one fifth of the Earth's land. Interviewer: Do the terms “tropical forest” and “rain forest” mean the same? Mr Roll: Not exactly the .same. In fact, rain forest is only one part of tropical forest. It is closest to the equator. Most of the plants that grow In it are evergreen. Trees in rain forest gmw very close to each other and compete with each other to reach the light. That’s why trees in such forests are very tall and thin with leaves at the top where the light is. Interviewer: Wfiy are tropical forests so rniieh in the focus of public attention? Mr Roll: Tropical forests have a great variety of wildlife and plants. Their number is so large that tropical forests explorers can count on many fascinating discoveries. It is common knowledge that tropical forests play a veiy important role in balancing the world climate and supplying the planet with oxygen to breathe. Interviewer: It is clear that tropical forests everywhere are in danger. How bad is the situation and what is the reason for it? Mr Roll: The disappearance of tropical forests has two main causes. The first is commercial loggers, people who cut trees. They are attracted by valuable hardwood trees, which are very expensive and can cost up to a tliousand dollars each. The second reason is tanners who come from cities and towns. In South America alone they are responsible for the burning of 25,000 square km of forest annually to make room for tropical grassland. Interviewer: You mean grassland to be used as pastures^? Mr Roll: Exactly. They need grassland for their cattle which is sold to European and North American markets. The grass on such lands grows well only foi' two or three years, after which farmers have to move to new places and more trees get cut down and bin ni. Behind them such farmci-s leave a landscape known as “Greek desen”, areas that are ugly and commercially valueless. Interviewer: Don’t people living in those countries see the danger? Mr Roll: They may do, but the problem is that developing countries are deep in financial crisis, and want a quick return of their money. They say that they have to think about their population in the first place. ' tropics of Cancer and Capricorn — 1 роиики Рака (северный) и Козерога (южный); параллели с широтами 23“07’ по обе стороны от экватора. - а pasture ['pa:s^al — пастбише 160 w 1) Tropical forests are ... the tropics of Cancer and Capricorn. a) beyond c) close to b) above d) limited by 2) The term ‘‘tropical forest” ... “rain forest”. a) excludes c) is equivalenl to b) includes d) stands apart from 3) Most trees in rain forests remain green .... a) all the year round c) when it is light b) during warm seasons d) if They are on the equator 4) Tropical forests are destroyed by ... . ^ a) loggers and farmers b) loggers and explorers 5) Rain forests are mainly cut down .... a) to build towns and cities b) to make room for houses 6) The landscape known as “Greek desert” is .... a) priceless c) worthless b) invaluable d) valuable 7) People living in South America .... a) don't see the danger in rainforests disappearance b) don’t believe this is a problem of the developing counirics c) don’t think that uncertain fliture is more important than immediate needs of the popula tion d) don’t consider 1 his fact as a disaster c) loggers, farmers and explorers d) farmers and explorers c) to buy valuable hardwood trees d) to raise cows and bulls Maximum result Your result 7 7 □ N. Use of €nglish Read the text and complete it with the derivatives of the words on the right. Ж1 • — Л ? • ’‘t r * > ^ ^ Г* A Hurricane Can Bring I ots of Harm Just as Hurricane Ike was about to strike the (1) ... Bahamian island of Great Inagua its (2)... of flamingoes began to (3) .... The island is often visited by numerous (4)... who come to watch in (5)... 60 thousand strong flamingo birds. Before Hurricane Ike hit the island most of the birds began their (6)... to some unknown parts. After the storm thirty (7)... flamingoes were found dead. Some of the birds relumed to the island but over 55 thousand are still missing. Maximum result Your result south populate, appear tour, admire evacuate beauty 7 7 N, F Б Complete the text using the appropriate forms of the words on the right. 161 Antarctica at Risk from Human Activities The continent of Antarctica is at risk from human activities and other (1) ... - “Environmental management (2)... to protect tlie planet’s last great wilderness area,” (3)... an international team of researchers, (4) ... Mahlon Kcnnicuti, a famous oceanographer. Lately they (5)... a paper that (6)... Antarctica faces growing tlueats from global warming, loss of sea ice and landed ice as well as overfishing in the region. The authors note that if the situation (7) ... we’ll see absolutely disastrous results in the near future. force, need say include publish, prove not change Maximum result Your result 7 7 Choose the appropriate words to complete the text. Wliat Will the Giant Fancla's Future Be? The giant panda is (1)... loved, and of course has a special .significance for WWT (World Wide Fund for Nature) as it has been the organization’s (2)... since 1961. Pandas have a while (3) ... with black fur on their ears, muzzle, legs, shoulders and (4)... their eyes. Giant pandas are bear like animals which have adapted to a vegetarian diet and depend almost exclusively on bamboo as a food (5) -. Today, the giant panda’s future remains (6) .... This peaceful, bamboo-eating member of the bear family faces a number of threats. The habitat destruction is one of them. The survival of the panda and the (7)... of its habitat depend mainly on people. 1) a) globally b) worldly c) universally d) publicly 2) a) project b) slogan c) badge d) .symbol 3) a) dress b) coat c) hai г d) fur 4) a) around b) over c) aside d) along 5) a) source b) cause c) course d)sauce 6)a)changed b) unchanged c) certain d) uncertain 7) a) defending b) protection c) keeping d) supportina Maximum result 1 Your result 7 N, 162 Л.—' d r+ w F. Ni IV. Witting Comment on one of the following statements in 200—250 words. 1) Some pollution happens by accident but in most cases it is deliberate'. 2) Strong laws are necessary to preserve the Earth as a beautiful planet. 3) Animals suffer from pollution more than humans. 4) Every little helps to prevent the Earth from disaster. Use the following plan: • make an introduction to state the problem; • express your personal opinion and give 2—3 reasons for your opinion; • express an opposing opinion and give 1 —2 rea.sons for the opposing opinion; • explain why you don’t agree with the opposing opinion; • make a conclusion restating the problem. ГУ!.?х1гпит result Your result 7 7 You have received a letter from your English-speaking pen friend. Max by name. In his letter Max writes: Lost week we had on ecology class and discussed various animals that make the world a richer, a more interesting and a more beautiful place for us to live in. Unfortunately, fairly many of them are endangered or may become endangered. Do you sometimes discuss ecological problems in class? What are the topics you га15г during your discussions? What do you do to change the environment for the better? As for the latest news^my sister is going to marry soon... Write a letter to Max. In your letter: answer his questions; ask 3 questions about his sister’s future wedding. Maximum result Your result 7 7 Count your total result. Total result Your total result 49 7 Are you satisfied with it? Could your total result be better? What, in your opinion, you should do to make it better? Look through the steps of Unit Three and say: • if the material of the unit was interesting, useful, widening your scope; • if you found any new ideas in the texts and exercises of the unit; • if any of the problems rai.sed in the unit were surprising, made you think them over; ' deliberate [di'libsrit] — преднамеренный ■41 if the unit helped you to revise grammar and vocabulary; what new information about the English language you have learnt; what things were easy/difficult; whai tasks you specifically remember and why. Project Work Three 9Ш ЙЙ Prepare a computer presentation on the topic "In Harmony with Nature You may concentrate on one of the following: • wildlife; • wonders of nature; • ecological problems today; • natural and man-made disasters; • wonders of nature; • people and their environment. Be ready to give your presentation in class. It shouldn't take longer than five minutes. Try to make your presentation interesting, illustrate it with photos, pictures etc. 163 ил fD T] Ni Unit In Harmony with the World Why People Travel How People Travel Where People Travel and Stay j I What People Do While Travelling What Is Good to Remember While Travelling Sightseeing Shopping Step 1 DO IT TOGETHER A. Listen to the song, ^ (52), read It and sing it along. 'riie Best Way to Travel And you can fly H Igh as a kite if you want to Faster than light if you want to 8реесИпц through the universe Thinking is the best way to travel It’s all a dream I -ighl passing by on the screen And there’s you and 1 on the beam Speeding through the universe Thinking is the best way to travel. And you can fly High as a kite if you want to. Faster than light if you want to Speeding through the universe Thinking is the best way to travel. мчась сквозь вселенную луч В. Do you agree that "thinking is the best way to travel"? Say why or why not. Work in groups. Interview your classmates and find out which of them: I # # never travelled to other towns or cities; never travelled abroad; travelled alone; stayed at hotels; never travelled by air; never travelled by sea; prefers travelling on foot; hates travelling by train; can drive a car; takes a lot of luggage on a journey; travels light (with little luggage); likes to talk to their fellow passengers; likes seeing people off; believes that “there is no place like home'^ A. Read the text and give it a name I ’ l.4i 11* ‘.'v: i londonI Kilimanjaro TO rtdCHUt MCUMTAtM '■HE ' ALASKA RIVtK GUI ?£ ng n the 1оЛ .1т» 165 о Millions of people prefer to leam about the world by travelling. They say it’s better to see things once with your own eyes than to hear about them many times or read about them in books, newspapers, magazines as well as surfing the Net. The best way to know and understand people is to meet them in their own environment, thus you’ll be able to form a more or less adequate idea of them. Dictionaries say that “to travel is to go on a journey or visit different places, especially places that are far away from where you live or work”, or just “to go from one place to another, especially in a vehicle'”. People travel by train, by air or plane, by sea or by boat, by land which usually means going by bus, by car or by coach. Ail methods of travelling have their advantages and disadvantages. You choose one according to your aims and preferences. It’s common knowledge that the fa.stest way of travelling is travelling by plane, the cheapest — is travelling on foot- But which one is the most comfortable? It depends. Opinions vary. Aims of travelling vary as well. Some people travel lor pleasure and some on business, some take part In educational programmes or sports activities, some have exciting hobbies that make them leave their homes and move to faraway countries. If one is interested in tropical plants or animals, likes to take pictures under water or is fond of surfing, they will inevitably visit some particular areas. Many people spend their holidays travelling. They want to see other countries and continents, modern cities and ruins of ancient civilizations, they travel to enjoy picturesque places or just for a change. И’s always interesting to discover something unusual and remarkable, to meet different people, to try exotic food and leam new things. B. Make an outline of the text and speak on each of its items. Answer the questions. 1) How do you prefer to travel? Wiiy? 2) Does the method of travelling you choose depend on the aim of your journey? 3) Which, in your view, is the most comfortable means of travelling? Which one is the most convenient? ’ a vehicle ['vi:ikl I — транспортное срсдс гко 4) V/hat are the advantages and disadvantages of travelling by air, by sea, by car and by plane? 5) Which things can make your journey more pleasant? 6) What can spoil the impression of your trip? 7) What was the longest journey you’ve ever made? 8) What was the most pleasanl one? 9) What do you think the transport of the future will be like? Complete the sentences using the prepositions from the box. 166 c 3 among, at (2), by, from (2), in (2), of, on (2), to (5), with 1) Welcome ... Britain! 2) Wlten we travel about Russia, we seldom stay at hotels, we usually stay ... our relatives who live ... different cities and towns. 3) Can you tell me how to get ... the airport... your house? 4) My grandparents like to travel... train, they .say they prefer it... other means... transport. 5) The train arrived ... Waterloo Station ... London. 6) Jane doesn’t like to change trains when ... a journey, she says she prefers through trains. 7) ... the ship deck 1 could see the passengers waving goodbye ... their friends standing below ... the crowd. 8) Was there a swimming pool ... the deck? 9) How much is a first-class ticket... London, please? Conf usable Words — — (^^^yage В английском языке идею нугсшссггвия или поездки можно передать слооами гг//?, journey у travel or voyage. Последнее имя существительное обозначает достаточно длительное путешеегБие по воде на корабле или лайнере, а также полёт в космос {а space voyage): А voyage from London to New York takes a lot of time. Сушсствитсльнос travel является неисчисляемым и обозначает не конкретную поездку, а вид деятельности. Our agency deals mostly with business travel. He came home after years of foreign travel. Обычными сочетаниями являются: air travel^ space travel^ road travels rail travel. Словосочетание travels предполагает ряд поездок, переездов, в течение определённого времени: During our travels in Europe, we visited six countries. Путешествие из одного места в другое обычно обозначается существительным Journey, особенно если это длительная поездка. А journey from Moscow to St Petersburg is much shorter nowadays if you travel by “Sap- san Непродолжительная поездка обозначается словом trip, причём предполагается, что. пробыв в пункте назначения некоторое время, человек возвращается назад. We had а lovely trip that lasted five days. Типичными сочетаниями являются: щ а bus (train, car) journey a twenty-minute joumey/trip, a two-hour joumey/trip a business (school, skiing, walking, sightseeing) trip a clay trip (when you go and come back on the same day) on a trip (journey, voyage) to make a journey to take a 1 rip Complete the sentences using the words travel, travels, journey, trip, voyage. I) Last year we had a long ... by train from Moscow to Paris. 2) My husband is away on a business ... in China. 3) These birds make an incredible 10,000-kilometre ... to Africa every winter. 4) They arrived in Nice after an eight-hour ... by car. 5) We decided to take a day ... to Oxford. 6) Our ... in South Atnerica were absolutely fantastic. 7) Tve made us some sandwiches to eat on the .... 8) The ... from England to Australia used to take several months. 9) They wished us a pleasant .... 10) 'I hey said goodbye and wished us a safe ... home. II) The job involves a lot of.... Grammar Participle Вы помните, что в английском языке сутсствуктгдва причастия — Paniciple I и Participle II, их можно сравнить с действительным и страдательным причастиями в русском языке: Participle /характери ivCT лицо или объекл, самостоятельно производящий какое-либо действие, а Paniciple /7— лицо или объект, нал которым совершено или совершается действие. Сравните; ап author writing а book — а book written by an author a child playing with a ball — a match played yesterday a girl telling her story — a story told by her 167 r+ П) "O A- Derive participle I and participle II from the following verbs 1) acqui re 6) encourage 2) attend 3) avoid 4) conquer 5) deserve 7) increase 8) inherit 9) involve 10) knit 11) poison 12) praise 13) predict 14) raise 15) recycle 16) reject 17) rescue 18) solve 19) spill 20) treat B. Use participle 1 or participle II of the verbs in brackets to complete the sentences. 1) A dog (treat) badly can hardly be kind to people. 2) In the picture you can see a woman (knit) .something that looks like a warm sweater. 3) 1 he (increase) population of this country mostly lives in big cities. 4) The water of a river (jvoison) by industrial wa.ste cannot be a home for plants and animals. 5) All the people (attend) the show were struck by the high level of performance. 6) We hope that the new generation (inherit) this world from us will be able to make it a better and a safer place. 7) All the people (involve) in the project contributed to its success. 8) The land (conquer) by Romans was not like their owm warm and sunny country. 9) There are people (solve) problems and people who prefer their problems to be (solve) by others. 10) More goods should be produced from (recycle) paper; it may help to save our forests. DO IT 01У YOUR OWN Choose the appropriate words to complete the sentences. 1) (Encouraging/encouraged) me to study mathematics my father helped me to choose my future career. 2) (Praising/Praised) by cvciyone he fell like a real star. 3) The plan (rejecting/ rejected) by the committee was only one of .several plans (presenting/presented) to them. 4) Oil (spilling/spilt) into the ocean is not ea.sy to remove. 5) Among the pupils there were two boys (deserving/deserved) our special thanks for their help. 6) (SpenJing/Spent) all your pocket money you made a big mistake. 7) AH the books (biiying/boughi) yesterdav turned out to be useful. 8) He spoke very- carefully (avoiding/avoided) any possible mistakes and slips of the tongue. 9) Tm .Sony about all that time (w'asting/wasted) on computer sames 10) Traditions (acquiring/acquired) long ago are carefuUy kept by new generations. N, Complete the text with the derivatives of the words on the right. 168 c D 10 The Best Place to F>at In Vancouver, Canada, the best place to eat specializing in (1)... cooking is (2) ... the well-known restaurant Raintree. It is situated in Alberni Street. The (3) ... use of local seafood and an (4)... good wine list together with (5)... views over the water of Grouse Mountain result in making a (6)... meal. Choose the appropriate replies. 1) — Goodbye, dear! My train is departing. a) — Goodbye. Have a nice day. b) — Goodbye. Have a good time. c) — Goodbye. Have a pleasant journey. 2) — Has he ever been abroad? a) — 1 don’t think. b) — I don’t think so. 3) — Would you like another cup of tea? a) I love it. b) — I’d love one. 4) — Would you like another sandwich? a) — Thank you, no. b) — Thank you very much, not now. c) — No, thanks. 5) — May I have a look at your ticket, please? a) — Here you are. b) — Yes, you may. 6) — I’ve missed my bus! a) — I’m so sorry. b) — It’s a problem. 7) — I’m going away on holiday next week. a) — Great. 1 love it. b) — Circal. Enjoy yourself. northwest probable imagine exceptional, picture memory c) — I don’t think it c) — ru have it. c) — Please. c) — Never mind. c) — Cireat. Best wishes, Зм, Step 2 DO IT TOGETHER Listen to five people speaking about the Cyclades ['saikbdirz], (53). Then texts (1—5) with their topics (a—^f). There is one topic you don't have to use. get to study the map first. match the Don't for- a) Climate of the islands b) Culture of the islands c) Formation of the islands d) Typical and specific features of the islands e) History of the islands 0 Location of the islands Use the participles of the verbs in brackets to complete the sentences. 1) I showed my friends the photographs (take) while I was on holidays. 2) One of the photos (show) an old ca.sile was especially good. 3) The bus (arrive) al 8.30 is usually overcrowded. 4) Most of all I liked the souvenirs (buy) at the seaside. 5) The journey (make) by the family was the longe.st they had ever had. 6) All tourists (visit) Rome go to Vatican. 7) Most people (travel) long distances prefer night trains. 8) The stoiy (tell) by my fellow-passenger was really unusual. 9) (Take) part in sports activities he has to travel a lot. 10) (Look) at the unfamiliar faces I felt lonely and unhappy. Listen, ^ (54), and read. A. amazing [a'meizii]] — удивительный, порази гсльный awake [a'weik] — бодрствующий divide [di'vaid] — делить pour [рэ:] — ЛИ1 ь, наливать sick [sik] — 1) испыгывающий тошноту (в/'jfe'); 2) больной {ЛтЕ) slip [slip] — 1) поскользнуться; 2) проскальзывать tie [tai] — привязывагь trouble ['tTAbl] — беда, проблема, неприятность on board (а ship, а plane) — на борту set out (on a journey, trip etc) — отправиться в п>пъ (в путешествие) B. amazing; ап amazing story, to have an amazing time, to do an amazing job. It's amazing how much children can remember. awake; to be awake, to remain awake, to lie awake, to keep somebody awake. 1 have been awake for hours. My granny says she often lies awake at night. We were kept awake all night by the noise. divide; to divide something into paits/groups, to divide something between/among somebody, to divide by 2 (3, 5 etc). Divide the cake into small pieces. Divide the class into three groups. Decide how you would like to divide the money among the children. Divide nine by three. pour; to pour some water into a bottle, to pour .somebody a drink. Sit down and Г11 pour you some juice. Tears were pouring down her face, it’s not raining. It's pouring (with rain), sick: I) I have eaten something bad I’m going to be sick. She always feels sick at sea. 2) a sick person. My friend was sick with flu' for a week. slip (slipped, slipped): 1) to slip on a wet floor. Margo slipped and broke her arm. 2) to slip into the room, to slip past somebody, to slip out of the house. Jane slipped out of the flat unnoticed. tie: to tie a tie, to tic up a horse to a tree. Hie criminal's hands were tied behind his back. Many young mothers feel tied to their babies a?id home. trouble: to have trouble with someone, to get into trouble, to be in i rouble, to run into trouble. The trouble started when I changed my job. I don’t think you’ll have trouble with John. Her arrival will cause me more trouble. on board (a ship, a plane): The plane had 125 passengers and crew on board. The police came on board the ship. set (set, set) out: After three days in the suburbs of Rome the travellers set out again. Paraphrase these sentences using the new words. I) It was raining very hard yesterday. 2) It was really усП' suniri.sing that they had not come. 3) Fred quietly came into the room unnoticed by anyone. 4) I had some problems and decided to talk to my parents. 5) I wanted to find out how many times “twelve” contains “four”. 6) I’m coming down with a cold or maybe I’m already ill. 7) I didn't sleep at all last night. 8) After я short stay at home they started on a new^ voyage. 9) She felt she couldn't leave her sick husband and decided to stay at home. 10) 1 he child is ill. 169 1Л t—V ft ТЭ Kl ’ flu [flu:] — I рмлп Conf usable Words 170 c Э laAA- (^SiclT^^ — Оба прилагательных sick и ill указывают на то, что человек, о котором идёт речь, нездоров. При этом в британском варианте английского языка предложения Не is sick и Не is ///понимаются по-разному: Не is sick (его тошнит). Не is ill (он болен). В американском варианте английского языка обе чти фразы означают, что человек болен. Не is sick. = Не is ill. Только прилагательное ill в подобных слу'чаях может усиливаться наречиями i seriously. John is seriously ill. В роли определения i олько прилагательное sick >лсазывает на нездоровье: а sick boy, а sick girl, sick children. Прилагательное /// в этой роли имеет значение «плохой», «дурной», «iiai-убный»: Ш news — дурные веези ill eft'ects — пагубные последствия ill fortune — несчастье ill feelings — обида ill luck — неве.зение ill results — плохие результаты Прилагательное .sick является частью таких сложных слов, как seasick, airsick, travel-sick, указывающих на то, что человека укачивает, тошнит: to be seasick — страдать морской болезнью to be airsick — быть подверженным укачиванию в самолёте to be travelsick — страдать от тошнотгл в иных случаях (поездка в поезде, машине, автобусе и др.) Рели человек сильно ску'чаез по дому, о нём часто говорят Не is homesick. Complete the sentences with the words from the box. ill, sick, aiisick, seasick, travelsick, homesick 1) The young soldier was... during the first month in the army. 2) Pamela is seriously.... She is in hospital. 3) Chris has brought... luck into our family. 4) All... children were sent home. 5) Going to St Petersburg by car I felt... and had to stop. 6) Scientists say that children under two years of age are rarely ..., they just fall asleep while going by bus or by car. 7) If you are ... the flight may seem not so nice to you. 8) I’m fond of voyages and never feel.... 9) It is an ... wind that blows nobody good. 10)... news comes loo soon, or as they say ... news travels fast. Both of them mean that bad news nearly always reaches us more quickly than good news. Read the microdialogues and make up a rule about how to structure the replies in column II. 1 1) Tom is a programmer. 2) They have gg^a dog. 3) Anna likes reading.^ Ill ________________ So am 1. So is he (she). ■ So are you (we, They)_^ ____________ So have 1 (we, etc.) So has she (he)^ 14) We spent a week in Siberia^ 5)J3iey were playing football at 5 q^cjock yesterday^____________ 6) ^1 have already done it. 7) J can swim. 8) \ои should go there. i shall/will come._______ So do I (we. you, they). So does Bob._____ So did I (you, we, they, he). ____ So were we (you, they).___________________ So was 1 (he. she). ____________ _________ So have we (you, they). .So has he (she)^ t So can he (she, we, you, they)._____ ^ So should I (we, he, she, they). ________ So will they (hej she). в. 1_____________________ 1) 1 am not a teacher. 11 _ ______________________________________ Neither am I. Neither is he (she). Neither are wc (yoiL. thej'X- ___ 2) They haven't got an iPod. 3) Anna doe.sn’t play football. 4) Wc didn’t visit the British Museum. 5) He wasn’t driving at that time. 6) I haven’t done it. 1 have never done it. 7) I can’t ride a horse. 8) You mustn’t do it. 9) Slie won’t be there. Neither have 1 (you, wc, they). Neither has .she (lie). ............._ i Neither do I (we, you, they). Neither docs Bob (she). ______ Neither did 1 (you, we etc). _____ Neither was I (he, she). Neither were we (you, they).___________________ ____________________ Neither have 1 (we, you, they). Neither has she (he);______________________ __________________ jvleither СШ1 he (w;e, you, she, they).________ Neither must you (he, she). ____ Neither will 1 (we, he, you, they). 171 Ln j-f (V t: hJ Jim and Don are twins. They have the same habits, likes and dislikes. Read about Jim and speak about Don. Jim 1) Jim is a young man of twenty-six. 2) Jim works in a bank. 3) Jim doesn’t have a lot of free time. 4) Nevertheless’ he spends some time doing sports. 5) He is a fine athlete. 6) Mo.st of all Jim likes downhill skiing. 7) He can ski better than most of his friends. 8) Jim usually skis in the French Alps. 9) He doesn’t go to Switzerland. 10) Jim has .some close friends in France. 11) Jim meets them in the mountains. 12) Jim is looking foiward to his holidays in the Alps this spring. Don 1) So is Don 2) _. 3) --------- 4) ____ 5) --------- 6) _________ 7) --------- 8) --------- 9)__________ 10) 11) 12) DO IT ON YOUR OWN Write answers to these questions. Use the new words. 1) What do some people feel when they are far from home and miss it very much? 2) What do people usually say if it rains heavily? 3) What will the Americans say if a certain boy doesn’t feel well? 4) Wliat do the British usually .say in this case? 5) Wlien do people usually slip in or out of buildings? 6) Wliat does a person travelling on horseback usually do if he has to leave his horse under a tree and wants to find it at the same place? 7) How do people usually lie at night if they can’t fall asleep? 8) When do you usually prefer to set out on a journey — in the morning or in the evening? Why^ 9) How can you paraphrase the sentences: During the flight there were 140 passengers on the plane. 10) What do people say if they have problems and don’t know' how to solve them? nevertheless [,ne\'96a'lesj — тем не менее 172 с 3 I Read what Jane says. Her little sister Ann always agrees with Jane thinks is right. Write Ann's reactions to Jane's statements. Jane: Ann: 1) I can divide 100 by 5. 2) J always tie Rex to the tree before Г enter a .shop. .3) I wasn’t sick yesterday. 4) I will pour a cup of tea for granny. 5) I lay awake last night. 6) 1 have read an amazing story. 7) 1 won’t set out on a trip tomorrow. 8) 1 didn’t stay in Ritz Hotel last summer. 9) I should help mum to water flowers. 10) 1 mustn’t join them. and does what Jane 10 Write these in English. I) О больных людях следует заботиться. 2) Огги больны (два варианта), 3) Меня тошнит. 4) Я скучаю полому. 5) Меня укачивает на море. 6) Его укачивает в самолёте. 7) Их укачивает в машине и в автобусе. N. step 3 DO IT TOGETHER Listen to the dialogue, (55), and say if these facts are true, false or not stated. 1) Kate spent a month in the USA. 2) Grace wanted Kate to accompany her to the Atlantic coast because she was ready to give Kate a holiday. 3) Kate went to visit Grace because she liked her cousin’s lifestyle. 4) Kate explained why her mother had asked her to go and .stay with Grace. 5) Kate had several flights to the US. 6) Seasickness prevented Kate from travelling by ship. 7) Kate Is going to spend her next holiday in the USA. This is what many people say about themselves. And what can you say? Example: a) I don’t think about iny future. — Neither do I — But I do. b) I enjoy reading poetry. — So do I. — But I don’t. 1) 1 have been to many places abroad. 2) I don’t often meet my childhood friends. 3) I will try to plan my summer holidays carefully. 4) 1 have got a dream. 5) I’ve never spoken English to a foreigner. 6) I would like to travel round the world. 7) I didn’t go to school when I was six. 8) I spend too much money on clothes. 9) I should till Ilk more about my health. 10) I had great summer holidays last year. 11) I’m trying hard to gel a good education. 12) I never remember unpleasant things. Ni Read the text and choose the right answers to the questions after it. The Stowaways' handful pier lifeboat deck whale Wlten 1 lived in Liverpool, my best friend was a boy called Midge. We had a lot of things in common. There wcie i hings we enjoyed doing: climbing trees, playing footy-, going to the pictures. And there were things we didn't enjoy doing, like sums, washing behind our ears, eating cabbage. But there was one thing that i eally brouglit us together — a love of the sea. In the old days the river Mersey ['maizi] was far busier than it is today. 1 hose were the days of the great passenger liners and cargo boats^ Large ships sailed out of Liverpool for Canada, the United States, South Africa, all over the world. My father had been to sea and so had all my uncles, and my grandfaihcr and many other men in Liverpool. By the time they were twenty, most of them had visited parts of the globe 1 can’t even spell. 1 often thought about those exotic places, ail those exciting adventures. Midge and 1 knew what we wanted to do when we left school... become sailors. Of course, we were only about seven or eight at the time so wc thought we’d have a long time to wail. But the call of the sea came .sooner than we’d expected. One day Midge and I got into trouble at school. I iloiTt renieml-)er what for. And to make matters worse, my mum and dad got angry and sent me to bed early for being childish (Childish! I ask you. 1 was a cliild). So that night in bed I decided... to nin away to .sea. The next day Midge and I began planning our amazing aroiind-the-world voyage. I read somewhere that sailors lived on runr‘ and dry biscuits, so 1 poured some of my dad’s into an empty bottle and borrowed a handful of chocolate biscuits. Saturday morning, when the big hand of the clock was on twelve and the little one was on six, Midge and I met and ran as fast as we could to the pier where a lot of ships were tied up. There J chose a .small ship where the crew were getting ready to set ouL They were so bus> doing their work that it was easy for us to slip on board unnoticed. We looked around for somewhere to liidc and climbed into one of the lifeboats. Some minutes later wc were off. Soon we’d be digging for diamonds^ in the Brazilian jungle or building sandcastles on a tropical island. After what seemed like hours and hours we decided to eat our rations, which 1 divided up equally. I gave Midge all the rum and had all the biscuits. That probably wasn’t a good idea as Midge got sick and we had to give ourselves up^". We climbed down on to the deck. I looked out to sea hoping to catch sight of a whale, a dolphin, perhaps sec the coast of America corning into view. And what did I see? The buildings of Liverpool. Anyone can make a mistake, can’t they? Wc didn’t know we’d chosen a feпyboat^ One that goes from Liver pool to Birkenhead and back again. We’d done four trips hidden in the lifeboat and ended up back in Liverpool. And we'd only been away about an hour and a half. We got the bus home. My mum and dad were having their breakfast. They were surprised to see me awake at .such an early hour and thouglit I was making a joke w hen I told them I had run away to sea. 173 Ln r+ Ф “D iU !( * a stowaway L'stauDweil — безбилетник ^ foot}'= tootball ^ a cargo boat — грузовой корабль rum [глт] ром ^ a diamond I'daiamondl — алмаз, бриллиант to give oneself up — выдя i ь себя ’’ a ferryboat (ferry) r'feribaull — паром г 174 с 3 1) Wliy did the boys dream of the sea? a) They hated school. b) They wanted to be independent. c) They hoped to sail to Canada, the USA and South Africa. d) They lived in the atmo.sphere of sea adventure. 2) Why did the two boys make friends? a) Tlicy shared the same interests. b) Their relatives were sailors. c) They both got into trouble at school. d) They w ere the same age. 3) What made the story teller think of running away? a) He wanted to become a sailor. b) He felt unhappy because of some happenings, c) He wanted to find some gold and diamonds. d) He wanted to .see the world. 4) What helped the boys to get on board? a) They managed to arrive before the sailoi's. b) The sailors did not check the lifeboats. c) The sailors had no time to look around. d) It was still dark at 6 a.m. 5) Why did the boys leave the lifeboat? a) They had been hiding too long. b) T hey had eaten everylhing they brought. c) One of them wanted to see whales and dolphins. d) One of them had a health problem. 6) What kind of mistake did the boys make? a) They arrived back in Liverpool. b) Ferryboats don’t travel long distances. c) They got on board a ferry. d) The ship they chose was too small to make a voyage across the ocean. 7) Why did the boy’s parents take his words for a joke? a) Because it is impossible to mn aw ay to sea at night and return early in the morning. b) Because he returned home by bus. c) Because little boys don’t run away. d) Because they knew he had a good sense of humour. A. Make up 10 questions on the text. Begin them with the question words from the box. Wlio, What, Where, Wl\y, How many, Wliai kind. How old, \Miich (of). How, When B. Complete the sentences to turn them into disjunctive questions. Answer the ques tions. 1) The 2) The 3) The 4) The -5) The 6) The 7) The. 8) The 9) The 10) The two friends lived in Liverpool,...? boys didn’t like doing sums,...? river Mersey was far busier in the old dais,...? narrator’s relatives had seen a lot of parts of the globe,.. boys were not teenagers at that time,...? boys tried to plan their voyage,...? boys didn’t prepare food and drink for their voyage,...? boys could easily get on board the ship,...? boys had to give themselves up after Midge got sick,...? narrator’s parents didn’t believe his story....? Ni I A. Look through the text "Stowaways" again and put the statements in a logical a) Tlic boys made four trips on the ferryboat. b) The boys hid in one of the lifeboats. e) The boys had a lot of things in common. d) The boys decided to eat their rations. e) Some problem.s at school made the boys mn away. f) The boys climbed onto the deck from the lifeboat and thus gave themselves up. g) Most of the l)Oys’ relatives were sailors. h) The narrator’s parents didn’t think he had left the house before breakfast. i) The friends lived in Liverpool. B. Work in pairs. Use the statements in part A as the outline of the story and say what you can about each item. We live in a world full of picturesque places that call on us to visit them. Say: • what place on the globe would you like to visit; • where it is situated; • how you would like to get there: • what you are going to do there. Use the prepositions from the box to complete the sentences. 175 \r f-*- fD ID Ы at, by, into, on. oul, to, up, with 1) The members of the crew were divided ... two unequal groups. 2) Pour some !uilk ... m> cup, please. 3)... board the plane one should follow the niles for the passengers. 4) When did you decide to set... on your joumey? 5) Twenty seven divided ... tliree is nine. 6) Pat says she always feels sick ... sea. 7) The child slipped ... of the house unnoticed. 8) My grandad used to travel on horseback. He always tied up his horse ... a tree before he entered a .shop ot a pub. 9) Midge and his friend saw that a lot of ships were tied .... 10) It was freezing in the morning. I slipped ... the ice, fell down but fortunately didn’t break anything. DO IT ON YOUR OWN Find in the text equivalents for the following word combinations and write them down. I) По имени Мидж; 2) обшие интересы; 3) любовь к морю; 4) значительно более загруженная; 5) отплывали из Ливерпуля в Канад>-; 6) были моряками; 7) волнующие приключения; 8) зов моря; 9) попали в переделку- в школе; 10) усугубить положение; II) itame удивительное кругосветное морское путешествие; 12) команда готовилась к отплытию; 13) проскользну'гь на борт незамеченными; 14) забрались в одну из спасательных иглюпок; 15) несколько минут спустя мы отчалили; 16) сьссть свой рапной. Laura read the statements below. In all cases she wanted to say Me too. Write it fo.'' her in a different way. 1) We like travelling — So do 1. 2) We are never travelsick. — ... 3) Last year we visited Russia. — ... 4) We won’t stay at a hotel in Rome. — ... 5) \^Ъ have no pels. — ... 6) We were awake at 6 a.m. yesterday. — ... 7) We couldn’t divide 99 by four. — ... 8) We should pour some water into the empty bottles. — ... 9) We read an amazing stor\' the other day. — ... 10) We slipped into the house unnoticed. —... N. 10 Read the text. Use the appropriate forms of the words on the right to complete it and get a grammatically correct text. Yesterday I got a telephone call from my cousin Robert who (I) ... me he (2) ... to visit us the next week. That (3) ... fine with me but not so with my wife. I (4)... she (5)... to drive our (6) ... to the country to (7)... grandparents. 1 clearly (8)... she (9) ... not be able to return before Robert’s arrival, which was most ineonvenieni. tell, want, be know, promise child, they, understand will 176 c step 4 DO IT TOGETHER N. L Listen to the interview, ^ (56), and complete these sentences appropriately. 1) Fiona Collins recommends visitors .... a) to stay in London as long as possible b) to divide their lime between London and some other places c) to travel mostly in the countryside 2) In her interview Fiona doesn’t mention the city of... . a) Chester b) Cambridge c) Canterbury 3) Fiona believes that the British countryside .... a) may be boring b) is unlikely to be boring c) is always boring 4) A characteristic feature of the British countryside is .... a) its large population b) a great number of fields and woods c) its variety of scenery 5) Fiona uientions such activities as water sports, walking or fishing .. a) to say that every area is different from the others b) to say that all the areas are alike c) to .say that every area has its own attractions 6) From what Fiona says about Peak District we understand that.... a) it is a mountainous area b) this area lias a lake or a river c) this area is situated in Wales 7) According to Fiona .... a) athletic people can enjoy the British countryside more than others b) you need a hobby to really enjoy the British countryside c) you don’t need a hobby to enjoy the British countryside lo the full Below there are two lists of words which you may need when you travel abroad by tr='. Match the words with their definitions. A. 1) a through train 2) a fast train 3) a local train 4) a long-distance train 5) a carriage (a смАтЕ) 6) a sleeping car (a sleeper) 7) a smoker 8) a non-smoker 9) a dining car (a restaurant car) 10) a buflet I'bufei] car 177 a) a train that moves in a particular area (usually an area where you live in or an area you arc talking about) b) a train with beds for passengers to sleep in or a certain part of train (compartment) with such beds c) a part of a train where you can buy drinks and .sandwiches d) a section of a train where pas.sengers are not allowed to smoke e) a section of a train for carry ing railway passengers 0 a train you can use to travel all the way to a place without changing trains or buying another ticket g) a train carriage where meals arc serv ed h) a train covering long distances, taking passengers to far-away places i) a train that moves at a high speed having few stops j) a section of a train where passengers arc allowed to smoke B. 1) destination 2) a compartment 3) a guard [ga:d] 4) arrival 5) departure 6) board 7) a single (ticket) 8) a return (ticket) кЛ r+ П) T3 a) an electronic device to give infonnation often about arrivals or departures b) coming to a certain place from somewhere else c) a ticket used for travelling to a place, but not for returning from it d) someone on a train who.se job is to check tickets e) one of the separate spaces into which a railway carriage is divided 0 a ticket that lakes you to a place and back again g) the place where someone or something is going h) an occasion when someone leaves a place, for e.xample to go on a journey Put the actions described below in a logical order. a) find your compartment; b) pack your luggage; c) buy some book or magazine to read on the train; d) say hello to your fellow passengers; e) choose your destination; t) take your seat; g) give your ticket to the guard for inspection; h) come to the railway station; i) find the platform from which the train departs; I >“■ I... m 178 N. C 3 1 j) look at the board to check the platform and the lime of departure; k) find your carriage; l) put your luggage away; m) order something to eat and/or to drink from the buffet car; n) book' a train journey or buy a train ticket. Describe a train Journey you once made. Use the vocabulary of Exercise 3. Say if you en joyed it or not and why. Complete the text with the appropriate words. Getting Away from It All I remember very well my first (1) ... by train to have a holiday in the cuuniiy. I was (2) ... with my primary school. There we all were on a warm early summer day in May 1959. a (3)... class of schoolchildren dressed in our warmest coats and jumpers waiting to board a train for Galloway. Our school had (4)... our parents to make sure that we all had (5)... warm clothing and Wellington boois^. Whether this was to (6) ... us from carrying extra weight in our suitcases, or whether our parents thought we were all going to freeze on that (7) ... day, but everyone of the children arrived (8) ... the railway station dressed for a trip to the Aj ctic. 1) a) joumey 2) a) coming 3) a) hole 4) a) explained 5) a) common 6) a) save 7) a) loving 8) a) in b) travels b) walking b) every b) described b) adequate b) safe b) lovable b) at c) voyage c) travelling c) all c) advised c) modern c) protect c) lovely c) to d)tour d) moving d) whole d) promised d) becoming d) defend d)loved d) on Say which of the following you prefer while travelling by train and why. 1) to travel light — to have a lot of luggage; 2) to be seen off by friends and/or parents — not to be seen off; 3) to use a suitcase — to use a travel bag — to use a backpack; 4) to travel alone — to travel with your family — to travel with friends; 5) to eat food brought from home — to buy food on the train; 6) to wear sports clothes — to wear jeans and a T-shirt — to wear everyday clothes; 7) to read something on the train — to look through the window — to play computer games — to talk to fellow passengers; 8) to travel by day — to travel by night. ' to book [buk] — заказать ^ Wellington boots (wellingtons) — высокие резиновые сапоги Grammar English Adjectives Used Only Predicatively В современном английском языке целый ряд прилагательных не употребляются как определения. К ним относяюя знакомые вам слова afraid, awake, alike, alone, ashamed, asleep, a также единицы: alive [a'laiv] — живой afloat [o'flout] — плывущий no воде, на плаву alight [a'lait] — горящий, зажжённый, освещённый afire [o'faia] — горящий в огне, охваченный огнём I felt more dead than alive. We tried to get the boat afloat again. Dozens of cars were set alight. The house was afire. Некоторые из этих ирила1атсльных часто встречаются в устойчивых сочетаниях: to be fast/.sound asleep крепко спать to be wide awake — не смыкать глаз to be all alone — быть в полном одиночестве to be all alight — быть полностью освещённым to be safely afloat — надёжно держаться на воде to be very much alone — Сыть в полном одиночестве to be very much awake — абсолютно без сна to be very much alive — быть полным энергии, жизни to be very (much) afraid — быть сильно испугатшым to be very (much) ashamed — сильно стыдиться 179 1/1 r+ n> T3 Match the word combinations that mean the same. 1) wide awake 2) safely afloat 3) very much ashamed 4) to set the house alight 5) fast asleep 6) to be all alone 7) to be afire 8) to catch alight a) without others b) not at all sleepy c) to be on fire d) having a strong feeling of shame e) floating on water and steady f) deep in sleep g) to put it on fire h) to begin to burn DO IT ON YOUR OWN Complete the sentences with the appropriate words. A. all, fast, wide, safely 1) The old lady lay... awake for hours thinking about her son. 2) The old building was... afire and it was clear that nothing could save it. 3) Eric doesn’t seem to have any friends. Whenever I look at him he plays ... alone with his favourite toy. 4) It was early morning and Caro lino was ... asleep. 5) The sailors managed to set their boat... afloat. 6) It was midnight but old Mrs Patterson couldn’t sleep. She lay ...awake. B. very (very much)/very much 1) Is the snake alive? — Oh yes,... alive. Be careful. 2) I iillc Kate is ... afmid of clogs. .3) Although he is not young, he is ... alive. 4) I am ... ashamed of what 1 have done. 5) The old lady was ... afraid to go out of the house at night. 6) The boy was ... ashamed that he had lied to his granny. Write these In Engiish. 1) Скорый поезд; 2) купе; 3) вагон; 4) BaioH-ресторан; 5) проводник; кондуктор: 6) спальный ва! он; 7) вагон для некурящих; 8) прибытие; 9) табло с указанием времени прибытия и отправления поездов; 10) отпрааление; 11) билет в одном направлении; 12) образный билет; 13) поезд дальнего следования; 14) пригородный поезд. электр1зяка; 15) буфет {е поезде). 10 180 с 3 Write а short story of about 200 words using some of the word combinations below, A Pleasant Train Journey # travel by day/night crowded platform excited people unfamiliar faces feeling of adventure run through picturesque scenery guard (conductor) fellow passengers clean and cosy compart ment friendly and warm spend time talking and laughing never meet again N. Step 5 DO IT TOGETHER Listen, (57), and decide whether the facts below are true, false or not stated 1) The narrator is sure to remember her journey to Galloway House till her last days. 2) The narrator says that common people could hardly afford going fora .summer holiday in the middle of the last ccnluiy. 3) The narrator w^as used to travelling without her parents unlike the other schoolchildren. 4) Galloway House didn’t make any impression on the schoolchildren. 5) The narrator’s room was called Powtun after the hill that was near Galloway House. 6) All the schoolchildren in Galloway House were pupils of one and the .same school situated in Glasgow. 7) All the pupils in Galloway House felt homesick. 8) The narrator returned to Galloway House with her ow n family. You may need these words and word combinations if you travel abroad by air. Match the words and word combinations in list A with their definitions in list B. A. 1) a direct flight 2) a gale {at the airport) 3) a boarding pass/card 4) a delayed flight 5) a departure lounge [launch | 6) a luggage claim area B. 7) a duty-free shop 8) an arrival/departure (notice) lioard 9) a flight attendant 10) the customs 11) to check in for the flight 12) to book a flight a) a flight that doesn’t start on time but begins later b) the place at the airport where ofiicials eheck that the goods that people are bringing into a country are legal c) the place at an airport where people get on a plane d) to have your ticket checked at the airport and to give in your bags or suitcases e) a large room in an airport where you sit and wait before going onto a plane f) a flight straight to the place of destination, not stopping or changing direction on the way g) an electronic board at the airport where information about plane arrivals or departures is given h) a eard that eaeh passenger has to show before they are allowed to get on a plane i) to reserve a seat on a flight j) a person whose job is to look after the passengers on a plane espeeially serving them with food and drinks k) a place at the airport where people collect their luggage l) a place at the airport where you can buy goods at a cheaper price than usual Answer the questions. Use the words and word combinations from Fxercise 2. 1) In what place in the airport do you sit and wait for your flight? 2) Where in the airport can you buy goods cheaper than usual in town? 3) Wliere do you go in the airport to get on board the plane? 4) What do you call a flight that doesn’t start on time but starts later? 5) What do you call a flight that takes you straight to the place of your destination? 6) Where in the airport can you see when a plane arrives or departs? 7) Wliat do you do to get your boarding pass? 8) Who helps you on board the plane as well as serves drinks and food? 9) What do you do when you want to have a seat on a certain flight? 10) In what place of the airport do you collect your luggage after you land? Match the words in the two columns and complete the sentences (1—14) 181 r+ D ■a VI 1) the fUglit from 2) sick on 3) go through 4) a steward or 5) on board 6) to fill in 7) to weigh 8) to do 9) to change from 10) the plane is 11) buy electronic 12) our flight 13) customs 14) hand a) a flight b) the plane c) the last-minute shopping .d) officer e) Omsk to Moscow f) plane tickets g) a declaration h) luggage i) one plane to anol her j) is delayed k) the customs l) taking off m) a stewardess n) your luggage 182 с э % 1) They couldn’t get tickets for... so they went 1 here by i rain. 2) Sometimes I feel... so I take some medicine before the journey. 3) At the airpon all passengers coming abroad must.... 4) On board the plane ... helps you with drinks and food. 5) You can’t get... unless you have gone through passport control. 6) On board the plane flying up to Heathrow Airport 1 was asked .... 7) Aren’t you going ... before checking in? — I don’t need to. I’m travelling light. 8) We went to the duty-free shop .... 9) Unfortunately, in Moscow we’ll have to .... 10) Look, .... It will soon disappear in the distance. 11) Now^adays people usually ..., they don’t need to go to booking offices. 12) Did you hear that...? We’ll have to wait for another hour. 13) My son says he would like to be a ... and work in a big modem airport. 14) You can lake your... on board the plane, but you can’t take jieav}^ suitcases with you. Complete the text with the phrases (a—h) after it. One phrase you don't have to use. At the Airport Jemma: Although I enjoy airports, I usually (1)... and worried because I have to fly. In airports I find it necessary to stay near the (2)... so that I’m always quite sure that when I have to go to my gate I’m close enough to be there at the right time and not get lost. Ralf: I normally feel very bored when fm waiting at airports. Flights always seem to be delayed these days, so (3) ... for a long time. If I’ve remembered to take a good book with me, I (4).... or else 1 .suppose I may go round some of the shops looking at the duty-free goods for sale. Bruce: 1 always find airports ver>' exciting places. I like the whole atmosphere, I like the feeling of people travelling, (5) ..., it’s just really exciting. 1 really enjoy waiting at airports, 1 like to walk round, see the planes (6) ..., looking around seeing where people are going, what people are doing, I usually find it very easy to fill up the time at airports. Margaret: Well, I fly a lot between here and Australia so wailing at airports is just a normal thing Гог me. Luckily I love to read, I alw ays (7)..., and if a flight’s delayed, which often happens w ith me, then it’s a chance to have a good read. a) going to far-away places b) departure notice boards c) take a good book to read d) sometimes sit there and read e) feel .slightly nervous f) enjoy my flight g) taking off and landing h) you have to wail Work in pairs. Discuss with your partner methods of travelling to Sochi from St Petersburg. Your options are: • by air; • by car; • by train; • by ship. Be active and polite, give your arguments and decide what method of travelling to use. Grammar Modal Verbs Вы помните, что в анышйском языке есть рял lax называемых моланьных глаголов: сап, must, may, should. Эти глаголы обладают целым рядом особенностей употребления. 1. Вспомним основные значение этих глаголов. сап способность или возможность сделать что-либо. Нс сап read German but he can’t speak it. may/might — просьба о разрешении, разрешение и.аи отказ. May I have а word with him? — Yes, you may (No, you may not), must — долженствование. \ou must clean your room regularly, mustn’t — категорический запрет. She mustn’t watch TV for so long, should — совет, вежливое наставление. You should be more attentive to your little sister. 2. Модальные глаголы имеют в языке свои немодальные эквиваленты {слова или словосочетания, близкие по значению) : сап = to be able to do something may = to be allowed to do something must = to have to do something 3. В отличие от модальных глаголов их эквиваленты позволяют нам говорить не только 0 настоящем, но и о прошлом и будущем: 1 hey will be able to do the work tomorrow. The children were allowed to stay up longer. I had to wait two long hours. 4. Вы знаете также, что модальные глаголы и их эквиваленты не всегда взаимоза-мснимы: а) глаголы must и have {to) имеют определенные смысловые различия: must — осознанный, часто моральный долг; have (to) — необходимость, вызванная определёнными обстоятельствами. Сравните; You must think more of your parents. Do you have to get up early to get to school on time?; б) глагол could не используется, если речь шдст не о регулярном действии, а о конкретном событии. Сравните: We could watch all the films we wanted in 1 he local cinema last summer. 1 hey were able to watch the new film at last. 183 r+ Ф -Q U1 Choose the appropriate verbs to complete the sentences. 1) I haven’t got this data today but I (can/will be able to) tell you tomorrow. 2) Yesterday we (were allowed lo/may) come home later than usual. 3) Charles was happy as he (could/was able to) get a ticket to an interesting football match. 4) I think you (miist/should) eat more vegetables: they are good for everyone. 5) My little brother is only five, but he (can/may) read fairly well, 6) You (shouldn’t/mustn’t) smoke on the plane, sir! It is against the rules. 7) I (musi/had to) take an umbrella as it was pouring with rain. 8) Last year they (must/had to) spend more time in the gym training for the competition. 9) Sam was tcrribl>' late, but he (could/was able to) catch his train at the very last moment. 10) We knew he (can/could) do something silly but hoped that he wouldn’t. DO IT OIU YOUR OWN Choose the appropriate word combinations from the box to complete the text. Щ check-in desk, boarding card, .seat number, departure lounge, weigh your luggage, passport control, hand luggage, take ofT, gel on the plane 184 10 Departure These are the usual activities when yoii get to the airport. First go to the (1) ... where they (2) .... Usually you arc allowed 20 kilos, but if your bags weigh more, you may have to pay extra. The airline representative checks your ticket and gives you a (3) ... for the plane with your (4) ... on it. Then you go through (5)... where an official checks your ticket and passport. Then you go into the (6).... Here, you can also buy things in the duty-free shop. About half an hour or forty minutes before the (7) ..., you are told to go to a gate, for example, gate 14, where you wait before you (8).... When you board, you find your seat. If you have (9) ..., you can put it under your seat or in the overhead locker' above your seat. Write these in English, 1) Магазин беспошлинных продаж; 2) пройги паспортный контро.пь; 3) пройти таможенный контроль; 4) взвесить багаж; .5) зал ожидания (е аэропорту)', 6) .место выдачи багажа {в аэропорту)', 7) стойка регистрации; 8) посадочный талон; 9) ручной багаж; 10) на борзую самолёта; 11) взлететь и приземлиться (о самолёте)', 12) номер места {в самолёте)', 13) таможенник. Choose the appropriate verb forms from the box to complete the sentences. were not able, may, were able, must, mustn’t, had, are allowed, should, had to, could 1) In those days he ... to work hard to support his wife and three children. 2) They ... to play the game with the others because they didn’t know its nilcs. 3) Everyone ... try and do something to improve the ecological situation. 4) James ... use my car while his car is being fixed. 5) At last they... to collect iheir luggage and left ihe airport. 6) Pas.sengcrs ... leave their scats while the plane is taking off or landing. 7) Only when the plane comes to a full stop, passengers ... to leave their scats. 8) My parents believe that I... think about a career in engineering. 9) I hey had so much luggage that they ... take a trolley. 10) That day everyone ... visit the city museums free. an overhead locker — :<икрытая (закрывающаяся) полка нал местом пассажира в самолёте step 6 DO IT TOGETHER N, You will hear an interview with an official who works at Heathrow Airport, Choose the appropriate answers to the questions. 1) What’s Heathrow? a) It’s a small country' town. b) It’s the biggest airport in the world. c) It’s a big airport that can be compared with a town. 2) How many passengers travel through Heathrow annually on their way abroad or back home? a) 54,000 people. b) 350,000 people. c) 41 million people. 3) Wliy are birds undesirable for the airport? a) They can lead to accidents. b) They can be in the way of people working al the airport. c) They can make the airport dirty. 4) Where is the police station situated? a) Near the Medical Centre. b) Near the centre of the airport. c) Near the huge board with 1 he pictures of know n terrorists. 5) Who can help passengers if they have some health problems at the airport? a) Nurses of the Medical Centre. b) Doetorsofthe Medical Centre. e) Doctors and nurses of the Medical Centre. 6) Why aren’t there many flights during night hours? a) Many people suffer from heart attacks at this time. b) People don’t like to travel al night. c) 3 he noise of the planes landing and taking off can wake up people in the suburbs of ® (58) 185 Ln “O 0^ London, Read the phrases and say where you may expect to hear them. l) Single to London, please. 2) Where is Gate 32, please? 3) What time does the coach leave? 4) Excuse me, how can 1 get to Deck 3? 5) > our suitcase weighs more than 20 kilos. You should pay 50 pounds for the extra weight. 6) Is there a buffet car? 7) Can I get a sleeper to Manchester? 8) Waere is the lost properly ofTice? 9) Please, fasten your seat bells. 10) \our boarding pass, please. Some things can spoil the impression of your journey. But there is always a way out. Match the phrases in the two columns to see what the ways out can be. 1) travel sickness 2) hea\y luggage 3) talkative fellow passengers 4) missing your transport; 5) bad food 6) delays and cancellations' of trains, flights 7) bad weather 8) lost luggage a) you can hire a porter- or use a trolley b) you can always pretend t hat you are reading c) you may find it in the lost property оШее d) suitable clothes can help you e) this won’t happen if you organize ever>4hing 0 you can take a medicine for it g) it may be nice to have some time to yourself h) you can always pack a couple of sandwiches just in case ' cancellation [,kaens3'leilnj — отмена ^ to hire a porter — нанять носильшика Work in pairs. Make up a dialogue about your journey that was not very successful. Inrj your dialogue mention the following: where and when you travelled; what method of transport was chosen; how you booked/bought tickets; what misfortunes you had during the travel; if there were any compensations. N. 186 Read the text and match its paragraphs (1—6) with the titles (a—g). There is one title you don't have to use. c: 3 a) Arriving at the Hotel b) Places to Stay c) Types of Hotels d) Hotel Services e) l.eaving the Hotel f) Booking a Room g) Impressions of Voui Stay - 1. When you travel in Britain, you should certainly think about your accommodation'. If you want somethiitg comfortable where other people look after you, you may book a room at hotels, motels. Guest Houses (also called Bed and Breakfast, or B&B). If you want something cheaper, you may think about hostels^ or campings. 2. Hotels are much the same eveo^here — especially those that belong to big international groups. You won’t probably find anything very diftercnt about British hotels. They are the places to go if you’re looking for comfort and extra services, though they are the most expensive kind of accommodation. Hotels in Britain are graded with stars from one-star to five-star (five-star hotels are the best). Motels are hotels especially for drivers. Often they’re near motorways or main roads, and there’s always a lot of parking place. In a Bed and Breakfast you pay for a bedroom, a room with a bathroom and breakfast. These are usually smaller and cheaper than hotels. 3. Hotels offer: • single rooms (rooms for one person with a single bed): • double rooms (rooms for two people with one large double bed); • tw in rooms (rooms for two people with Ги'о single beds). As for meals you may have full board, which includes breakfast, lunch and dinner, half-board, which includes breakfast and dinner or Just breakfast. 4.1 remember my first journey to England. We stayed in the Carlton Hotel for three nights in August. I had booked our room three months before, as it was a popular tourist season. When we arrived, we checked in at the reception, then the porter carried our suitcases and travel bags up to our room. 1 gave him a small tip\ about two pounds, I think. 5. Our stay at the hotel was wonderful. The staff (the people who worked at the hotel) were veiy' friendly and the room was very comfortable. We had a strikingly picturesque view from the balcony. 1 he only problem we had, in fact, was with the shower which didn’t work very well. We had meals in a small restaurant on the ground floor. Drinks w ere put on our bill.'’ ' accommodation [9,kDma'deiIn] ^ a hostel | 'hostl] — общежитие ’ a tip — чаевые a bill счёт — жилье L 6. At ihc end ofour slay we asked tlie receptionist to give us a “wake-up'’ call and lo order a taxi lo lake us to ihc railway station. In the morning we paid our bill, thanked the siafTand continued our journey. Grammar Modal Verbs Must, Can, CouM, May, Mightto Express Probabilily 1. Ряд английских модальных глаголов передают значение верояжости какого-либо явления, события или действии. Так, для того чтобы сказать, что завтра, воз^можно, будет тепло и солнечно, можно использовать следующие вариант ы: It must be warm and sunny tomorrows 11 can be warm and sunny tomorrow. It could be warm and sunny tomorrow. It may be warm and sunny tomorrow. It might be warm and sunny tomor row’. 2. По степени уверенности в том, что предполагаемое свершится, данные глаголы можно сравнить между собой примерно следующим образом: максимальная уверенность o- -o- -o- -o- -o must can could ma>' might минимдтьная уверенность Сравните: \ our flight must be pleasant. (Полёт наверняка будет приятным.) Your flight can be pleasant. (Полет , вероятнее всего, будет приятным.) Your flight could be pleasant. (Полёт, вероятно, будет приятным.) Your flight may be pleasant. (Полёт, возможно, окажется приятным.) Your flight might be pleasant. (Есть некоторая доля всроягности, что полёт окажется приятным.) 3. Глагол AWW5T отличается от всех остальных тем, что, как правило, перелает 'значение вероятности лишь в сочетании с глаголом to be. She must be in London now. 187 i/> r-f ПЗ T3 o> Speak about yourself and a possible round the-world tour you can have once. Use the modal verbs you consider to be appropriate. can, could, may, might I think 1... go travelling around the world some day. 1.. . go on my round-the-world tour by sea or by air. 1.. . visit a number of interesting places during my travels. 1.. . go travelling with my friends. We ... stay in good hotels or in guest houses. My friends and I... spend some time looking fur souvenirs. But mo.sT of the time we ... spend sightseeing. Wc ... take lots of pictures. At a certaiti moment I ... begin missing home, 1.. . consider myself really lucky lo be able to see the world Complete these dialogues and act them out. 1. A:... B: Single or reuftn? A:... B: A day return to Manchester will cost you f 40. 188 cz 3 A; ... В; There’s a train at 3 p.m. and another one at 6.45 p.m. A:....... B: The 3 o’clock train will be in Manchester at 5.30 p.m. and the 6.45 train arrives ai 8 p.m. exactly. A:... B: No, it’s a through train. A;... B: Yes, wc accept Visa Cards. A:... B: You’re welcome. 2) A:... B: Certainly. Wc usually have some vacant rooms on weekdays. But we’re quite busN at weekends. A:... B: Tuesday to Friday? Very well. A double room for three nights will cost you 150 pounds. A:... B: Sony\ 1 thought you wanted a double room. Singles are a little more expensive, 210 pounds for three nights. A:... B: Yes, it does. The service is included, but breakfast is not. Ai ... B: All our rooms are fitted with showers and some of them have baths. Would you like a bath in your room? A:... B: You can u.se hotel facilities free. We have a .small sv'imming pool, a workout gym and a colour TV in every room. A:... B: I can give you a room overlooking the park or one overlooking t he lake. A:... B: No, you can pay when you check out. Here’s your key. The room is on the 2nd floor. A:... DO IT ON YOUR OWIU Use the appropriate modal verbs instead of the underlined parts of the follov\/ing sentences. 1) He is nearly sure to be at home now. He is almost always at home in the evening. 2) The film is very likely to have a happy ending. 3) The next week is not very likely to be hot. 4) There’s some little chance that the train will be delayed. 5) I have practicalh~ no doubt that they’ll enjoy their voyage. 6) It looks like they’ll make their first stop in Great Britain. 7) I can’t be one hundred percent sure that our party will tiirn out to be a success. 8) There’s some possibility that we’Ugo by business class instead of economy class. Complete the text with the words from the box. views, business, guidebooks, comfortable, accommodation, busy, staff, fitness, : dining ; If you are looking for a place to stay in a big city, turn to (1)... for advice. It’s wise to book (2)... before you come, especially at (3)... times like the .summer. You can contact the places mentioned in the guidebooks yourself. 10 Good (4) ... class hotels are usually situated in nice areas and guests can enjoy (5)... from their windows. Big hotels have places for formal (6)... as well as smaller buffets. There may also be a swimming pool, (7)... facilities and shops. The (8)... will make sure iha* the hotel guests arc (9)... while staying with them. Write these word combinations in English and then make up 5—6 sentences using them. 1) Персона^! отеля; 2) включить в счёт; 3) номер на двоих с дву>ш кровагями; 4) проживание в отеле с оплачеппььм завтраком и ужином (обедом); 5) чуриетичс-ский сезон; 6) зарегистрироваться в отеле; 7) место в очеле, где находиген дежурный/ админисчрачор; 8) носильщик; 9) заказать комнату заранее; 10) жильё. 189 N. Step 7 DO IT TOGETHER Listen to the text. ^ (59), and say which of the facts below (1—7) are true, false or not stated. 1) Most tourists from Europe come to Russia by air. 2) Russian ships take tourists to Russia from Scandinavian countries. 3) Russian food is served to tourists on board such ships. 4) When travellers from Europe come to Russia they go through the customs. 5) A foreigner doesn’t have to show his or her customs declaration when he or she leaves Russia. 6) The most popular way to travel about Russia is through one’s travel agent. 7) Russians are well known in Europe for their hospitality'. Read the situations and match the questions with the probable answers. 1) You want to stay in a hotel for two nights next week. You phone the hotel. What do you ask or say? 2) You want To get up at 7.30 a.m. You phone the receptionist. What could you ask him/ her? 3) You are at the hotel reception and you’re going to leave in a quarter of an hour. Wfiai could you ask the receptionist? 4) You want a room for two people with one large bed. What would you ask for? 5) You want a room for two people with two single beds. What would you ask for? 6) The shower in your room doesn’t work properly. What can you say at the reception? 4 1) You want a bar of chocolate but you don’t have any cash on you. What can you ask the barman to do? a) Could I pay my bill, please? I’m checking out. b) Could I have double room, please? c) Could I have a wake-up call in the morning? d) Could 1 book a single room, please? e) Could you put it on my bill, please? f) Could I have a twin room, please? g) I’m sorry, I have a problem. Can you help me? LH О ■о 4J hospitality [.hospi'tseliti] — i остеприимство V 190 с и А. Work in pairs or in small groups. Imagine that you want to open a new hotel. Dis cuss it and decide: • where the hotel will be situated; • if it will be big or small; • if it will be expensive or not; how many stars it will have; what facilities’ it will have; what the rooms will be like; how you will advertise it. # B. Tell the rest of the class about your will be hotel. Match the names of shops with the names of objects you can buy in them. 1) ready-made clothes 2) footwear shop 3) gifts and souvenii*s a) swimsuits, ski caps, trainers b) niaiiresses, curtains, mirrors c) gold rings, silver chains, bracelets d) refrigerator magnets, postcards, decorative plates and mugs c) pens, pencils, envelopes 0 dishes, bowls, plates, teapots g) boots, shoes, sandals h) suits, coats, dresses i) almost ever^^hing, sometimes food I Read the list of activities and say what customers^ do and what shop assistants do Who Does It? a) look about and ask for help; b) give you change and a receipt"' c) welcome you d) ask you if they can help e) lead you to the cash desk 0 get your change g) help you to choose the right thing h) accept your payment i) buy a thing on credit j) find out the price and if there’s any discount k) pay by cheque, by card or pay in cash l) explain to you anithing you need to know m) wrap (up) your purchase'* and put it in a plastic bag n) make a purchase, or purchase things o) choose the right size, model or colour p) try a thing on q) show you where the fitting rooms are Work in groups of three, A. Read the conversation and then role-play it. Shop assistant'; Can I help you? Customer; Yes. please. Гш looking for a blouse like this, but in blue. Shop assistant'; 1 see. And what size are you looking for? ' facilities Ifo'silitiz] — оборудование ^ a customer ['kAstoma) - покупатель ^ a receipt Irfsirt] — чек '* purchase/to purchase [*p3;ljisj — покупка; покупать dress/jumper in red/T>rown Customer: 1 usually wear 14. 12/16 Shop assistant*: OK. Г11 just go and see if we've got any. Customer: Thank you. Shop assistant': You’re welcome. Shop assistant-: Can I help you? Customer: No, thank you, Гт OK. I’m being served, another assistant is helping me. Shop assistant': Here we are. The blouse you want in blue. Customer: Great. I’d like to try it on. Where’s the fitting room? Shop assistant': This way, please. It’s down there, on the right. uji, on the left Customer: Г11 take this one. Wliere do I pay? Shop assistant': 0^ er there, at the cash desk. C ustomer: Thank you. And can I pay by check? credit card Shop assistant': Yes, of course. Certainly you can. B. Make up your own trialogues using the phrases and words on the right. Then role play them. 191 fD ■O Grammar Modal Verbs with Progressive and Perfect infinitives of the Notional Verbs 1. Модапьные глаголы must, can, could, may, might нередко испааыуются в языке вместе е продолженным (progressive) или перфектным (perfect) ипфинитипол! смысле вого глагола: Му friends may be waiting for me now. They must have told the w hole truth. Продолженнын инфинитив указывает на то, что действие, вероятно, находится в процессе, в развитии: It сап be snowing in Ihc north at the moment. (Ha севере сейчас, возможно, идёт снег.) The train must be arriving at the platform. (Поезд, должно быть, подходит к перрону.) Перфектный инфинитив свидетельствует о том, чгп действие, вероятно, бы но совершено ранее: The team must have played well. (Команда, видимо, сыграза хорошо.) The visitors might have already left. (Гости, возможно, уже уехали.) 2. Модальный глагол should в соче гании е перфектным инфинитивом указывает на то, что действию следовало совершиться, но этого не произошло: You should have stayed here longer to see the most important .sighi.s. (Вам следовало бы побыть здесь подольше, чтобы осмотреть главные достопримечательности, однако вы этого не сделали). Choose the right forms of the infinitives to complete the sentences. 1) Where is mum? — In the kitchen. She may (be cooking/have cooked) dinner. 2) It was a ver>' strange story: grandad must (he making/have made) it up. 3) Look, the boys arc bringing home their friend Roger. They could (be mccting/liave met) him near the .school. 4) Where have you been? You should (come/liave come) here half an hour ago. 5) It’s very quiet in the house, everybody may (be sleeping/have been slept). 6) Whore is Jane? — She must (be losing/have lost) her way. 7) Listen! What beautiful music. An orchesti a ma)' (1те playing/have played). 8) I may (be making/have made) a mistake but I believe that the flight won’t take longer than an hour and a half. 9) Chris doesn't know these simple facts, i think he should (know/have known) more about the country where he lives. DO 1Т01У YOUR OWN Match the words and word combinations with their definitions. 192 1) a shop assistant 2) a shop window 3) to do window-shojipjng 4) a shopping centre 5) a shopping list 6) the chemist’s 7) a boutique 8) a cash desk 9) a fitting room 10) to go shopping 11) to do shopping 10 a) a shop where you can buy fashionable clothes b) a person who works in a shop c) a place where you pay for things in a shop d) to go to the shops e) to look round the shops but not to buy anything f) a shop where you buy medicines, shampoo, baby products, toothpaste g) a place with many shops either outside or inside h) the place where you can try on clothes in a shop i) to buy food or household or other goods j) a list of things to buy k) the window at the front of the shop Write where you can buy each of the items In the pictures. Then write what other things (2 3) you can buy in these shops. Use a dictionary in case you don't know the words in the box. Example: I can buy roses at the florist’s. 1 can buy a bunch of tulips at the florist’s. I can buy pot floweis at the florist’s. at the chemist’s at the florist’s at the butcher’s at the baker’s at the greengrocer’s at the grocer’s at the stationer’s Complete the sentences with progressive or perfect infinitives of the verbs in brackets. 1) Look at those dark clouds. The weather may (change) again. I’m afraid it will rain soon. 2) 1 can hear someone walking in the kitchen. Father mu.st (come) back hotne from work. 3) You’ve made some mistakes in the spelling test. You should (be) more attentive when you wrote it. 4) Your sister may (see) this film at least four times. She likes it a lot. 5) It’s late. You should (go) to bed long ago. 6) I can see Sarah in the street. She might (wait) for somebody. 7) I’ve seen this boy before, we may (be) at school together. 8) The show has begun. You should (come) a little earlier. Step 8 DO IT TOGETHER Listen to the dialogues (1—6), ® (60), and match them with the titles (a—g). There is one title you don't have to use. a) At a Footwear Shop b) At a Supermarket c) At a Shop Abroad d) At a Ready-made Clothes L>epartment e) At the C'hemisl’s f) At the Stationer’s g) At a .1 eweUcry Shop Ni О 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) И) Answer the questions. Wliat makes shopping ceni res convenient and attractive for customers? Some people say that a modern shopping centie often looks like a city under one roof. \MD you agree with it? Why? Most shopping centres tend to combine shopping and leisure', don’t they? ^^^^y do you think they are made this way? Is it to prove that shopping may be fun or for some other reasons as well ? Have you ever been in a big shopping centre? Did you enjoy shopping there? Wliy (not)? Is there a modern shopping centre in the place where you live? If not, would you like to have one? What can you find in a big shopping centre besides all kinds of shops? What do modern shopping centres look like? Can you compare them with a city under one roof.^ Most shopping centres combine shopping and entertainment. Do you like this idea? What kinds of entertainment can you find there? What else is done to make customers stay in the shopping centre as long as possible? Do you find it convenient to have cinemas, cafes, food courts in a sliopping centre? Do you think information desks, banks, photo services, travel agencies, post offices, parks with rides, amusements and games should be there? If you go to a big shopping centre, where would you spend niost of your time? Would you spend more time on shopping or on entertainment? Remember a very successful and a very unsuccessful visit to the shops that you once made and speak about it. Remember to say; when you went shopping; what the aim of your visit to the shop was; what shop you visited; what the resuli of your visit was. Listen, (61), and read B. defeat [di'fiit] n— поражение defeat v - нанести поражение, победить fear [fi9] n — C l pax fear V — бояться, опасаться gather [даебэ] — собирать handsome ['haensam] — красивый recall [n'korl] — пспоминать request [n'kwest] n — просьба request v —прост ь .settle r'setlj — устроиться, обосноваться skill [skil] умение, навык skilled [skild] — умелый defeat m to accept the defeat, to suffer a heavy defeat. The battle ended in a humiliating defeat. defeat v: to defeat the enemy, to defeat the army, to defeat the team, to be defeated. The Russian army defeated the French in 1812. Our team was defeated in the final. fear m real fear, growing fear, to live in fear, to overcome fear. The bo}' showed no fear. It was the first time she liad experienced real fear. Rose managed to overcome her fear. fear v: to fear the coming war. I have reasons to fear that he will never come back. gather: to gather mushrooms, to gather together. Alice quickly gathered all her belongings together. As the weeks passed, Chri.stopher started to gather strength. handsome: to look handsome, to grow handsome, to become handsome. John was 3-oung and strikingly handsome. A tall, dark, handsome stranger entered the hall. recall: to recall correctly, to be able to recall something, to seem to recall, to try to recall. I well recall walking the five miles to school every morning. She could easily recall the smell of roses in her garden. I seem to recall that she said she was going away in May. ■e| 193 кЛ гЧ- О т: 00 ' leisure — [*1езэ] — развлечения 194 request п: an unusual request, a polite request, to repeal one’s request, to agree to a request, to rcfuse/rcjcct a request, at somebody’s request. I liave repeated my request .several times. T he play was written by Agatha Christie at the request of Otieen Mary', request v: to request some information. I was politely requested not I о come there again. Visitors are requested to register at the from desk. settle: to settle (down) in some place. In the end they settled in Boston. Are they going to get married and settle down? Alex settled himself more cornfoitably in the chair, skill: to have good organizational skills, the basic skills of reading and writing, the necessary skills, useful skills. No special skills or knowledge are necessary for the job. It is important lo develop good study skills. skilled: skilled sailors, skilled workers. She wasn’t very skilled with the camera yet. Paraphrase these sentences using the new words. I) I can still remember very well my first year at the university. 2) His helpers were ven' experienced workers who knew their job only too well. 3) They were politely asked to leave the office at once. 4) fhe young man was strikingly attractive. 5) Health experts are worried and afraid that a flu epidemic will hit Britain this year. 6) Jane made her little son comfoitable on the sofa and sat down nearby. 7) I’m not sure that his ability to read and sneak is adequate for his age. 8) They won a victory over the colonial army in 1954. 9) We made an effort to collect our thoughts and prepared to defend our project. 10) That night we came together in a group, .settled down arcumd the fire and talke-d and talked and talked. Phrasal Verbs 11ознакомг>ся c фразовыми глаголами с ялернг^ш элементом set 1) to set aside — откладывать He usually sets aside some money for his seaside holidays. 3) to set down — записать Why don’t you set down your thoughts on paper? 2) to set about something ВЗЯТТ.СЯ за что-то She set about the task of reading the complete works ol'Shakespeare, 4) to set off/out отправиться в п^ть We set off early the next morning. 1 hree days later the travellers .set out again. Complete the sentences with the words from the box. 1) \^'e packed our bags and set ... for the coast. 2) She carefully set all the events ... in her diary. 3) We set... the problem at once and solved it in no time. 4) While travelling I usually set my impressions .... 5) It was too late to set... and we had to stay in the hotel for another night. 6) Don’t forget to .set ... some fruit to decorate the cake when it is ready. 7) The house had to be cleaned and we set ... the task with a lot of energy. 8) A lot of parents set... money for their children’s education. 9) We were just setting ... on our holiday when we realized we’d forgotten about the tent. 10) I have set... everything that happened, as I remembered it. about down ofl' out aside Grammar Modal Verbs Can and May to Express Offer and Request Английские модальные глаголы can {could) и may {might) часто используются для выражения просьбы или предложения. Просьба: May 1 use your phone? Might I stay here a little longer? 195 to r+ ro ■D 00 Can you help me, please? Could I borrow your dictionary'? Предложение: Can I carry' your bag for you? Could I offer a different plan? May I offer you a glass of water? We might have a walk around the town. Полезно запомнить, что при выражении просьбы по степени формальности и вежливости на первом месте стоит глагол may, за ни.м следу'ют глаголы might, could, can в данном порядке. Таким образом, фраза May / have а wo*d with you? звучит гораздо более вежливо и формально, чем фраза Сап Ihave а word with you? Work in pairs. Read the replies to offers and requests. Decide what the offers and re quests may be. Each of them should have a modal verb. 1) May 2) ??? - 3) ??? - 4) ??? - 5) ??? - 6) ??? - 7) ??? - 8) ??? - 9) ??? - 10) ??? I take a quick shower? — Of course you may. T he bathroom is all yours. - Here you are. I’ve got two more pens of the same kind. - Thank you very much. 1 really appreciate your help. - I’d love to. 1 have always wanted to watch this film. - Yes, you can. Choose any flowers you want. Lilies are at their best now. - Do, please. It will be very helpful if you hook a room in the Ritz for me. - Wliat a wonderful idea! Let’s go there at the weekend. - Yes, you may. The telephone is on the desk near the window. - You certainly can. Take a walk but remember that dinner will be ser\'ed at six. - Thanks. It’s very kind of you. The suitcase is too heavy for me to carry upstairs, DO IT OI\l YOUR OWN Match the new words with their definitions and write eight sentences of your own with them. 1) to settle (dow n) 2) skilled 3) to recall 4) to fear !S) to gather 6) handsome 7) to reque.st 8) to defeat a) to ask for something in a polite or formal way b) good-looking, having a very attractive face c) to come together to some place d) having the ability and experience to do something well e) to win against someone in a game f) to be afraid of somebody or something g) to go and live permanently in some place h) to remember something N. 196 d гз Complete the text with the appropriate words. Service with a Smile A man wrote a letter to a small hotel in a town he planned to visit (I)... his holiday. He wrote: “1 would very much like to (2)... my dog with me. He is a very good and well-behaved dog. Will you (3) ... me keep him in my room with me at night?” The answer from the hotel (4)... came very soon. He said; “I’ve had this hotel for many years. In all that time, Tve never had a dog (5) ... towels, bedclothes, knives and forks or pictures off I he walls. I’ve never seen a dog come to the hotel dnink in the middle of the night and (6)... a terrible noise. And I’ve never had a dog (7)... to pay a hotel bill. Yes, indeed, your dog is welcome at my hotel. And if your dog recommends you as a guest, you’re welcome to stay here too. 1) a) while b)in c) at d) during 2) a)take b) bring c) fetch d) lead 3) a) allow b) mind c) let d) permit 4) a) master b) owner c) man d) holder 5) a) steal b) borrow c) move d) lend 6) a) make b) create c) do d) give 7) a) remember b) request e) forget d) R'cail 10 Complete the sentences with one of the verbs: cut sign, beat or set in appropriate forms. 1) The boy sang and ... out the rhythm with his foot. 2) If you want to catch a convenient train, you’ll have to ... off early. 3) She ... off'her emails with her nickname “Lass”. 4) We decided to ... up some colour paper to make confetti. 5) It’s a very difficult task, I don’t even know how to ... about it. 6) His heart ached for every tree wliich ... down in the forest. 7) The heavy rain continued to ... down on their heads while they were lunning home. 8) More and more people ... up for nature conservation organizations. N. Step 9 DO IT TOGETHER listen, (62), to the talk between two friends and say which of the facts (1—7) are true, false or not stated. 1) Doris saw Alan not so long ago. 2) Alan had wanted to visit New Zealand before he came to the country. 3) Alan visited New Zealand in the summer. 4) 1'hoiisands of people come to New Zealand on business. 5) riie weather in New Zealand is changeable. 6) riie Maori way of painting faces often seems strange and surprising to v isitors. 7) The Furopean population in New Zealand is larger than Maori population. Match the words in the two columns and complete the sentences, A. B. 1) settled a) Irish gentleman 2) finally b) skilled 3) gathering c) requests 4) feared d) skills 5) get over e) mushrooms 6) handsome f) in the suburbs of Manchestei 7) technically g) defeated 8) lovingly h) for the little boy’s safety 9) special i) her fear 10) reading j) recalls I) Jane ... when she saw him at the top of the tree. 2) She met a rather..., and hoped to see him again. 3) \ olunteers do not need to be ..., but they should be able to use computers. 4) You .should use these textbooks if you want to improve your .... 5) In August 1849 Austria had ... Hungary. 6) If you have some ..., just let as know. 7) Jessica ... her students’ enthusiasm witli which they were preparing for the concert. 8) Wlien she lived with her aunt in the country', she was fond of... in the forest. 9) They manied and .... 10) Alice could hardly ... of dogs. Confusable Words • A A Ш Л Л ЩМ.М auft # • « • • Beautiful — ( Handsome — Pretty Известные вам прилагательные beautiful, handsome, pretty используются n языке, чтобы описать привлекательность, красоту людей. Beautiful обычно подчёркивает класстгескую красоту женщины {праешьиые черты лицо, пропорциональное телосложение). Laura was breathtakingly beautiful and looked like a Greek goddess. Handsome чаше сочетается с именами существительными, обозначающими лиц сильного пола (man, boy, gentleman), но может употребляться и для описания высоких, статных женщин е крупными чертами лица. The hero is usually a brave, handsome young man. Pretty обычно харакгери зует девушек, молодых женщин, детей. What а pretty little girl! Describe three persons: beautiful, handsome and pretty. Try not to use the adjectives themselves. Let your classmates match your stories with these three adjectives. Read the text and choose the appropriate answers to the questions after it. Marco Polo, Traveller and Explorer In 1269 Niccolo and Maffeo Polo travelled as far as China where they met the Emperor ['етрэгэ] Kublai Khan. After the journey they returned to their native city Venice’. WTien they decided to go to China again some years later, Niccolo’s son, Marco went with them. ’ Venice pvenisl — Венеция {город е Ито/ши) 197 tn а> *t3 to 198 с D Tt took them three years to reach China. When they at last arrived, they were welcomed by the Emperor, who was much pleased by Marco, now a handsome young man of twenty, and made him his attendant of honour'. For seventeen years Marco served the great ruler performing many difficult duties, and gathering material for his famous book in which he tells of his life in ancient China. After .seventeen years Marco and his relatives felt homesick for Venice, its bright waters and impressive buildings. But the Emperor refused to hear about their departure. Had they not everything they wanted? Had they not enough power, wealth and honours? Yet the Venetians ['veni:jnz] remained uneasy, for they wished to take home the wealth they had gathered. Then they feared that the successor of the aged Kublai Khan might not be so friendly to the three foreigners. Fortunately, the King of Persia ['paija] had sent his ambassadors* to China to request the Emperor to choose a princess [,pnn'ses] from his court for his wife. The princess and the ambassadors were unable to make the overland journey to Persia because of war in the far south. The ambassadors decided that they could return by sea, a voyage which needed skilled sailors and many ships. The Emperor agreed to allow the Venetians to show the way to the fleet and sent them as diplomats to Spain, Poitugal and other European .states and to the Pope. Kublai Khan agreed to their departure if they returned after they had seen their friends and homes in Venice. Л fleet of fourteen ships sailed for India, with provisions for two years. It took almost that time to complete the voyage, during which six hundred died at sea. The Polos at length arrived in Venice, nearly a quaiter of a centui*y after their setting out. They settled in Venice because Kublai Khan had died by that time. In 1298 Venice and Genoa ['фепэиэ] went to war and Marco Polo became officer on a ship. The Venetians w'ere defeated and Marco was taken prisoner. So far he had never tried to write anything about his adventures or travels. Among the prisoners there was a man who was a w riter. Marco told him about his experiences, recalling that wonderful life of the east, the diverse plant and animal life, such as Europeans could not imagine. Marco’s friend, the writer, set down all those stories in a book. It was a famous book. It proved that Marco Polo was the greatest traveller and explorer of the Middle Ages. ^ V.. Л 1) Wliere did Marco Polo’s relatives travel in 1269? a) To one of the Italian cities. b) To one of the European stales. c) To one of the Asian countries. d) To one of the American continents. 2) Wliat feelings did the Emperor have w hen he saw Marco Polo? a) He was displeased tliat Marco had arrived. b) He was glad to see Marco. c) He was surprised that the young man came together with his relatives. d) He w'as satisfied that the young man had come to serve him. 3) Why did the Polos decide to return to Venice? a) They didn’t have enough power and honours in China. b) They wanted to gather more information for Marco’s book. ' attendant of honour зл.: почетный помощник ’ an ambassador lom'baesodo] — посол Idiomatic English c) They didn’t like China any more. d) They wanted to see their native countiy again. 4) Why were the Venetians dissatisfied that the Emperor did not agree to let tliem go? a) They Felt that their service.»? were becoming more and more difficult. b) They were not sure their wealth was safe in China. c) They wanted to take then* wealth to V'enice and they were not sure the next Emperor would invite them to stay. d) They feared the Emperor to come after Kublai Khan’s death. 5) What helped the Venetians to leave China? a) The King of Persia’s request to let them go to Venice. b) The King of Pei-sia’s wish to many' one of the Chinese princesses. c) The ambassadors’ deci.sion to travel to Persia by sea. d) Kublai Khan’s fear to lose the princess. 6) For how long had Marco Polo been away from liis native city? a) For about 17 years. b) For about 15 years. e) For about 14 years, d) For about 25 years. 7) Where was Marco Polo’s famous book of liis travels written? a) In China. b) In Venice. c) In Persia. d) In Genoa. If Marco Polo lived nowadays, we would say that he had "a cultural shock" in China, Persia and India. Anyhow, the great traveller demonstrated tolerance and understanding for the habits and ways he did not know. In groups read the list below and decide what a person going abroad should keep in mind. Put the recommendations in the order of importance. Add some of your own to the list. keep your eyes and mind open foreveiything new and interesting; don't be afraid to meet people and ask questions; try to learn about the country as much as you can before you go there; never break the laws, rules and customs of the country' you are visiting; never Think badly of people if their ways are not the ways of your country and country men; show respect for the culture new to you; try to taste some national food; be polite and friendly; try to learn some basic phrases like ‘‘Hello”, “Please”, “Thank you” in the language of the country you are visiting; 199 кЛ fD “П VO Познакомьтесь e идиомами, содержащими существительное worUl^ и их значениями. • to have the world al your feet = to be extremely popular or famous, lo have opportunities to do interesting and exciting things; • to see the world — to travel to many different countries; • to be worlds apart = lo be completely dift'erent from each other; • to think that the world is your oyster L'oistal = to think that you can go anyw'here or to do anything that you want; • to do somebody a world of good — to make somebody feel happy or healthy; • to mean the world to somebody {informal) = to be very important to someone; • to set the world on fire {informal) ~ to do something that creates a lot of interest or excitement. 200 с Z3 Paraphrase the sentences using the idioms with the word world. 1) Мату ought to have a long seaside holiday. Il must improve her health. 2) By the time he was 30 he had already been to a lot of places all over the world. 3) Young people tend to believe that they are on the road to success and will always have evei'^thing their own way. 4) The two sisters look very mucli alike but in fact I’ve never seen people who have so little in common. 5) As soon as Paul became a public figure and began to appear on television, he decided that he was a star. 6) James is a nice boy but I’m afraid he will never be able to do anything outstanding. 7) I love my parents and always listen to what they say. Grammar r Modal Verbs Ought {to). Be {to), lUeedn't and Howto Use Them Познакомьтесь ещё с тремя модальными глаголами. 1- Ought to {do something) — глагол, близкий по смыслу к глаголу should и выражает совет, рекомендацию, указание: You ought to Icll her ihc inilh. Как и другие глаголы, ought to обра зует вопросительные и отрицательные предложения без помощи вспомогательного глагола: You ought not (oughtn’t) to be here. Ought I to tell my parents? — I think you ought. Глагол should используется в языке чаше, чем ought to. 2. Be to {do something) — используется в формальной речи, свидетельствует' о заплани-рованности действия, выражает >тсазанис: The Queen is to visit Japan next year. {Зогыанированное действие) You are to slay here until I send for you. (Указание) Предложения сданным модальнькм глаголом не предназначены для разговорной речи. 3. Хотя глагол need в современном английском языке в большинстве случаев нс используется как модальный, в форме needn^t {neednot) он таковым является. You needn’t buy any food, Tve already bought everything you want. Таким образом, в языке функционируют две отрицательные формы глагола need: 1) needn't do (модальный гла1Х)л) 2) doesn 7 don V Между ними есть определённое различие. Г) Модальный глагол 7 используется в конкретных ситуациях: You needn’t wash up. Mum has done it. 2) Обычный 1лагол используется в ситуациях общего плана: Russian citizens don’t need to gel a visa when they go to Turkey. ^ need to do (обычный т’лагол) Decide which forms of the verbs ought (to), to bo (fo) and needyou will use to complete these sentences. 1) You ... do as you are told. We all expect you to be a good boy. 2) How much do you think 1 w ill wait? — You ... wait. Mr Richardson will see you immcdialely. 3) Your grandmother is at hospital. You ... visit her. 4) Mum, must I go .shopping? — No, you ..., dear. I have already been to the .shops. .5) flie minister ... come at exactly five o’clock. We have been informed about it. 6) You ... listen more carefully, then you’ll understand your teacher belter. 7) We have been informed that the delegation of the American congressmen ... arrive in April. 8) You ... wash up. I have already washed the plates. 9) You ... drive so fast. It’s dangerous. 10) You ... eat so much chocolate cake. DO IT OI\l YOUR OWN Paraphrase these sentences using the appropriate forms of the verbs ought {to), {to), need. to be 1) I should go and see Fred one of these days. 2) As J see it there is no necessity foi rtic to do the ironing. You have ironed cverytliing yourself. 3) It is not necessary for you to get up early tomorrow. There is no school on Saturday. 4) It is planned that they will return at the end of the month. 5) You have plenty of time. It is not necessapy to hurry. 6) We have aareed that she will meet you at tlie railway station, near your carriage. 7) 1 can’t avoid it. L’ln.sure it w^lj happen. 8) In my opinion you should sec the doctor immediately. I Choose the appropriate words to complete the sentences. 1) Jacob was a ... young man of 25. a) handsome b) beautiful c) pretty 2) The guests are respectfully... not to smoke inside the office, a) asked for b) requested c) recalled 3) The enemy fleet was ... in the battle. a) hit b) broken c) defeated 4) The travellers decided to set... early in the morning, a) out b) about c) aside .5) In autumn many people ... mushrooms in woods and forests, a) collect b) lift c) gather 6) I w'ould like to give you advice though I doubt you will follow it. You ... be more tolerant to others. a) are to b) ought c) should 7) I have never been able to recall the details of our first meeting,... my husband, a) so has b) so hasn’t c) neither has 8) Marco Polo’s... arc famous all over the world. 201 rt- -O a) travels b) trips 9) ... people in hospitals arc called patients, a) Sick b) 111 10) People usually buy spaghetti ar the .... a) baker’s b) butcher’s c) voyages c) Homesick c) grocer’s I 10 The sentences below have mistakes. Write them correctly. 1) I suppose it’s a wonderful sensation to have the world at your legs. 2) She’s good but she’s not going to get the world on fire. 3) A hot strong cup of tea on a nasty cold day can make you a world of good 4) Soon Bob understood that Sue meant the w^rld for him. 5) ft has been my life-time dream to watch the world. 6) What people think and what they say might be worlds away. 7) After getting the job he wanted Oliver felt that the world was Iris starfish. Optional task. Use the Internet and try to find some information about Marco Polo, his life and travels. Share your information with your classmates. You may use this site: https://en.wikipedia.org / wiki/MarcoPolo 202 С =J Step 10 DO IT TOGETHER A. Listen to the song, ^ (63), read the words and sing the song along No Expectations {by “Rolling Stones'"^) Take me to the station and put me on a train. I’ve got no expectations to pass tliroiigh here again. Once f was a rich man now I am so poor. But never in my sweet short life have I felt like this before. Your heart is like a diamond you til row your pearls at swine'. And as I watch you leaving me you pack my peace of mind. Our love was like the water that splashes^ on a stone. Our love is like our imisic it’s here, and then it’s gone. So take me to the airport and put me on a plane. I’ve got no expectations to pass through here again. B. Answer these questions. 1) What is the general mood of the song? 2) What kind of stoiy' is behind it? 3) Why is love compared with water splashing on a stone and music which is here and then gone? Complete the text (1—7) with the phrases (a—h) after it. There is one phrase you don't have to use. The Station I can still see those events clearly in my mind’s eye. We are travelling by train — out of the window we drink in the passing scenes of (1) ..., sheep on a di.stant hillside, fields of com and wheat, flatlands and valleys, mountains and cities. But what we are thinking about is the final destination. On a certain day we will arrive at the station. An orchestra w ill be playing and flags waving (2)... , our dreams will come tnie. So we are waiting, waiting, w aiting for the station. “When we reach the station, that will be it!” we cry. “When I’m 18.” “Wlicn I buy a “When I leave college.” “When I get a job, (3)...!” car, ' to throw pearls at swine (to cast pearls before swine) — mi* lai ь бисер перед свиньями ^ to splash tspla^n — плескатЦея) Sooner or later, we begin to understand there is no station, (4) .... 1 he true joy of life ь the trip. Tlie station is only a dream. “ Hnjoy the moment” is a good idea. It isn’t the hardships of today that make us mad. It is the feeling of sadness about what happened ye.sterday (5)_ Sadness and fear do not allow us to enjoy today. So stop counting the miles and (6).... Instead, climb more mountains, eat more ice cream, walk on the grass, swim rivers, (7)..., laugh more, cry less. Life must be lived as we go along. Tlie station will come soon enough. a) no one place to arrive; b) feeling happy and careful; c) once we get there; d) children waving to us; e) watch sunsets; 0 waiting tor the station; g) and the fear of tomorrow; h) I shall live happily ever after. A. Comment on the two phrases from the text "The Station": a) the true joy of life is the trip; b) enjoy the moment. B. A trip is often compared with a journey through life. Say: • why they can be compared; • what are the most important “stations” in every person’s life; • why it is important to follow your own way. To be in harmony with the world people should understand each other better. We can do it if we know more about different cultures, if we learn to be tolerant to each others' differences. When you travel, it's important to learn what things are usual or unusual in the country you are going to visit. Read about some customs typical of differe^ countries and guess which of them are typical of Britain. Then check your answers, (64). 1) People take their shoes off as soon as they enter someone’s house. 2) When you meet someone die first time, you shake hands mth them. 3) When you meet a friend you saw yesterday, you shake hands with him/lier. 4) Wlien you meet a friend you last met six months ago, you kiss each other. If you kis.s people, you kiss them on both cheeks. 6) A man is supposed to hold the door open fora woman. 7) If you are invited to visit someone for dinner, you take a prcscnl for them. 8) You write to say thank you when you get home after you have stayed with someone. 9) You arrive a bit early for a party you were invited to. 10) You give flowers to a man. 11) You unwrap the flowers before you give them to someone. 12) You say thank you when you leave the table after a friend has given you a meal. 13) You stand in a line at the bus stop waiting for a bus. 14) You touch people you are speaking to several times during the conversation. A. Work in groups and discuss the British customs (see Ex. 4) comparing them with the same in Russia. What is normal in both the countries? What is different? B. Think and say if there are any other Russian customs which are important for visitors to our country to know. Do you think you would like to borrow any customs from other cultures? 203 Г+ (b T3 Social English 1’ 0Q 204 c Существует множество выражений, тсйских ситу'ациях. Ниже приводятся некоторые из них. What you say It’s not my cup of tea. I'm knackered. I’m up to my eyes. I’m a bit hard up. You bet! Touch wood. I’m full. I must be off. I don’t get it. I haven’t got the foggiest idea. используемых говорящими в определённых Их и подобные речевые клише стоит запом Wben you say it You don’t like it. You are very tired. You arc very busy. You have no money. You arc sure of a fact. You hope something will happen. You’ve had enough to eat. You arc leaving. You don’t understand. You don’t know at all. Complete the microdialogues with the phrases from Social English. 1) I hear you arc going on a tour of France. — ... I’m trying to gel a visa at the moment. 2) — Could you lend me some money? I’d like to buy this cap for my dad. I know he’d love it. — Oh, I’m so sorry...Can it wait till tomorrow? Thai’s when I’ll get my pocket money. 3) — Will you slay and watch the new comedy wdth us? — Thanks. I’d love to but... I promised my parents to come home before 10. 4) — Excuse me, where is the nearest railway station? ~ I’m Sony .... I’m a newcomer here too. 5) — I’m going to the Natural History Museum. Would you like to join me? — No, not really. I’m afraid that sciences ... 6) — Wliat’s the matter with you? — I’ve been shopping for food since morning.... I just need to sit down and put my feet up. 7) — Would you like another piece of cake? — Thank you. It’s very nice but... I just can’t have any more. 8) — Excuse me,... Do I have to declare the two pictures I have with me? — Yes, certainly. All works of art must be declared at the customs. 9) — W-e are having a party the day after tomorrow. Tm inviting you. — Thank you. I’d love to come but... I have two papers to write befoic Friday. 10) — Our team is going to win! — ... The scorn is four to nil in our favour. Grammar The McKlal Verbs Mustn't, Shouldn't, Needn't in Comparison Важно различать смысл отдельных модальных глаголов. В частности, изу'шющие английский язык склонны смешивать гла1олы следутошего ряда: mustn’t — shouldn’t — needn’t Помните, что mustn’t выражает строгий категоригческий запрет, shouldn’t — совет или пожелание, а needn’t говорит об отс>'тсгвии необходимости выполниль то или иное действие. Сравнггге: Children inustn4 play with matches. Детям запрещено играть со спичками. Friends .slioiildn’t quarrel. Друзьям не следусг ссориться. We needn’t read the text again, we know it well. Нам незачем читать тексп ешё раз, мы хорошо его знаем. Choose the appropriate modal verbs shouldn't, mustn't or needn'tto complete the sentences. 1) I don4 allow you to stay at the parly till midnigliu You ... come back home so late. 2) You ... settle down in this area if you don’t like il. I’m sure we can find something to your liking. 3) You ... spend so much time on computer games. It isn’t wise, in my opinion. There are so many other things to do and to .see. 4) You ... cross the road here. It’s dangerous. 5) Ren really ought to see his parents more often. He ... think only about his own convenience. 6) The doctor says you ... spend so much time indoors. Ii’s harmful for your health. 7) 1 ... get up at seven tomoiTow. Hooray! It’s my day off. 8) Parents should lake care of their children, bui children ... forget their parents either. This is the right philosophy. 9) You ... forget your duties. It’s immoral. 10) You ... buy these readers. I have plenty of them in the classroom. 205 K/) DO IT ON VOUR OWN fl> XJ Match the statements with their meanings. 1) You needn’t hand in the paper next T uesday. 2) You mustn’t travel about the IJ К without a visa. 3) You shouldn’t eat so much bread and pasta if you want to lose weight. 4) Little children mustn’t go to bed later than 9 p.m. 5) You needn’t leave the place right now. 6) You shouldn’t work .so much on the computer. Your eyes are red. a) I don’t advise you to spend so much time before the screen. b) It’s harmfiil foi kids to slay awake at night They are not allowed to do it. c) The law says you are allowed to come to Great Britain only if you have an official permission. d) You can stay here longer. e) There is no necessity to finish it so soon. You can do it later. t) 1 don’t think it is wise to act like this. You may achieve 1 he opposite result. N. Read one of the Maori legends and complete it with the appropriate forms of the words on the right. A long time ago them was a beautiful woman (1)... Pania. She (2)... in the sea with many other sea people and sea animals. Hvery day she (3)... in the sea with her friends and every night she (4)... to sleep in a small river on the North Island. Kariotiki was the (5)... son of a Maori chief, the (6)... of all the (7).... One night he (8)... Pania. The young people (9) ... in love with each other. They secretly got married, but Pania could not stay on the land all the time, so she always (10)... her house on land in the morning. One day the sea people (11)... her under the water bccau.se they didn’t want her to return to the man she loved. When you look into the water, some people say, you can still sec Pania with her arms out. She (12)... to get back to her husband. call, live swim, go handsome good, child, see fall leave keep trv 10 Complete the microdialogues in a logical way. I) 2) 3) 4) 206 5) c 6) □ r+ 7) — Thank you. It’s my favourite but i’m full. __ 9 « « • p — I haven’i got ihc foggiest idea. I ’ve never thought about it * P % — I should say... is not really my cup of lea. — You bet! I’ve never had any doubt about it. — I must be off.... 7) — Oh, I’m knackered.... Step 11 Consolidation Class DO IT TOGETHER You will hear six people talking about their impressions of Great Britain, 9 (65). Listen and match the statements (a—g) with what the speakers say. One statement you don't have to use. a) These events are aimed at a particular age group. b) These events take place once in two years in the British capital. c) Tliis event is compared with a similar one taking place in another country. d) This event gathers plant lovers from all over the country'. e) 1 his event should have taken place in spring instead of summer. f) One of the aims of this event is to help people. g) 1 he participants of this event are people from different countries. А. Read the words of wisdom and paraphrase them using no modal verbs. The words and word combinations in the box can help you. po.ssibly, oughtn’t to, to be in no condition, not to be able to, it is necessai'y, to be ad-vi.sed, there is a need, there is no need, to be able to, maybe I have learned... 1) that being kind may be more important than being right. 2) hat a smile can easily improve your looks. 3) that you should always leave loved ones with loving words. It may he the last time you see them. 4) that money can’t buy class or happiness. 5) that it is not always enough to be forgiven by others. Sometimes you have to learn to forgive yourself. 6) that we should be glad we are not given everything we ask for. 7) that no matter how good a friend is they are going to hurt you from time to time and you must forgive them for that. 8) that you СШ1 keep going long after you think you сапЧ. 9) that you don4 have to change friends if you understand that friends change. B. Now say what words of wisdom you can add to this list. What useful things have you learnt in your life? Choose the appropriate items to complete the sentences. 1) You ... it earlier. Now it’s too late. a) should do b) should be doing c) should have done 2) He ... drive a car again In the near future, a) сапЧ ЬЗ гхилИоЧ с) won4 be able to 3) When ... get up yesterday? I know that your trip started at six a.m. a) did you have to b) had you to c) must you 4) It is reported that the European Union delegation ... tomorrow. a) can have arrived b) is to arrive c) should have arrived 5) You may go home now. You ... stay here longer. Everything necessary lias been done. a) mustn4 b) can’t c) neednH 6) He ... come back, but I’m more than sure he won4. a) may b) must c) miglit 7) We ...: we got there much too early. a) needn4 have hurried b) needn’t hurr^^ e) needn4 be hiiriying 208 8) Father called me lialf an hour ago. He said he was on his way home. Il usually takes hint 35 minutes to get home Trom work. He ... up to the house now. a) must be driving b) might be driving c) may be driving 9) The ice is so thin. Children ... walk on the river ice. It’s dangerous. a) cannot b) must not c) need not Use the words from the box to complete the sentences. 4855 amazing, skills, recall, fear, request, handsome, awake, settle, defeated, set, trouble, di vided, gathered 1) Our basketball team easily ... the visiting team. 2) At our teacher’s ... the famous writer came to our meeting. 3) The story of English is an ... stor>' indeed. Unknow n in Europe in the 16th centuiy it became the world’s global language in the 21st. 4) We ... together in the hall ready to set out. 5) The cook ... the pie into ten slices. 6) My friend works with children who have poor reading .... 7) The face of the ... gentleman seemed familiar to me, but I couldn’t... his name. 8) The people of the town felt great... when the lion ran away from the zoo. 9) We were ... most of the night because the dogs were barking loudly. 10) I wanted to buy an iPhone and decided to ... aside some money each month. 11) When we came to the USA, we decided to ... in a small town near the ocean. 12) The ... with your plan is I hat fuT filling it will take too much time. Choose the appropriate prepositions to complete the sentences. I) At the end of July the group of explorers finally set (on/off). 2) We have been living (in/with) fear since the beginning of autumn. 3) I cannot agree (to/on) your requesi. 4) What .skills arc necessary (to/for) this job? 5) For the enemy the battle ended (in/v ith) a defeat. 6) Ail visitors are requested to register (al/on) the front desk. 7) She slipped (on/at) 1 he wet floor and fell down. 8) We were kepi away (by/with) the noise in the next room. 9) The traveller tied (iip/on) his hor.se to a tree. 10) 1 think they got (in/into) trouble again. Consider the following and answer the questions. 1) Wherever people go travelling and whenever they do it they always buy souvenirs. Wliy do you think people do it? 2) Sometimes the souvenirs travellers buy abroad or in their own country are useless. Yet they buy such things which are sometimes fairly expensive. How can you explain that? 3) Due to the process of globalization in the world it is often possible to buy footwear, clothes. Jewellery and other things in one’s native country. Yet, many tourists do shopping abroad. Do you see any reasons for that? 4) Wliat do you or would you like to bring home as souvenirs? Do you go shopping when yoii’ie aw'ay from home? Which of these do you enjoy buying; clothes, footwear, stationeiy, costume jewellery', books, household goods or other things? Can you explain why? 5) Why do many people nowadays prefer to pay by card'^ Wliat are the advantages? Are there any disadvantages? N, Work in small groups and plan a journey abroad or to some place in Russia. When your plans are ready, share them with the rest of the class. Discuss: • where you’d like lo go, for how long and why; • what transport you’d prefer; • where you’re going lo stay; • what you’re going lo do in the place of your choice; • how you’re going lo overcome possible difficulties connected with the difference in cultures; • what tilings you’ll bring home to remember your visit by. DO IT ON YOUR OWIU Complete the sentences with so, neither and the appropriate verb forms. Example! The Smiths settled in the suburbs of Chicago, and ... the Swifts. lire Smiths settled in the suburbs of Chicago, and so did the Swifts. 1) He will never lose his skill of writing and ... his son, who is as talented as his father. 2) My mothei often recalls the events of 20 years ago, and ... my aunt. 3) The army hasn’t been defeated and ... the fleet. 4) The team are gathering strength foi the coming match, and ... the referees and coaches. 5) Under the circumstance.s you mustn’t show your fear and ... your friends. 6) They can get a handsome sum of money for their work and ... anybody else. 7) 1 heir first request was not rejected and ... the .second. 8) AJJ the morning flights have been delayed and ... the afternoon flights. 9) Our group is not going through the customs yet and ... theirs. 10) The children fell knackered after the long Journey and ... the grown-ups. Complete the text with the appropriate words 209 1/1 Ф "D Auckland ['okbnd] is New Zealand’s biggest city. Over 1,3 (1) ... people live there — that’s almost a third of the people who live in New Zealand. Auckland has warm but wet weather. There arc (2)... all around it. It is (3)... that they arc not active. There are (4)... on both sides of this island city and there are so many (5)... that Auckland is sometimes called “The City of Sails”. The Maori first came to the Auckland area in about 1350. There are still large numbers of Maori living in the city, but today Auckland is a very (6) ... city from the one those early Maori lived in. 11 is very busy. Lots of people from many countries live in Auckland. This means that many different cultures coexist in the place. Lots of young New Zealanders come from the (7)... to live in Auckland. They want to find work. 1) a) millions 2) a) volcanoes 3) a) happy 4) a) banks 5) a) trains 6) a) various 7) a) village b) million b) tornadoes b) happily b) beaches b) planes b) other b) country c) of million c) earthquakes c) lucky c) coasts c) cars c) different c) town d) millions of d) tsunamis d) liickiK d) seasides d) boats tl) another d) settlement 10 Complete the texts of the two postcards. Each space should be filled with only one word. 210 A. Ъсач Jta>t a't'tlved hcm^. ёч1 hn sti££- 'leccvc'iin^ f'tom a 'LcaHijj (1) ... fCl^hL We. (2) ... Um and a haCf hmcis £atc. 0a\ fd^ht had £ejen (J) ... Весамье. of Bad. weather, fo'i some tunc wc f£e.w th'icH^k a stc'an. The (4) ... wcic not a££maed Ijo. £mvc thei'i seaib 0.% aafa^tm theh scat (5) ... . It was a £itt£e wc't'tifin^. besides / fe£t (6) ... and tjot ci/C'i it cn£^ afUi\ the. p£anti (7) ... . Ta'itiutaieAj^ mif fdjuui CjViC met me in the athped. and. took ca'ic of mp (8) ... which, was (fuite heavp. dn^haw, Гт Back home now, safe and sound. I wou£d Bike to thank, ijou cujain fo% peax wojtdexfuB hospUu£U.p. Ъй take (9) ... . ‘bo'tis. B. Hi, mum and dad. It's my second day in Paris. I've already seen the Eiffel Tower, an absolute must for all (1) .... I love it here. The hotel I‘m (2) ... in is small but very clean and comfortable. Thie (3) ... are friendly. They all speak English which is really helpful. Yesterday I did Some (4) ... and bought two or three (5)... souvenirs for you. I hope you will like them. I ate in the hotel the first night because I felt (6)... after the flight and the sightseeing. But tonight I'm planning to have dinner in a good (7).... Eating there (8) ... be expensive but I'm sure I should taste some (9)... French food. Im taking a lot of (10).... So you'll be able to see them when I get back home on the 23d. Love, John. Step 12 Test Yourself and Prepare for the National Examination I. Listenin N1 Listen to the dialogue of two friends, (66), and say which of the facts below are true, false or not stated. 1) Alice likes to travel light. 2) Alice thinks she has packed only the things she’s going to use. 3) Alice’s grandmother knitted her the jumper when Alice w'as still at school. 4) Alice is going to travel in a pair of Jeans and a T-shirt. 5) Julia gives her friend advice about certain things she may need on holiday. 6) Julia gives her friend advice about certain things she may not need on holiday. 7) Julia is ready to give her triend a helping hand. Maximum result 7 Your result 7 • . Reading Ni Read the text and complete the statements after it. Why Japan Is Cool Each year more and more people get interested in Japan and visit it. Japan is a countr> with longstanding traditions and ancient culture. Japan’s name means “origin of the sun” which is often translated as Land of the Rising Sun. Tlie term appeared due to Japan’s location to the east of the ancient empire of China. 1 he country is situated to the east from the Asian continent and is surrounded by the ocean from different directions. It consists of many mountainous islands with active volcanoes. Of the four main islands, Honshu ('honjii:] is the largest. The islands constitute 95% of Japan’s total territory while the remaining part is occupied by more than 3,000 smaller islands. The total land area of Japan is 374,744 square kilometres. All of these islands are likely to suffei from earthquakes. After a long but comfortable flight the plane lands at the airport of Tokyo. Tokyo is a city tied to the ftjturc as it is to the past. As the modern-day capital of Japan it is the national centre of government, education and finance, and home to 12 million residents. Museums and restaurants, shopping centres and modern concert halls — you can find it all beneath the neon lights of this pulsating modern metropolis. It is also an ultra-urban cilv . Here you can find cutting-edge or innovative ['insvatjv] and pioneering fashion, a lot of experimental music, the latest gadgets from minicomputers that you can easily put into your pocket to super hi-tech mobile phones with digital cameras. Ah this attracts a lot of young people to the place. Tourists usually recall their travels over Japan with enihusia.sm, saying that it is really a unique and unforgettable countiy^ 1) Japan is becoming ... . a) very popular among young tourists as the place to visit b) one of the most dynamic places of the world c) the largest economy in .Asia d) the leading economy of the world 2) The name of the country ... . a) was explained in China b) was born in China c) was translated from Chinese d) came into being thanks to its position referring to China 3) Volcano eruptions_____ a) arc possible in Japan b) threaten 95% of Japan’s total territory c) never happen on 3,000 smaller Japanese islands d) arc not a habitual thing in Japan 211 r+ ft) T3 N1 г f г, 212 4) Tokyo is ... . a) a multinational city b) a city where the histoiy ot'the coimtiy is connected with new tendencies c) a city of progressive ideas d) a city full of secrets 5) The capital of Japan is .... a) the place where you can find the country’s historical heritage b) not the place to use old-fasliioned gadgets and computers c) the place where the first minicomputers were produced d) the place to use your digital cameras 6) Tourists to Japan .... a) may get acquainted with Japanese art and literature b) must visit the National Parks of the country c) practically always remember their visits to the country quite positively d) tend to spend at least a day or two in its capital Maximum result Your result 6 7 Ш N. . Use of Enqiish Complete the text with the derivatives of the words on the right. Under Indian Skies Goa in India is (1) ... known as the Riviera of the East. Goa is a little territory in the (2) ... part of India, with a strong influence from the days when it was a (3) ... colony. At almost any lime of the year you can see a number of (4) ... walking in (5) ... beach clothes, fhe locals, after a good day’s work, (6) ... an afternoon siesta, close shops early and relax at home. Really, it is a place for (7) ... and having fun. popular west Portugal foreign, colour include relax Maximum result Your result 7 7 N. Complete the text with the appropriate grammar forms of the words on the right. N. In the morning there were le.ssoiis. The afternoons (1)... on trips to places of local interest. We usually returned to the classrooms before tea to write in our diaries a record of all the things we (2) ... about on our excursions that day. Then, after tea, wc (3) ... to watch television for one hour in the television room — so (4) ... because the only item of ftirni-tiirc in the room was the (5)... television I (6) ... in my life. 1 (7) ... this forty years on from that summer. My own children (8) ... up now. But I still remember my adventure holiday of long ago. spend learn allow call big, see, write grow 1 Maximum result 8 Your result 7 m Complete the test with the appropriate words. Britain is different from your own country. You may like some of the differences and dislike others. This is natural. The more you try to understand British people, the (1)... you will enjoy your stay — even if you believe some of the (2)... and traditions to be strange. Here arc two examples. It is quite normal for British families to have Their evening (3)... as early as (4) 5.... The advantage is that your whole evening is free. If this is very different from your country, try to understand! If you arc (5) ... in a British home and you want to leave the room, people will expect you to (6) ... where you are (7)_If you leave the room without explaining, they will think you are ill or upset for some reason. 213 CO r~Y ro T3 N> 1) a) many h) much c) more d) most 2) a) customs b) customers c) customary d) custom 3) a) food b) eating c) feeding d) meal 4) a) mp b) pm c) am d) ma 5) a) sitting b) setting c) seating d) siting 6) a) tell b) talk c) say d) .speak 7) a) coming b) walking c) moving d) goiFig Maximum result Your result 7 7 N. IV. Writin Comment on one of the following statements. • The world is a great book, of which they who never leave home read only a page, • I le travels fastest who travels alone. • When in Rome do as the Romans do. • Every country has its customs. • East or west, home is best. • Half the world knows not how the other half 1 ives. Write 200—250 words. Use the following plan: • make an introduction to state the problem; • express your personal opinion and give 2—3 reasons for your opinion; • express an opposing opinion and give 1 —2 reasons for the opposing opinion; • explain why you don’t agree with the opposing opiiiion; • make a conclusion restating your position. Maximum result Your result 8 7 N. 214 С э You have received a letter from your English-speaking pen friend, Diana. In her letter Diana writes: I’m writing from Rome. I’ve been here for a week on a school trip. It’s been a fantastic week full of discoveries. I’m also enjoying my friends’ company. We have so much fun together! Our next trip will be to Athens. I’m already looking forward to it. Do you go on school trips? What places do you and your fner\ds usually visit? Where would you like to go if you have a chance? Write a letter to Diana. In your letter: • answer her question.s; • ask three questions about her future journey to Greece. Maximum result ' 7 Your result j 7 • Count your total result. Total result 50 Your total result 7 Are you satisfied with the marks your teacher has given you for your written paper? Can you improve it? Are you satisfied with it? Could your total result be better? What does it depend upon? Look through the steps of Unit Four and say: • if the material of the unit was interesting, useful, widening your scope; • if you found any new ideas in the texts and exercises of the unit; • if any of the problems raised in the unit were surpri.sing, making you think them over; • if the unit helped you to revise grammar and vocabulary; • what new information about the English language you have learnt; • what things were easy/difficult; • what tasks you specifically remember and w hy. Project Work Four • • « Prepare a computer presentation on the topic "In Harmony with the World". You may consider these ideas: to be in harmony with the world people should learn more about various countries; travelling is one of the ways to know the world better; to achieve the state of harmony with the world, we should understand that there are things that make nations and peoples different, but there are many things that unite us; it is possible to avoid a lot of conflicts and contradictions between the people of different cultural identification if we are tolerant to our differences. Be ready to give your presentation in class. It shouldn't take longer than five minutes. Try to make your presentation Interesting, illustrate it with photos, pictures etc. Grammar Reference THE NOUN I. Употребление аргиклей с именами существительными В современном английском языке с различными разрядами имён существигсльных возможно использование определённого (definite), неопределённого (indefinite) и так называемого нулевого (zero) артиклей. § 1. Употребление неопределённого артикля Неопределённый артикль существует в двух формах: а (перед именами существительными, которые начинаются с согласного звука) и ап (перед именами существительными, которые начинаются с гласною). Исторически данный артикль связан с числительным one, от которою он и произошел, а потому во многих случаях этот артикль указывает на единичность (один, одна, одно) и используется с исчисляемыми имеиа.ми существительными. Неопределённый аргикль а/ап употребляется в тех слу^хаях, когда: • исчисляемое имя существительное используется как предикатив и даёт наименование объекту: I am а dudiI. It's а good film. • имя сушествигельное называет объект, который является представителем кзасса «любой», «всякий»: А reindeer is а large dccr. А dog is a good friend. • исчисляемое имя существительное упозреблено в конструкции ihere is/was: There is a piano in the room. There was a book on the shelf. • исчисляемое имя существительное выс1упает в функции прямого дополнения: I see а house. V/e have а pci. В языке многие имена существительные часто сочетаются друг с другом и выступают в iT&pbi. iB 1тадобгтгх случаях неопределённый артиюзь обь1чно используется только перед первым членом подобной пары: а сир and saucer, а hat and coat, a knife and fork, an egg and eggeup: It’s cold outside. Take a hat and coat with you. • имя существительное (исчисляемое) используется в восклицаниях: What ЯП answer! What а shame! What an idea! • исчисляемое имя существительное используется после интенсификатора such: That child is such a pest! She is such a beautiful lady! • исчисляемое имя существительное используется как единица измерения: 40 km ап hour = 40 km per hour Xf) pence a kilo =80 p per kilo 30 miles a gallon =30 miles per gallon • арзикль указывает па единичность (один, одна и т. я.): Ап apple а day keeps а doctor away. An hour is 60 minutes. Однако в большинстве случаев неопределённый артикль и числительное one не являются взаимозаменяемыми. One обычно употребляют при счёте (противопоставляя один предмег, а не два и не три). В этом случае значение неопределённого арп-пеля и числительного совпадают: а/опе hundred, а/опе million, а/опе quarter, а/опе pound, а/опе fool. 215 216 По числительное one нс используется в значении «любой», «всякий». • имя существительное являсюя частью сочетания, обозначающего однократттые действия: to have а rest lo lake a seal to give a look lo make a fuss to have a talk lo give a hint § 2. Употребление определённого артик,1я Определённый артикль the. произошел из указательного местоимения that. Произношение артикля the зависит от того, с какою звука начинается следующее за артиклем тшя еу шеств ите л ыюе: the [бэ] + имя, начинающееся с согласного: the day, the key, the door; the [6i] + имя, начинающееся с гласного: the apple, the end, the umbrella. Определённый артикль может употребляться в предложении с исчисляемыми именами существительными в единственном и множественном числе, е абстрактными и вещественными именами сушествительными. Определённый артикль употребляется если: • из контекста или сшуангти ясно, о чём идс г речь: Close the book. Open the window. • имя существительное уже упоминалось прежде: Jane has а pen. The pen is very good; • перед существительным или после него используется ут очняющее определение: The woman near the window is my mum. Уточняющими определениями могут быть: all (the), the whole, the same, the right, tlie left, the wюng, the very, the only, the be.st, the main, the last, the next, the 1st, the 2nd etc., the following, the opposite; • имя существительное является названием уникального объекта, феномена: the moon, the sun. The sky, the earth, the sea, the world, the north, the south, the east, the west. Однако, существительное space выбивается из этого правила: spacc/io go to space, to be in .space; • имя существительное является названием целого класса объектов: The tiger is а wild animal. The watermelon is a ber?y; • имя сущсст вительное является обстоятелт^ством места: They are in the garden. We often go to the cinema. Определённый артикль часто употребляется с географическими названиями и именами собственными, например с названиями: • гостиниц: the Ritz Hotel, the Central Hotel (но: Victoria Hotel, Moscow Hotel {название отеля содержит имя собственное или географическое название)\ • кораблей, лайнеров: the Titanic, the Mayflower, the Discoveiy; • газет; the Times, the Sun, the Observer; • стран, сели эти ггазваиия состоят из нескольких слов: The Russian Federation, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, the People’s Republic of China; • каналов: the English Channel, the Panama Canal [кэ'пэ!]: • водопадов: the Niagara Falls, the Victoria Falls; • пустынь: the Sahara, the Kara-Kum. the Gobi; • групп островов: the Philippines, the British Isles; • горных цепей: the Alps, the Urals; • мест, в когорых имеется предлог of: the city of I .ondon, the Cape of Good Hope, the Republic of Altai. § 3. Употребление нулевого артикля Обычно артрткль нс употребляется с названиями; • регионов, провинций: California, Siberia (но: the Crimea, the Caucasus, the Far East, 1 he Lake District, the Antarctic); • полуостровов: Kamchatka, Florida, Cornwall; • отдельных горных вершин: Elbrus, Everest; • отдельных островов: Ireland, Madagascar; • университетов и колледжей: Oxford University, Moscow University (но: the University of Oxford, the University of Moscow); • дворцов: Winter Palace, Westminster Palace, Buckingham Palace; • вокзалов, аэропортов: Vnukovo Airport, Waterloo (Railway) Station, King’s Cross (Railway) Station; • журналов (как прави.ю): Punch, Life, People’s Friend, Mizz. § 4. Употребление артиклей с именами существительными, обозначающими трапезы Обозначая зрапезу, имена сушестпите;1ьные breakfast, brunch^, lunch, dinner, supper, tea обычно употребляются без артикля в следующих сочетаниях: to have breakfast, dinner etc., to lake breakfast, dinner etc., to prepare/rnake tea, to seivc lunch, to cook supper, to go to dinner, to return by supper, before/after dinner. Dinner is always at 7 p.m. Breakfast is ready (served, laid). Определённый артикль используется с данными именами сулцествителышми, если у них есть уточняющие определения или, если речь идёт о конкретной еде, блюдах: The dinner you cooked was tasty. How much should we pay for the branch? The dinner is in the kitchen. Неопределённый артикль также может употребляться с именами существитсльны\1и breakfast, lunch, brunch, dinner i. д., если перед ними находится описа lejibiioe определение: You сап get а hot brunch here. We had a late dinner yesterday. § 5- Употребление артиклей с именами существительными school, prison, church, bed, work, college, hospital, university 1) Если словосочетания с этими именами существительными обозпачакл деятельность, то перед указанными словами артикии не употребляются: to go to school — учиться в школе to go to bed — ложиться спать lv7 Ш 6ea' — лежать в постели to be at school — учиться в школе to go to university — поступить в университет 2) Если указанные cyшecтвитcJIьныe в рассмотренных сочетаниях обозначают здания или конкретные места, они могут использоваться как с определенным, так и с неопределенным артиклем; I went to the school where John has classes (school = здатгие). There were a lot of police in the prison (prison = здание). Lie down on the bed. The doctor will examine you (bed = место, куда надо лечь). II. Словообразовательные модели для создания имён существите.ыьных § 1. Сокращение как способ обра.зоваиия новых имён существиз ельных В современном янижйском языке большое количество имён сущсс гвительных образуется путём сокращения лексических единиц. При этом образуемые подобным способом слова могут представлявъ из себя либо усечённые единицы (например, может сокрашат1>ся начало или конец слова), либо это может быть аббрсвиагура, состоящая из букв. К сокращённым слова.м первого типа относятся такие елиницы, как: phone (telephone); vac (vacation); fridge (refrigerator); doc (doctor). 217 > 218 Примерами аббревиатур могут выступать; ВВС — British Broadcasting Corporation; МР — Member of Parliament; PC — personal computer. § 2. Изменение места ударения как способ образования новых имён существительных В английском языке новые слова могут быть образованы благодаря изменению места ударения в словах, которые имеют одинаковую морфологическую структуру. Обратите внимание, что в глаголах и прилагательных ударение падает на второй слог, а в образованных от них существительных — на первый. Verbs Nouns/Adjectives to increase [m'kriisl — >тзеличивать increase ['inkri;s] — увеличение to import [im'pait] — импортировать import ['import] импорт to export [ik'spoit] — экспортировать export ['eksport] — экспорт to present [pn'zent] — вручать (призы) prescni ['prezoni] — подарок to conflict [kan'flikt] — конфликтовать conflict [’konflikt] конфлию to contrast Ikan'trarst] — контрастировать contrast [’kontrarL] — контраст THE ADJECTIVE § 1. Функции прилагательных в предложении Обычно в пред-тожении большинство прилагательных могут высгуиать в двух фучтк-циях: I) определение; 2) предикатив или именная часть составного именного сказуемого. 1) The sun was shining brightly in i he blue, cloudless sky. 2) The sky was blue and cloudless. § 2. Разр5щ прилагательных, не имеющих функции определения В современном английско.м языке есть целый ряд прилагательных, которые не упогреб-ляются как определения. К ним относятся знакомые ва.м слова awake, alike, alone, ashamed, asleep, a также единицы: alive [a'larvj — живой afloat [a'flout] — плывущий no воде, на плаву alight [a'lait] — горящий, зажженный, освещённый afire [a'faiaj — i орящий в огне, охваченный огнем I felt more dead than alive. We tried to get the boat afloat again. Dozens of cars were set alight. The house was afire. Некоторые из этих прилагательных часто вст|течаются в устойчивых сочетаниях: to be fasl/soiind asleep - крепко спать to be wide awake — не сомкнуть глаз be all alone — быть в полном одиночестве to be all alight — быть полностью освещённым to be .safely afloat — надежно держаться на воде to be veiy much alone — быть в полно.м одиночестве to be very much awake — бодрствовать to be very much alive — быть полным энергии, жизни to be very (much) afraid — быть сильно испуганным § 3. Словообразование прилагательных В современном английском языке многие прилагательные образуются при помощи деривации (или аффиксации) и словосложения. A. Прилахательные, образованные способом деривации. Целыхх ряд прилагательных образуется в английском языке при помоши К этим словам прежде всего относятся: а) прилагательные, образованные от имён сущсствхггельных, обозначающих сп света: southern — южный; northern — северный; eastern — восточный; western — западный; б) сложные прилагательные southeastern, southwestern, northeastern, northwestern. B. Прилах ательные, образованные способом словосложения. I. В современном английеком языке типичной моделью образования сложных слов является такой способ соположения основ, когда в качестве второго компонента высхупаст первое или второе причастие глаголов. Обычно ххервыми компонентами подобных сложных слов выступают прилагательные, cymecTBHTejxbHbie и наречия. Структура сложного слова с первым причастием в качестве второго компонент а сложного слова 219 ^ 1-й компонент Adjectivc+ Noun+- Adveib+ 2-й компонент Participle I Participle I Примеры Easy-going, smart-looking Participle I Progress-making, heart-breaking Well-meaning, fast - developing Структура сложного слова со вторым причастием в качестве второго компонента сложного слова 1-Й компонент 2-Й компонент Примеры Adjective 3 Blue-eyed, old-fashioned Noun+ Participle 11 (Ved/cn) Hand-written, weather-beaten Adverb T- Well-paid, poor)у-dressed 2. Количественные числительные также часто используются при образовании сложных прилагательных. При этом большинство таких слов пишутся через чёрточку: а five-year-old boy, а three-act play. Подобные прилагательные могут обозначать: возраст: а twclvc-year-old building; длхггельность: а twenty-minute walk; расстояние: two-kilometre road; цену; а fifty-dollar dress; вес: five-kilo bag. 3. Порядковые числительные также принимают участие в создании сложных прилагательных: а first-rate film; а second-hand саг; а tliird-floorflat; а nineteenth century novel. § 4. Омонимичные формы прилагательного very и наречия very 1. Наречие very в английском языке означает <ш самой высокой степени». Поэтому в речи слово ve/y нс сочетается с прилагательными, уже обозначающими высокую степень качества, такими, кяк great, wonderful, terrific, breathtaking, huge, terrible и др. В подобных случаях используют наречия really, truly, absolutely: Т he view of the mountains was really great. The trip to Lake Baikal has been truly terrific. My new story will be absolutely breathtaking. 2. В языке сущее гвует также прилагательное vety\ используемое перед сутцестоительны-ми. Его значение — «тот самый», «та самая», «то самое», «те самые». Тот is the very person who can help you. ( Т ом — тот са.мый человек, который сможет тебе помочь). These are the very trees father planted. (Это те самые деревья, которые посадил мой отец.) 220 THE VERB § 1- Использование словосочетаний Pdrather... . He*dbetter... etc 1. Словосочетания Pd rather (/ would rather)^ he*d rather {he would rather)^ we*d rather (we would rather) используются в английском языке для выражения предпочтения. Переводятся подобные фразы обычно следующим образом — я (он, мы) бы лу^ше........ Глагол would в подобных сочетаниях обычно сокращается до морфемы -d. После подобных сло-восочеганий инфинитив используется без частицы to. I’d rather go there alone. We’d rather discuss it later. Tot же смысл можно передать и при помощи глагола to prefer^ после которого, однако, следует инфинитив с частицей to. I prefer to go there alone. We prefer to discuss it later. 2. Словосочетания you'd better {you had better), he'd {he had better) etc использулотся в том слу^чае, ко1да нужно сказать о необходимости кому-то что-то сделать, коша требуется дать рекомендацию или совет; You’d better see а doctor as soon as possible. — Тебе бы лудште обраттъся как можно скорее к врачу. He’d better read more English books. It will help to enlarge his vocabulary. — Ему бы лучше побольше читать по-английски. Это поможез увеличить его словарный .запас. В устной речи сокращается до одной морфемы -d. § 2. Уточнения по поводу использования грамматических времён present simple и present pro^essive 1. Present progressive часго используется для описания действия, происходящего не непосредственно в момсн г речи, но в период времени достаточно близкий к этому моменту: Two friends are at the cafe. One of them is a writer. His friend asks; — What are you wi iting now, John? (But John is not writing at the moment. lie is drinking cofTcc.) 2. Present progressive используется в эмоционально окрашенных предложениях, при выражении негативной реакции, причём в предложении обычно используются наречия always или constantly (постоянно): You are alway.s talking at the lessons. Bob! Jack is constantly coming late! 3. Иногда present progressive используется c глаголами, которые обычно не употребляются в продолженном времени (to be, to hear, to see, to understand, to love) для того, чтобы дать характеристику необычному, не присущему человеку поведению, действию или качеству; Нспгу' is such а quiet child, but today he is being veiv noisy. Tam nut fond of action films, but I’m loving this one. 4. Present simple глаголов to forget, to a также пассивной консгрукции to be told используется для выражения законченного действия; Т forget where she lives. — Я .забыла, где он живёт. We are told he’s leaving. — Нам сказали, что он уезжает. We hear they are coming back. — Мы слышали, что они возвращаются. § 3. у гочнения по поводу использования грамма гических времён past simple и progressive 1. Pasi progressive употребляется для описания обстановки, на фоне кспорой происхо-ДИ.1И события в рассказе или повествовании; The sun was shining. A soft light wind was blowing. The flowers were opening, 2. Иногда past prag/vssive употребляется c глаголами (see, hear, love, feel, be) я.1я характеристики необычною, не присущего человеку поведения, дсйс1вия в конкретный момент в прошлом; 1 met Roy. Не was happy because his sick sister was feeling much better. Bob who is not a very pleasant person was being so nice to us during our journey. 3. Past simple используечея для описания довольно длительного действия в прошлом, которое завершено к настоящему моменту, особенно с предаогами./Ь/'и during. 'I’he old man sat on a bench for a while, then he got up and went to the gate. The pupils .stayed on the playground during the inteival. § 4. Уточнения no поводу использования грамматических времён past simple и present perfect 1. Помимо известного вам маркера lately (недавно), который используется в предложениях, где глагол употреблён в present perfect, в них возможно наличие иного синонимичного наречия — recently (в последнее время): Wc have lived here quite lately. We have lately seen each other. Wc have lived here quite recently. We have recently seen each other. 2. Однако наречие recently может также использоваться и в предложениях, в которых глагол упо треблён в past .simple'. I saw him quite recently. She only recently discovered the truth. В подобных случаях говорящий подчёркивает, что действие произошло в определённый момент в недалёком прошлом. В предложепи и recently может стоять как перед основным rjiai оло.м, так и в конце предложения. 3. Наречие lately в предложениях с глаголами в past simple не упоч рсбляется. § 5. Уточнения по поводу использования пассивных конструкций в английском языке Для английского языка достаточно типичными являются пассивные структуры глаголов to believe, to consider, to say в сочетании с инфинитивами иных глаголов, например; She is considered to be a talented artist. — Её считают талантливым художником. Anna is believed to live in Helsinki. — Полагают, что Анна живёт в Хатьсинки. Prices are said to grow regularly. — Говорят, что цепы постоянно растут. Инфинитив глагола to be может опускаться после глагола to consider. The Johnsons are considered (to be) a united family. В подобных С1рукту]-)ах употребляются также следующие глаголы: agree hope decide know declare report discover suppose expect think feel understand find Benjamin is reported to work for the newspaper. — Сообщают, что Бенджамин работает в га.зете. English people are thought to dislike learning foreign languages. — Судцествует мнение, что англичане не любят учить иностранные языки. Использование подобных фраз придаёт речи формальную окраску. 221 § 6. 11ерфек1ный и продолженный инфинитив в пассивных конструкциях 1. В предложениях, о которых используются пассивные структуры типа: James is said ... They are known ... The delegation is reported ... The prince is believed ... часто >тютребляются так называемый перфектный инфинитив (perfect infinitive) и продолженный инфинитив (progressive infinitive). Perfect Infinitive (to have to have done James is said to have done his job. to have grown She is believed to have grown a new flower. to have achieved J hey are reported to have acliicved excellent results. Progressive Infinitive (to be +Ving) to be visiting The prince is believed to be visiting Russia. to be reading George is expected to be reading now. to be playing The children are hoped to be playing in the yard. 2. В подобных пассивных конструкциях перфектный инфинитив указывает на действия, произошедшие в прошлом: James is said to have moved to London. — Говорят, Джеймс переехат в Лондон. The delegation is reported to have arrived in Moscow. — Как сообщают, делегация прибыла в Москву. 3. Так называемый продолженный инфинт ив в подобных конструкциях утсазывает на то, что действие находи гея в процессе. The train is hoped to be arriving at the railway .station now. — Есть надежда, что в данный момеш поезд прибывает на вок.зал. The guests were expected to be visiting the City Museum at the moment. — Как предполагалось, гости в тот момент осматривали городской музей. Считается, что пассивные сгрукзуры более типичны для формальной речи. § 7. Модальные глаголы и их эквиваленты 1. Модальные глаголы имеют в языке свои немодальные эквиваленты (слова или словосочетания, близкие по значению): сап = to be able to do something may = to be allowed to do something must = to have to do something 2. Эквиваленты модальных глаголов, в частности, позволяют нам говорить о прошлом и будущем, ибо п будущем времени моланьные глаголы не употребляются, а у глагола must отсутствует и форма прошедшего времени. Thev will be able to do the work tomorrow. The children were allowed to stay up longer. I had to wail two long hours. 3. Модальные глаголы и их эквиваленты не всегда взаимозаменимы: а) Глаг ОЛЬГ must и have ito) имеют определённые смысловые различия: must — осознанный, часто моральный долг; have (to) — необходимость, вызванная внешними обстоятельствами. Сравни ге: You must think more of your parents. (Это твоя моральная обязанность.) Do you have to get up early to get to school on time? (Тебе приходится это делать, тебя В1Л нужда юг обстоятельства.) б) Прошедцгее время глагола сап^ г. е. форма could не используется, если речь идёт не о регулярном дсйс гвии, а о конкретном событии в проштюм. Сравни те: Wc could watch all the films we wanted in the local cinema last summer, (регулярное действие в прошлом) We were able to watch the new film at last, (конкретное, единичное событие) § 8. Модальные глаголы для передачи значения вероятности 1. Ряд английских модальньгх глаголов передают значение вероятности какого-либо явления, события или действия. Так, для того, чтобы сказать, что завтра, возможно. б>лет тепло и солнечно, можно использовать следующие варианты: It must be warm and sunny tomorrow. It can be warm and sunny tomorrow. It could be warm and sunny tomorrow. It may be warm and sunny tomorrow. It might be warm and sunny tomorrow. 2. По степени уверенности в том, что предполагаемое свершится, данные глаголы можно сравнить между собой, используя их расположение на шкале максимальная/минималь-ная уверенность must сап could may might (максима;1ьиая уверенность) (минимальная >тзеренность) Сравните: Your flight must be pleasant. — Полёт, наверняка будет приятным. Your flight can be pleasant. — Полёт вероятнее всего будет приятным. Your flight could be pleasant. — Полёт, вероятно, будет приятным. Your flight may be pleasant. — 11олёт, возможно, окажется приятным. Your flight might be pleasant. — Есть некоторая доля вероягности, что полет окажется приятным. 3. Глагол must отличается от всех остальных тем, что, как правило, передаёт значение вероятности лишь в сочетании с глаголом to be: She must be in Moscow now. § 9. Модальные глаголы с продолже1шым или перфектным инфинитивом смыслового глагола 1. Модальные глаголы must^ сап^ could^ тау\ might нередко используются в языке вместе с продолженным {progressive) или перфектным {petfect) инфинитивом смыслового глагола: Му friends may be waiting for me now. T hey must have told 1 he whole truth. Продолженный инфинитив указывает на ю, что действие, вероятно, находится в процессе, в развитии: It сап be snowing in the north at the moment. — Ha севере сейчас, возмсжшо, идет снег. 7 he train must be arriving at the platform. — Поезд, должно быть, подходит к перрону. Перфектный инфинитив свидетельствует о том, что дейсз вие, вероятно, было совершено ранее; The team must have played well. — Команда, видимо, сыграла хорошо. 7 he visitors might have already left. — Гости, возможно, уже уехюзи. 2. Модальный глагол should в сочетании с перфектным инфинитивом указывает на то, что действию следовало совершиться, но этою нс произошло: You should have stayed here longer to see the most important sights. — Вам следова.по бы побыть здесь подольше, чтобы осмотреть главные достопримечательности (однако вы этого не сделали). § 10. Модальные глаголы для выражения просьбы или предложения Английские модальные глаголы сап {could) и may {might) часто используются для выражения просьбы или предложения: Сап you help me, please? \ Could 1 borrow your dictionaiy? J 224 Can 1 carry your bag for you? i . ^ v 1^ r «■ rrr о мпрсдложение) Could 1 ofter a diflcrcni plan? j May I use your phone? 1 Might I stay here a little longer? j (прехшожение) May 1 offer you a glass of water? \ We might have a walk around the town, j Полезно запомнить, что при выражении просьбы но степени формальности и вежливости на первом мссч'с стоит тлатл may. За ним следуют глаголы might, could, can в данном порядке. Таким образом, фраза May Ihave а word with звучит гораздо вежливее, чем фраза Сап I have а word with you ? § 11. Модальные глаголы ought to, be tOj need 1. Мода^зьный глагол ought to {do something) — весьма близок по смыслу к глаголу should и выражает сосет, рекомендацию, указание: You ought to tell her the truth. Как и другие глаголы, ought to образует вопросительные и отрицательные предложения без помощи вспомогательного глагола: You ought not (oughtn’t) to be here. Ought I to tell my parents? — I think you ought. Глагол should используется в языке чаще, чем ought to. 2. Ие to {do something) используется в формальной речи, свидетельствует о заплаииро-ванности действия, выражает указание: The Queen is to visit Japan next years, (запланированное действие) You arc to stay here until I send for you. (указание) Предложения с данным модальным глаголом не предназначены для разтворпой речи. 3. В современном английском языке глагол to need используется нс как модальный, а как обычный 1 лагол. Например: Do I need to repeat the same again? Модальностью обладает только его отрицательная форма need not {needn 7). Например: You needn’t clean your room today, I’ve just done it. Между отрицатель![ЫМИ формами don’t need {to) и needn’t сутцсствует определённая смысловая разница. Если речь идёт об общем положении дел, используется форма don’t need {to): People don’t need to pay for health service in this country. We don’t alwavs need to be serious. При описании конкретных ситуаций предпочтительнее форма needn’t: You needn’t repeat it, I heard you the first time. Your friend needn’t worry, eveiy thing will be OK. § 12. Словообразовате^1ЬНые модели для образования глаголов Многие глaIOJlы в современном английском языке образуются на основе звукоподражания. Целый ря^т глаголов по звучанию напоминает звутси, производимые в природе. Это MOI ут быть, прежде всего, звуки, которые издают животные: to bark [ba:k] лаять to howl I haul] — выть TO hiss |hisj — шипеть to neigh Г net] — ржать to roar [гэ:1 — рычать to quack [kwaek] — крякать to croak [кгэик] — квакать to grunt [дглпг] — хрюкать to crow [кгэи] — кукарекать to cock-a-doodlc-doo [,kDk9,du:dl'du:] to caw [kn: I — карка гь to croak [krnijk] — каркать — кужарекать Но в основу звукоподражательною пронесся может быть положено и иное зву чание. Например, характерное потрескивание поленьев в печи, костре, камине передаётся глаголом to crackle, который тоже образован на основе звукоподражании. Creative Writing. Theory and Practice___________________________________________________ § 1. What Is a Paragraph 1. Read the following information about what is a paragraph. Have you ever tried to build something? To make what you want you often need a lot of different things. Writing is similar to building. Usually you cannot express a whole idea with j’usl one sentenee. You need several sentences to explain a complete idea. A цгоир of sentences that tells about one idea is called a paragraph. You write paragraphs in almost all of your school subjects. In this section, you will learn about paragraphs. You will leam a method, or process, io help you write paragraphs. Once you understand tin's process of writing, you can use it to help you write anything. As a paragraph is made up of several sentences about one idea, it is important to decide whal I he main idea of a paragraph is. It is also important to remember that ihe first sentence of the paragraph is indented’. This signals the beginning of the paragraph. The main idea of a paragraph is usually told in one sentence. It is called the topic sentence or the key sentence. It is often the first .sentence of the paragraph. The rest" of the sentences in ihc paragraph tell more about the main idea. Sentences that are not about the main idea should not be included into the paragraph. 2. Read this paragraph and decide what it is about. The Hiissian Flag has three wide stripes on it — white, blue and red. The colours of the flag are symbolic. White is faithfti! and sincere, Ыие is honest and loyal and red is brave. The Russian flag first appeared in 1668. It was the symbol of Russia for more than 3(X) years and then reappeared as the modern flag of the country. 3. Read this paragraph. What is the main idea? One of the most popular games in the USA is football. About 37 milUon people watch football each weekend during the fall and winter. Baseball is also very popular. 4. What is the main idea of the paragraph below? Copy out the topic sentence that tells the main idea. Though my grandfather is seventy-one, he rides his bike everywhere. lie goes swimming every morning in the summer and does a lot of skating in the winter. As he lives in the country, he works much in the yard and in the garden. Sometimes he cleans windows and floors in i he house. In the evening he takes long walks with his dog. My grandfather seems younger eveiy' year. He is one of the most active people 1 know. 5. There is no topic sentence in the following paragraph. Read the paragraph and choose the best topic sentence from the list belovy (a—e). a) Time is important for English people. b) The English spend a lot of time in their homes. c) An Englishman’s house is his castle. On any weekday evening, seven out of eight grown-up people usually stay at home. They watch television or videos, read books, listen to music. Some of them may play musical instrurnentb or follow their hobbies. Half the families who live in the country have a garden in which tliey' plant flowers or grow vegetables. ’ is indented — :id.: пишется c красной спроки ^ the rest — остальные 226 6. А. Read the paragraph and say a) how many sentences there are in it; b) what is its main idea and what is the topic sentence. Our first visit to l enby was in the ] 980s, during a rather poor October, llie house we took faced the sea. I'he wind blowing from the sliorc was so strong that we thought it would take the roof ofP. Mornings were rather cold but in the afternoons we enjoyed bright sunshine. Wliile we were staying at Tenby we visited a few places of interest like the Welsh folk museum and L.landafTCathedral. People in Wales are fond of singing and dancing. They have music festivals and competitions well-known in Britain. I will always remember 1 enby as a wonderful resort where one can always relax and have a very good time. B. Copy out the sentence(s) which does (do) not belong to the paragraph. 7. A. Read the topic sentence. Write a paragraph based on this idea (not more than 10 sentences). Below are some questions that can help you. Topic Sentence: I will never forget those summer holidays. Questions: When did they begin? flow long did they last? Wliere did you .spend them? With whom did you spend them? What did you do? Did you enjoy them? Why? B. Read out the paragraph which you have written. Compare it with your friends' paragraphs. 8. A. Read the paragraph below. Find the topic sentence. Birds have excellent eyesight'. Their eyesight is better than that of most other animals. Birds can see small objects on the ground from high in the air. They can also see in colour, as people can. Dogs cannot see as well as people. Most birds have eyes on the sides of their head. This means that they can see almost all around without turning their heads. B. Decide if all the sentences belong to it. Copy out the sentence(s) which does (do) not belong to the paragraph. 9. Read the topic sentence. Write a paragraph based on its main idea. The hints below can help you. Topic Sentence: Watching television is one of my asual pastimes. Write: — if you often watch television — where and when vou usuallv do it — how much lime you usually spend before the screen — what your favourite TV programme is — w'hy you like this programme — if you spend too much time watching television — if television does too much harm to you § 2. Strategies of Writing Paragraphs 1. The previous chapter told you what a paragraph is. Now it’s time to leam how to write a paragraph. Doing it it is useful to follow these steps: 1) Prewriting^ 3) Revising and proofreading'* 2) Writing a draft^ 4) Making a final copy Prewriting is the thinking and planning you do before you begin to w rite. Writing is easier if you think and plan first. ' eyesight I'aisaitl — прение ^ prewriting [pn'raitiql — подктжка к письму ^ a draft Idmift] — черновик * revising and proofreading ['pru:fri;di^l — проверка 2. Choose a topic for writing. Ask yourself questions about people, places, animals, or events that interest you. For example: Where would I like to go? What have I done lately that was fun? What would 1 like to know more about? List some topics. Think about each one. Choose the topic that gives you the most ideas. (Sometimes topics are already chosen for you.) W rite your topic in the middle of the page. Then put down as many ideas about your topic as you can. 3. A. One girl, Julia, decided to write about Moscow, the city where she lives. Read what ideas she has written. 1. Moscow 2. My home city 1) the capital of RF 2) things my friends and I like to do together -3) theatres, cinemas, museums 4) factories and plants 5) monuments and other places of interest 6) 9 May, 1945 7) films I like to watch 8) has a lot of parks 9) cultural centre 10) centre of science 11) an interesting place to visit 12) university life 13) the food I like JB, Julia read her ideas and chose the main idea of her paragraph; Moscow is an interesting place to visit. Wliat is the topic sentence of Julia’s paragraph? C. Read Julia’s list of ideas again and decide if all of them belong in the paragraph. Cross out' those which do not. Tf you think of new ideas, add them to the list. Decide in what order you should present these ideas, in other words, make a plan of the paragraph. 4. Making a draft is your first try^ at writing your ideas as sentences. Write a draft of a paragraph with the topic sentence — Moscow is an interesting place to visit Write a sentence about each idea in your plan. 5. Leam to revise your paragraphs. Your draft is not your finished paragraph. Llsually you can improve it. Revising is making changes to improve your writing. Some of your sentences may not be about the main idea. Cross them out. Yon might add more sentences to your paragraph if you think it is important. 6. Revise the draft of the paragraph you have written (Ex. 4). Ask yourself the questions. 1) Is the paragraph easy to understand? 2) Is every group of words a sentence? 3) Do all the sentences tell about the main idea? Should any sentence be taken out? 4) Does the paragraph need more sentences? 5) Arc the sentences in the best order? 227 ' to cross out — оычеркнугь ^ a try — попытка 228 7. Another girl, Ann, decided to write a paragraph about books. Here is her revised paragraph. Its main idea is — People read less in (he new Millennium than before. Notice how Ann has changed her paragraph. Can you explain why each change has been made? People don’t read as much as they used to in the new Millenium. Why is it so? For e^mple, my I likeTeadmg-books vety much. brother reads only the books___________ Rrst^of^,^ he is asked to read at school.^it is easier to oet the information you need Then, from the Internet.fit \ъ more interesting to watch a film (a screen version And we shouldn’t forget ftiat of the book) than to read this book./S^oks are very expensive nowadays. Many children prefer computers to books. ^-------------- 8. Lcam to proofread paragraphs. Proofreading means reading carefully, looking for mistakes in grammar and spelling, punctuation [,pAi3ktfu'eiJnl and capitalization*. Ask yourself these questions: 1) Is the first line indented? 2) Did you use the right verb form in each sentence? 3) Does every sentence and every proper noun begin with a capital letter? 4) Does every sentence have the correct end mark? 5) Are all the words .spelled correctly? 9. A. Here is part of John’s proofread ['prurfred] paragraph about his favourite book. Notice the corrections he lias made in it. a that I like books about pirates and their adventure; In sSprino I decided what ' Robert Louis ^ I would read «Treasure Island» by^Stevenson. My father-said me that У this/а very interesting book ful of adventures. B. Think about the changes John made. Can you explain why each change was made? C. Read your draft carefully. Tliink of how you can improve it. Revise and proofread it. D. Make a final copy of your paragraph. 10. A. Read this list of ideas. Decide which of them you can make the main idea of the paragraph. Write a complete topic sentence that tells the main idea. • swim in salt water • watch the blue sea • build .sandcastlcs • enjoy the sun * capitalization [ kaepitslai'/.eijn] — написание c заглавной буквы г • play beach ball • feel pleased and happy • wonderful time on the beach B. Write a draft paragraph. C. Revise and proofread your paragraph. /Л Write a final copy of your paragraph. Л\. A. Here is a list of ideas to write a paragraph. Its main idea is Dogs are great pets. Copy only the ideas that tell about 1 he main idea. Add two or three ideas that belong in the paragraph. Decide what the topic sentence is. 1) dogs love people 2) dogs protect people 3) some people like cats 4) you can play with cats 5) you can play with dogs 6) dogs arc warm and soft 7) dogs don’t live very long 8) dogs are taie friends B. Write a draft of this paragraph, revise and proofread it, and make its final copy. 12. A. Dan’s little brother, I .ouis, has written a letter to the Queen, but he can’t spell very well. Find six spelling mistakes in his letter and correct them. Deor Queen, I'm Louis. I'm eft and I live in London. Your hous, Buckingham Palace, is not far from my skool. I'd Ilk to come to visit you for a cup of tea. I really like dogs and horsis and I'd like to meat Prince Williams and Prince Harry, Love, Louis. B, Now you write a letter to the Queen. Have two or three paragraphs in your letter. You may write about your hobbies, your family, your house, your town, your favourite school subjects or about what you know and like about England. 229 § 3. Developing a Paragraph 1. Now you know .some important things about paragraphs. Here they are. 1) Л paragraph is a group of sentences. 2) Л paragraph has a main idea. 3) All the sentences in a paragraph work together to tell about the main idea. 4) The main idea is expressed in a topic sentence. 5) The topic sentence is usually the first sentence in a paragraph. 6) The topic sentence tells what the paragraph is going to be about. You will now learn how to develop paragraphs. There arc many ways to do it. The main of them arc: 1) by using details (adjectives, adverbs, specific words, synonyms); 2) by using examples. Developing a paragraph by using details Details arc the facts and pieces of information a writei tells about .someone or something. Details help to make a person or a place more interosting for the reader, fhey help to create a strong image. 30 Devdoping a paragraph by using an example In this kind of paragraph, the topic sentence expresses the main idea. The rest of the sentences give an example. The example explains the main idea. Read how the paragraph is developed by using an example: Dolphins can solve simple problems. There are two pools — a big one and a small one — with the gates between them in Horida dolphinarium. One night, some dolphins wanted to play in the big pool. They found out how to use their noses to open the gates. 2. Read the words and phrases in the two columns. Column A has I hem without details, column В has them with some details added. Notice how details help to create images. A a/thc field a/the child a/the woman a/the flower a/the road В a/the yellow field of sunflowers a/ihc happy six-year-old child a/the tall young woman a/the beautiful red rose a/the narrow road in the forest 3. Add to these words .some details to make up phrases. 1) the cat; 2) a/the horse; 3) a/thc shirt; 4) a/the toy; 5) a/the dog; 6) a/the boy; 7) the Moon; 8) a/the tree; У) a/thc girl; 10) a/the house. 4. Compare the two paragraphs and say what details help to make the second paragraph more colourful. Paragraph 1. The River House was old. After the fire nobody lived there. It looked sad and lonely. Paragra^ih 2. The River House was as old as any of the other buildings in V/est Street. But after the fire it looked sadder than the rest of them. All the people had moved out. I’he broken windows stared like blind eyes. 'I’he smell of smoke still hung about the empty rooms. 5. Here are some topic sentences. Choose one and develop a paragraph by adding details. 1) The room was messy. 2) My birthday present was an exciting surprise. 3) I opened the door and there .stood .... 4) The sky was beautiful that night. 5) Topsy was the most unusual boy 1 have ever met. 6. Here are some topic sentences. Choose one and develop a paragraph by using an example. 1) Sometimes your be.st friend can hurt your feelings. 2) You can learn a lot from books. 3) Good tilings always seem to happen on Saturdays. 4) Our town has interesting places to visit. 5) I made some important discoveries last summer. 7. Write out the details used in this paragraph. The four children were sent to the house of an old Professor. He lived in the heart of the country, ten miles from the nearest railway station and two miles from the nearest post office. He had no wife and he lived in a very large house with a housekeeper and three servants. He himself was a very old man with long white hair and the children liked him almost at once. 8. Develop the paragraph by using an example. Many interesting people have visited our school. One of the most interesting was... § 4. Writing Letters Everybody likes to receive a letter or an e-mail from a friend. A letter tells you that someone was thinking about you. Unlike a telephone call, you can keep a letter and read it again and again. You need to write letters loo. Sometimes you want to write a letter to a friend. Sometimes you need to write a thank-you note or an invitation. Sometimes you have to write a business letter to get some information. Now you will learn to write friendly letters. You will learn I he correct form for letters and envelopes. You may soon enjoy writing letters as much as you enjoy receiving them. Parts of a Friendly Letter \ou usually write friendly letters to family members and friends. You write the letters and e-mails to exchange' news or just to .say hello. Friendly letters have five main parts. They are: the heading, the greeting, the body, the closing and the signature^. Each part is written in a certain place. Each part has certain rules for capitalization and punctuation. 1. Look at the lettci below, read it and answer the questions after it, Heading—------------------------------------------------------ 43 Hill Road Newcastle NE 5889 U UK. March 3t. 2007 231 Greeting — Body Closing — Signature ^ Dear Ann, I have great news! I am going to spend the last month of my holidays on my grandparents’ farm. You and I > will see each other soon and will be able to have a lot of fun together. I am really excited. We will swim in the lake and go boating. Maybe we can ride horses. Write soon. Let me know how your French is going. See you in August! —---------------------------------------- Your friend, ----------------------------------------------►Julia 1) Which part of the letter tells where you are and when you are writing? 2) Is it situated in tlie lop right-hand comer or in The top left liand comer? 3) W hich line of the heading tells you the name of the city? 4) What informalion is given in the first line of the heading ? Which comes first — the house number or the name of the street ? 5) Is Zip code given before or after the name of the country ? 6) What is the difference between the English and the Russian way of placing the date? 7) Which part of the letter is ysed to say hello? Is it written in the way we write This part of the letter in Russia? Do we use any commas^? 8) Which part of the letter follows the greeting? Which one is the main part of the letter? 9) How many paragraphs are there in the body? Are the first lines of each of the paragraphs indented? 10) Which part of the letter is a way of saying goodbye? Which one gives your handwritten name? 11) With what words are the closing and the signature lined up'^? 12) Where do they use commas in the greeting and the closing? ' to exchange liks'tiemc^l — обмениваться (3d.: новостями) ^ a signature |'signals| — подпись ^ a comma — запятая to be lined up — зд.\ находи гьея на одной линии по нср1икали Запомни, как выглядят типичные обращения: Dear Mr Snow, Hi, Boris, Hello, Sue. To, какую подпись ты ставишь в конце письма, зависит от тою, насколько близко ты знаешь адресата письма. Нели ты хорошо с ним знаком, письмо закапчивается именем или даже прозвищем, если нет — следует написать имя и фамилию. Вот образцы возможных завершений письма: a) Уоиг friend. Tom b) Love, Betsy c) Missing you, Andrew Lesly d) (Always) yours, Olga e) Sincerely (yours), Tom Robinson f) Lovingly, Sarah Обращение к адресату письма всегда пишется на полях с левой стороны, с начала строки без абзаца. Первое слово обращения и все имена собственные пипгутся с заглавной буквы, так же как и слова Mrs, Mr, Miss, Dr. После обращения всегда ставится запятая. Сам текст письма начинается там, где заканчивается обращение, только строкой ниже. 2. Write the following headings correctly. 1) M new drive leeds WE 4495 LW UK September 5 2007 2) Lambeth road London SE 16 HU UK January 11 2006 3. M nte these greetings and closings correctly. 1) dear uncle tony 2) dear grandmother 3) dear dr mason 4) dear hazel 5) hi, bnice 6) your daughter 7) sincerely 8) always yours 9) love 10) your friend 4, Read some parts of the letter from Tom, your pen friend. Write a letter to him. In your letter • tell him about the new place where you arc moving; • ask Ыш three questions about his friends and their i^stimes. I just got your letter. When ore you moving to Povlovsk? Do you know your new address yet? I hope you will like your new school and make friends with a lot of pupils. I have joined our drama society. We are working on the play "A Visit to Paradise*" and hope to stage it in March. 5. Read a pan from Jack Freeman’s letter to you. Jack Freeman is your pen friend from Sydney. In your letter • tell him about your school and your problems; • ask him three questions about his hobbies. ' paradise I'p^rarlaiz] — рай i It WQS SO interesting to read about your school and friends, especially about your holidays. It is so unusual to have the summer holidays in July and August. In Australia they lost from December to February, when the weather is hot. Coming back to your school and school life. When does school start and finish? Do you wear uniform? How much homework do you get? What exams do you have? After school I often go straight to the beach to surf. I love it. Sometimes I read books and watch movies. 6. Copy the following letter. Correct the mistakes in all parts of the letter. 19 Olson avenue London 5W 19 HU UK 5 February 2007 Dear Jane Guess what! I have some wonderful news! Last night mom had twins, a boy and a girl! All summer I dreamed of a baby sister. Tom wanted a brother. We never thought we'd both be so lucky. Can you imagine what fun well have with two babies in house? I hope you will come to visit us soon, love Carol 7. A. Read how to address envelopes. Do the tasks after the text. Addressing the Envelope Rvery envelope has two addresses: an address of the person to whom you are writing and a return address, which is your own address. Write the address in the center of the envelope. Put your return address in the upper left-hand comer. Flat Andrew Filatov 45 Return address 31 Sadovaya Street Moscow 119 324 Russian Federation Address Miss Nansy Benneu 3 Capital Drive L ondon NWl UH UK B. Draw two envelopes on your paper. Address them to these people: 1) a relation; 2) a friend. Use real people and addresses. § 5. Writing Social Notes Writing a social note is a polite way to tliank someone, to invite someone to a party, or to accept' an invitation. Thank-VQM notes Thank-you notes are a special way of being polite. A thank-you note shows that you arc grate-fuP for someone’s kindness. You write a thank-you note to show that you like someone’s present. You also write a thank-you note when you have been a guest at someone’s house or when someone has done you a special favour^ Remember to write thank-you notes as soon as possible after you have received some kindness. It is important. It is also important to use specific details. 233 I ' to accept lak'sept] — принять ^ grateful (‘greitf(A)l] — Ги[агодарный ’ favour I'feival — одолжение, услуга 234 For example, you may mention a type of the gift, its size and colour and how the gift will be enjoyed or used. If you stayed overnight at someone’s house, you should mention the date of your visit and also events or activities during your stay. Invitations Invitations arc written to ask people to eome to a paity or some other event. Invitations should include all the necessary information about the event and usually gives the following details: 1) what event it is; 2) why it is being held; 3) where it will take place; 4) when it will lake place (day, date and time); 5) any special instructions. Sometimes invitations may include four letters RSVP [Repondez, i V/ vous plait in French which means Answer, pleaseJ. These letters are necessary when for the ixirson who v\ rites an im i-tation it is important to know how many people will come. Answer!ng an invitation When you receive an invitation you should answer as soon as possible. In your answer you either accept the invitation or write a note of regret. W ith such a note tlie person planning the event will know exactly who is coming and will be able to make plans. Notice that it is polite to explain why you can’t accept the invitation. Internet You may say that nowadays people don't write letters to each other or do it very seldom. It is true but on the other hand email messages have become vciy' common In email messages the text is written in the same way as in letters and they have the same pans: heading, greeting, body, closing and signature. The only difference is that in emails people often try to make their messages shorter, leaving out unnecessary details. SMS or text messages arc a different thing. They have to be as short as possible. That’s why people who send them use strange shortenings. Here are some examples: for 4 seeing Cing friend frnd love Iv mate m8 week wk 1. A. Read the thank-you note below. Notice that it is shod and that the heading has just the date. November 5. 2006 bear Grandmother, The blouse you sent me for my birthday is really nice. It suifs me all right, and I like the colour very much. I was wearing it at my birthday party and all the guests told me if was very becoming. Thank you for remembering my birthday in such a nice way. Your Granddaughter Rachel. B. Say what details Rachel mentioned in her thank-you note. 2. Read the thank-you note below. Say why Carmen’s friends have written it and what details they mention in the note. April 23, 2006 Dear Carmen, Thank you so much for the obsolutely fantastic weekend we spent at your ploce. We enjoyed every minute of it. We don't think we shall ever forget our visit to the Lake District and those unbelievoble views of the place. Be sure you will get the pictures we took during our trip. Love, your friends Alice and Rose. i 3. Write two thank-you notes from the list below. You can use your imagination or write about a real event in your life. 1) Thank your neighbour for helping you to repair your bike. 2) Thank your aunt (uncle) for the birthday gift. 3) Thank your friend for the party. 4) Thank your grandparents for the month you have spent with them. 5) Thank your cousin for helping you with a school project. 6) Thank your auni for having you to dinner. 4. Read the invitation below and answer the questions. 1) Wliat information docs the heading include? 2) Why do you think this information is needed? 3) What details in your opinion should be included in an invitation? 4) Can you find the five parts typical of a letter (heading, greeting, body, closing, signature) in this invitation? 23 Redcliff Street London Ne 224RD December 7, 2006 Dear Aunt Sally and Uncle Tom, I would like to invite you both to our schoolplay, "The Case for Two Detectives'. I play the part of Q rich old lady. The play will be performed on Thursday, December 21, at 6 p. m, in our assembly hall, f hope you can come. Your niece, Marrion. 5. Write invitations for two of the follow ing events. Be sure to include all the necessary details about each event. Don’t forget the five pans of a letter that .should be pul in. 1) a bin hday party 2) a jazz band concert 3) a picnic 4) a weekend visit 5) a school performance 6. Read what answer Aunt Sally has w ritten to her niece Marrion. What details has she included in her note? December 10, 2006 Dear Marrion. Your Uncle Tom and I would love to come and watch your play. We will be there earlv sc that we can get a good seat. Good luck in your part. Love, Aunt Sally. 7. Write an invitation for an imaginary party you would like to have. Exchange invitations with your classmate and write an answer to your classmate’s invitation, saying that you accept it. 8. Alice Robinson also wrote an invitation to her aunt. She wanted her Aunt Grace to come and see the same play on December 21. Read Aunt Grace’s answer and say why she won't be able to join Alice. December 11, 2006 Dear Alice, I would love to come to your play, but unfortunately I am leaving for France on December 20. When I ge1 back, you can tell me all about the play. I'm very sorry that I can't come. Love, &race 9. Write an invitation for a picnic you would like to have. Exchange invitations with your classmate and write an answer to your classmate’s invitation explaining that you can’t come. Creative Writing Reference Quite a number of examinations include writing an opinion essay. What is an opinion essay? It is a kind of essay in which two opposing viewpoints arc given on the same problem and supported with sound arguments. In an opinion essay the author makes it clear which of the two opinions he or she supports. Mow to write an opinion essay? Like many others, an opinion essay usually has three parts: the introduction, the main body and the conclusion. Ihe requirements are that altogether it should consist of five paragraphs. The first of them is the introduction, the next three are the main body and the final one is tlie conclusion. In the first paragraph a controversial problem is stated. Hor example, “Some people .say that space exploration Is too expensive and gives little practical result”. In the second paragraph the author of the essay expresses his or her personal \ iewpoint and gives two or three good reasons to suppon it. For instance, “I strongly disagree with this point of view. I personally believe that space exploration can help to solve a lot of problems that people are facing at the moment or may face in the future. People may find new materials, new chemicals and new sources of energy on other planets and successfully use them Space flights already give us a lot of important information for the development of science and warn us about some natural disasters. Besides, in the distant future humans might need to colonize other planets as Kartli is getting rather overpopulated”. In the third paragraph the author is supposed to express the opposing point of view^ and give one or two arguments for it. For instance, “On the other hand, I realize that there arc a lot of more immediate problems which the humankind is to solve. One of them, as 1 see it, is the ecological situation that should be improved as soon as possible. Another is the problem oflack of food and drinking water in certain areas. Both of them are becoming more and more urgent”. In the fourth paragraph the author explains why he or she doesn’t agree w ith the opposing \ iew-poini. For example, “That is a strong argument but, in my opinion, w^hilc solving immediate problems and spending money on practical everyday things, people should also think about the future. Outer .space and other planets may be able to help us to survive or give a clue to a number of problems we can’t solve today”. In the final fiftli paragraph the author draws a general conclusion restating his or her opinion. For example, “So all in all I can say that I strongly disagree with those who believe that space exploration does not give practical results. I hope it will continue successfully with the help of national and international programmes”. How long should vour eficav be? The opinion essay is required not to exceed 200- 250 words. What about its language? Such essays are written in neutral style. Avoid using informal words or too many formal ones. In your essay you will definitely need some words and expressions typical of this genre. To express your viewpoint you may wish to use phrases like; I believe... I tliink... In my opinion. In my view... As I see it.... My opinion is that... I agree that.... To my mind... I completely disagree that 1 strongly disagree with... То introduce the opposing viewpoint or to conclude the following expressions will come in handy; On the other hand... At the same time... Having said that I must admit that... Let’s look at it from a different point of view... To sum up... Also think about some linkers to connect ideas: so... as... because... that’s why... however... although... on the contrary... actualiy/in fact... as a result... besides... on the one hand... on the other hand. To conclude... To avoid any kind of misunderstanding 1 ’d like to stress... Finally, I’d like to say... 237 Wliat else should be remembered? Leave yourself enough time for proofreading or checking your work from the point of view of its logic, composition and language. Consider possible grammar and spelling mistakes. List of Irregular Verbs 238 be [bill was/weie [wuzj/iws:] been |bi:n] бы Ib beat tbi:i | beat Ibi:t] beaten |bi;LnJ бить becomefbi'kAiuj became |bi'keim| become jbi'kAin] становиться, являться begin fbi'gin] began [bi'gaen] begun [Ы'длп] начинать bend |bcnd| bent [bent] bent [bent] гнуть bet (bet] bet (bet]/ betted bcl [bet] / betted держать пари bind (baindj bound (baondj bound [baund] СВЯЗЬ! вагь bite (baitj bit (bit] bitten ['bitn] кусать; жалить blow (blduj blew (blu:( blown [bison] дуть breiik [brcik 1 broke(Ьгэик| broken ( broukan] ломать broadcast ['bn>:dka;st] broadcast [‘bn>:dka:st] broadcast [‘bmrdkarst] транслировать bring I brig] brought (bro:tj brought [bro:tl приносить build [biidj built [blit] built ]bilt] С1 роить bum |Ьз:п) burnt fbarnt] burnt [b3;nt] жечь, гореть buy Ibai] bought [ba:tj bought [bort] покупать can [ka;n| could (kud] мочь catch [kaetj] cauglu [kart] caught (ka;t] схна гит ь, поймать choose (fju:7j chose |t[aoz] chosen [ tfsozan] выбирать come [k/vm( came (keim] come ]клт] приходить C4)st (kost] cost (knst] cost [kost] стоить cut (kAt] cur [kAt] cut [kAt] резать do [du;j did [did] done[dAn] делать draw |drj;| drew [dru:J drawn [drorn] рисовать dieam fdrrmj dreamed/dreamt (dremtj dreamed/dreamt [drcml] мечтать drink [dngk] drank fdrapgkj drunk (drAgk] пить drive (draivj drove [drouv] dnven I'dnvon] водить {машину и т. п.) eat (i:l] ate [ct] eaten ['i:tn] есть fall fb;lj fell [fel] fallen ['b:lnj падать feed |fi:d] fed (fed] fed [fed] кормить feel (fi:l| fell (felt) felt [feltl чувечвовагь fight (fan 1 fought [b.t] fought |fo:t] драться, сражаться find ffaind] found [faund] found [faond] находить fly (flaij flew [flu:] flown jflsonl летать forget (fa'getj forgot (fD'gntJ forgotten (fo'gotnj забывать forgive Ifo'giv] forgave [fo'geiv] forgiven [fo'givn] прощать freeze [fri:zj froze [frouz] frozen f'frnoznj замерзать get [get] got [got] got [got] получать give ]giv] gave [geivj given ['givn] давать go Igau] went [went ] gone Г0т>п] ) ИЛТИ, направляться ' • grow (gi9o] grew [gru:] grown [giaunj I paciH j hang |ha;gl hung [Ьлд] hung [Ьлд] uciaaTb have fhffiv] had [haed[ had [hied] иметь hearIhioj heard [h3:d] heard [hsidj слышать hide lhaid) hid [hid] hidden j'hidn] прятать hit [hitj hit [hit] hit [hit] уларя гь hold [liduld] held [held) held [held] держать, содержать hurt (hart) hurt [h3;t] hurl [h3:t] причинять боль keep (ki:p) kept [kept] kept [kept] держать, содержать know (nou| knew [uju:] known [naonj знать lay I lei] laid [leid] laid [leidj положить, к;шсгь learn [b:n] Icarned/leamt [larnt] leamed/leai nt [bint] учить leave [li;v] left [left] left [left] уезжа гь, покидать, оставлять lead lli:dj led [led] led [led] вести let [let] Ici [let] let [let] позоолять, лаьать lie [lai] lay [leij lain [lem] лежать lose flu:z) lost [lost] lost [lost] терять make (meik) made [meid] made jmeid] делать, изготовлять mean [mi;n] meant [mentj meant [ment] значить, иметь в виду meet [mi:t] met [met [ met I met] встречать pul [put] pm [put] pul [put] ютаегь read |ri;d] read [red] read [red] читать ride [raid] rude [raud] ndden [‘ndnj ездить(верхом и а лошади, па велосипеде) ring [ng] rang [гжд] rung [глд] ЗВОНИТЬ nsc [ raiz] rose [rauz] risen [*nzn] подниматься run [глп ] ran [raen] run I глп] бегагь say [sei] said [sed] said [sed] сказать see [si:] saw [sa:] seen [si:n] видеть seek [si:k] sought [sort I sought [so:t| искать sell [sel] sold [s3uld] sold [sauid] продавать send [send | sent [sent] sent [sent] посьпать shake [Jeik] shook [Juk] shaken ['Jeikn] тряс 1и(сь), дрожать shine [^ain] shone [fun] shone fjon] СИЯТЬ sing [sig] sang [sicg] sung [sAgj петь sink [sigk| sank [sEEgk] sunk [sAgk] тон>ть speak [spi:k] spoke[spaukj spoken I'spauloi] говорить spell [spel] spelt [spelt] spell [spell] произносить но буквам 239 .1 240 spend [spend] spent [spent] spent [spent] тратить (г)(>ньгы) проводить {время) spill [spilj spilt [spilt] spilt [spilt] пролива 1ь, расплескивать spread [spred] spread [spred] spread [spred] распрани 1ь; рас п ространяться stand [staendl stood [stud] stood [stud] стоять steal t-sti:l] stole [staul] stolen [‘staulan] красть strike [straik] struck [sti лк] struck [stTAk] уяаря'1 ь, бить {о часах) swim [swim] swam jswaemj swum [swAm] плавать take [teik| took (tukj taken ['teikn] брать teach [ti.Lj] taught [ta:tj taught [ta:t] учить, обучать tear [tid| tore [tn;J torn [ta;n] рва 1ь tell jtel] told [tauld] told [tauldj сказать, рассказать think [6igk] thought [0a;t] thought |0n:t] думать iinderstand[,Anda'sla2ndj understood [,Anda‘stud] understood [,And3'stud] понимать wear [wea] wore [wd:] worn [wD:nj НОСИТ!., быть оде! ым win [win] won [wAn] won [wAn] выихрыначь write |rait] wrote [raot] written [’ntn] писать English-Russian Vocabulary Aa accident L'seksidant] несчастный случай accommodation** [9,китэ'(1ет^п] жильё acid* L'apsid ] кислота, кислый, кислотный acquire [a'kwaiaj приобретать acquisition [,aekwi'zijn] приобретение addition f^'dijn] дополнение, добавление, прибавление additional [9'diJnol] дополнительный admit [ad'mitj признавать affect [a'fekt] действовать, влиять alTection [a'fektjn] привязанность, любовь afford [a'foidj позволять себе aggressive [a'gresiv] агрессивтгый airsick ['e9,sik] страдающий от укачивания в самолёте ailovvance [o'lausns] пособие, содержание amazing [a'meizig] изумительный, удивительный avbfissador [aem'baesado] посол ambitious [fem'bijos] честолюбивый, амбициозный [a'pi:lj обращение [9'pri:Jieitl оценивать, ценить [a'raivl] приезд attend [a'tendj посещать, сопровождать Mtitude ['aetitju:d] отнощеиие L'sevonefe] средний [9\4>rd] избегать [a'weik] бодрствующий ime [’э:5эт] потрясающий 241 Пх1-к] лаять [bi:t] бить вера, верование I [,beni'ftll] полезный, выгодный ['bemfit] 1. польза, выгода 2. приносить пользу, быть выгодным ibesi friend forever) лучший друг на всю жизнь ed [big'hedid] умный [bd] счёт r,blu:'aid] голубоглазый fbD:d] табло 1^ [Ьик] бронировать [Ьгетк] 1. тормоз 2. тормозить Ып [‘bred bin] ёмкость для хранения хлеба, хлебница plate ['bred ,pleit] хлебница [Ьглп^] поздний завтрак сючкой (*) обозначены слова, которые не входят в активный вокабуляр >чащихся, breathtaking L'breOjteiki^] захватывающий ду'х bright-eyed [,brait'aidl бодрый, полный энер1ии, в хорошем настроении bright-faced [,brait'feist] оживлённый, радостный Ьго [brauj (brother) брат buffet ['bufeij буфет, вагон-ресторан в поезде bump* [Ьлгпр] случайно встретить(ся), наюлкнуться butter dish [’bAts ,dij] маслёнка butterfly [ЪлюАах] бабочка buzz [bAZ] жужжать Се cancellation* r,kcCns9'leijn] отмена capable ['keipabl] способный carriage ['kacric^] вагон cash [kaBjJ наличные деньги cashpoint ['kasJpDint] банкомат change [^ешф] сдача chore* [ф:] работа по дому coach* [кэи^] междугородный автобус coast [kaust] морской берег, побережье coastal ['kaostsll береговой, прибрежный coffee pot ['kofi pot] кофейник coincide* [,k9oin'said] совпадать comfy ['kAmfil (comfortable) удобный, комфортный compartment [kam'paitmont] купе condition [kan'dijn] условие, сосюмние conflict r'konflikt] конфликт, противоречие conflict [kon'fliktj вступать в конфликт, противоречить conquer [’ко^кэ] завоёвывать content [кэп'tent] довольный contrast L'kontrarstl контраст contrast [kan'traist] контрастировать, противопоставлять convenient [kan'vitniant] удобный cornflower* ['кэ:пАаиэ1 василёк, васильковый crackle ['krgekl] но'1'рескива1Ь crowd fkraud] толпа crowded [‘kraudid] заполненный людьми, переполненный cuckoo [’коки:] куковать customer [‘kAStsmaJ посстизель customs ['kAst3mz] таможня Dd daisy* ['deizij маргаритка, ромашка debt [det] долг decent ['di:s3ntl порядочный, приличный deck* [dek] палуба defeat [di'fi:t] 1. поражение 2. нанести поражение delight [di'lait] удовольствие, наслажденис departure [di'pai^a] отправление deserve [di'z3:v] засоокивать destination [,desD'neifn] место назначения disappointed [,diS9'pDintid] разочарованный disaster [di’zaista] катас |рофа discourage [dis'kAnc^l обескуражь!вать, отговаривать divide [[di'vaid] делить divorce* [dr'vois] 1. развод 2. разводиться double* r'dAbl] двойной drought [draut] засуха 243 Ее earthquake [‘siBkweik] землетрясение eastern ['irstan] восточный easy-going [,i:zi'g9oigl благодушный encourage [тп'клпф] поощрять erupt [I'rApt] извер1аться (о вулкане) escape* [I'skeip] 1. побег, бегство 2. бежать, совершать побег essentially* [I'senfliJ существенно, по существу, в сущности establish [I'stsebiiJ] учреждат1>, устанавливать establishment [I'staeblilmantl учреждение, заведение evident ['evidant] очевидный expenses [rk'spcnsizl расходы experience [ik'spi9n'9ns] 1. опыг 2. испытывать export r'ekspDit] экспорг export [ik'sport] экспортировать Ff facilities* [fo'siiiUzJ оборудование fair [fe9] 1) справедливый; 2) красивый; 3) светловолосый fair-faced [^feoTeist] красивый fair-haired [,fe9'he9d] белокурый familiar [Гэ'ттЙэ] знакомый familiarity [f9,mili'aenti] фамильярность fast-developing [,fa:stdi'velDpip] быстро развивающийся fave [ferv] (favourite) любимый fear ffi9l I. страх, боязнь 2. бояться feature [б:^э] черта female ['fiimeilj 1. женщина 2. женский ferry* ['ferij паром ferryboat* [‘ferib9utl паром flood tflAd] наводнение flu* [flu:] грипп footwear r'futwe9l обувь fork [foikl вилка frown* [fraonl 1. хмурый взгляд 2. хмуриться fuel* [fju;9l] топливо funnel* [’5лп1] воронка furniture [‘f3:nit59j мебель 244 Gg gate [geit] ворша gather Г'дзебэ] собирать(ся) generally ['(^епэгэИ] обычно, вообше gentle* ['c}5entl] мягкий, тихий glass [glaisl стекло, стакан good-natured fgud'nei^ad] добродушный guard [ga:d] охранник, проводник {в поезде) guidance* L'gaidans] руководство Hh handftil* ['haendful] пригоршня handsome L'haenssm] красивый hand-written [,ha;nd'ritn] рукописный hardship [‘hardjip] невзгоды, тяготы, испытания halter* шляпник. heart-breaking ['ha:t,breTkiijj душераздирающий heir [eo] наследник, наследница heritage [ЪегШф] наследие hint* [hint] 1. намёк 2. намекать hiss [his] шипеть hole* [houlj дыра, нора homesick ['h9um,sik] скучающий, тоскующий по дому hospitality* [,hDspi'taeliti] гостеприимство hostel* [’hostl] общежитие, турбаза howl [haul] выть huge [hju:c^J одромный hurricane [Ълпкэп] ураган II iguana* [i'gwa:na] игуана import ['mipDit] импорт import [im'pDit] импортировать income ['шклт] доход increase L'mkri:s] увеличение increase [in'kri:s] увеличивать independent [,indi'pend9nt] независимый inherit [m'hcritj наследовать inspire [in‘spai9] вдохновлять, внушать inspiring [m'spaisrrg] вдохновляющий invaluable [in'vaeljuabl] неоценимый involve [in'volv] вовлекать irritable ['intsbl] раздражающий item* ['aitam] пункт Jj jewellery ['c^u:9lri] драгоценности Кк к kettle ['ketlj чайник для кипячения полы key [ki:] ключ kindergarten* ['kinda,ga:tn] детский сад knit [nit] пязать LI landscape [’laendskeip] пейзаж lark* [la:k] жаворонок layer* ['Icia] слой leaky* r'lirki] текущий, протекающий leisure* ['1езэ] досуг level r'levl] уровень lifeboat* [laifbaot] спасательная шлюпка link* [liijkJ соединять long-eared [Joij'iod] длинноухий long-faced [,lDg'fcist] узколицый long-haired [,1ог)Ъеэс11 длинноволосый long-legged [,lDi]'legid] длинноногий 245 Mm maiden* ['meidonj девушка, дева {поэтин.) male [meil] 1. мужчина 2. м>окской marriage* ['таепф] женитьба, замужество mate [meit] приятель meow [mi'au] мяукать {ЛтЕ) mess [mes] 1. беспорядок 2. приводить в беспорядок miaow [mi'au] мяукать mirror ['miro] зеркало moo [mu:] мычать mushroom* ['mAjru:m] гриб Nn napkin L'nsepkin] салфетка navy* ['neivi] морской флот neigh [nci] ржать {о лошадях) nevertheless* [,nev969'les] однако, тем не менее non-smoker [,nDn'smauk9] вагон для некуряших northeastern [,n9:6'i:st9n] северо-восточный northern ['по:бэп] северный northwestern [,nD:0'west9n] северо-западный nuclear ['п]и:кИэ] ялерный Оо option [Dpjn] выбор, возможность overcrowded [,90V9'kraudid] переполненный I Рр 246 packaging* ['paekic^ii]] упаковка pale [peil] бледный pale-faced [,peil'feistj бледный pasture* ['pa:s^a] пастбище patience [’peijons] терпение peer [pi9] сверстник pest* [pest] зануда picturesque [pik^a'resk] живописный pier* [pia] пирс pile* [pail] стопка, кипа plenty ['plentil mi roro plump [р1лтр] пухленький poison [‘pDIZn] ЯД poisonous ['pDIZn9s] ядовитый poorly-dressed [,pn;li'drest] бедно одетый population [,pDpju'leijn] насе^1ение pour [рэ:] лить (о дожде), наливать praise [preiz] 1. похвала 2. хБали1ь precious ['prejosj драгоценный prcciousness [’prejssnis] ценность predict [pri'dikt] предсказывать present [pn'zent] 1) дарить; 2) представлять progress-making ['pr0ogres,meikii]] делающий успехи promise [’promis] 1. обещание 2. обещать property ['prop9ti] собственность purchase ['рз:ф$] покупка Qq quack [kwak] крякать quarrel ['kworsl] 1. ссора 2. ссориться quick-tempered [ kwik'tempad] вспыльчивый Rr rainfall ['remfo:!] осадки raise [reizl поднимать recaW \t\\xV\ напоминать, ьеиоминатъ receipt* [ri'sirt] квитанция reception [n’sepjn] приём, встреча recycle [,ri:'sailk] перерабатывать regret [ri'gret] 1. сожаление 2. сожалеть reign [rein] править, управлять reject [n'cfeekt] отклонять, отвергать rejection [п'феЦп] отказ, отклонение relation [ri'leijn] 1) отношение; 2) родственник relationship [ri'leijnjiip] взаимоотношение, связь reliable [n'iaioblj надёжный rely [ri'lai] полагаться 11 L remain [n'meinj оставаться remaining rn'meiniqj оставшийся remarkable [n'maikobl] удивительный, замечательный repair* [п'реэ] чинить, ремонтировать request [n'kwest] 1. просьба 2. просить rescue [‘reskju:] 1. спасение 2, спасать research [ri'ssitj] 1. исследование 2. исследовать resentful [n'zentfl] возмущённый rest* [rest] 1. отдых 2. давать отдых revenge [n'vencfe] 1. месть 2. мстить rival* L'raivl] соперник roar [п>:] рычать round-faced [,raund'feist] круглолицый round-shouldered [,raund'j9uldDd] сутулый rum* [глт] ром 247 Ss salt cellar ['sD:lt,seb] солонка sane* [sein] психически здоровый, здравый, разумный satisfaction [,saetis'faekjn] удовлетворение satisfy ['saetTsfai] удовлетворять saucer ['sd:s9] блюдце save [seiv] спасать scream [skri:m] кричать seasick ['si:,sikj страдающий от морской болезни select* [si'lekt] отбирать self-confident [,selfkDnfid9nll уверенный в себе self-evident [,selfevidantj самоочевидный self-satisfied [,selfscetisfaid] самодовольный serviette [,s3:vi'etj салфетка settle r'setl] устроиться, расположиться severe [si vi0] суровый sharp [Ja:pl острый sharp-eared [Ja:p'i9d] обладающий острым слухом sharp-eyed [Jaip'aid] обладающий острым зрением, зоркий shopaholic* [Jopa'holik] «шоиаголик», человек, совершающий многочис ленные и бессмысленные покупки shower L'Jaoa] ливень shy [JaiJ застенчивый sick [sikj 1) испытываювшй тошноту; 2) больной sign [sain] знак single (ticket) ['sig^] билет в один конец sis [sis] (sister) сестра skill [skil] умение skilled [skild] искусный, квалифицированный skinny ['skmi] тощий sleeper ['slirps] спальный вагон slice* [slais] тонкий кусочек, ломтик slip [slip] 1. ошибка по небрежности 2. ошибиться, поскользнуться 248 smart-looking [,sma:t’lukig] элегантный, нарядный smoker [’зтэикэ] вагон для курящих sociable [’s9oJbl] общительный solution"^ [S9'lu:jnj рещение {проблемы) solve [sdIv] решагь sound* [saundj здоровый southeastern L.saoG'iiston] юго-восточный southern ['sAdonJ южный southwestern [,sau0'westDn] юго-западный spill Fspil] проливать, расплескивать split* [split] колоть, делить sportswear ['spDrtswea] спортивная одежда staff [sta:f] штат сотрудников steward ['stjuiad] стюард stewardess ['s^u:adis] стюардесса stowaway* ['st9U0,wei] безбилетник striking ['straikigl поразительный stubborn L'stAbn] упрямый suburb ['$лЬз:Ь] окрестность, пригород suffer ['saToJ счрадать sugar bowl ['|одэ,Ьэо1] сахарница superb Lsju:'p3:b] превосходный suppose [s9'p9uzj предполагать surface ['s3:fisj поверхность swear [swea] 1) юляслься; 2) ругалься sympathize ['simp90aizj сочувсгвовать sympathy ['simpaGiJ сочуbci вне Tt tablemat [’teiblmaet] подставка под тарелку tableware ['teiblwca] столовая посуда tea cosy ['ti: ,k9uzi] чехол, грелка на чайник teapot [’tirpot] чайник для заварки tend [tend] иметь намерение, склоняться threaten* ['Greton] угрожать thus [Sas] таким образом tie [tai] завязывать tip* [Up] чаевые tornado [t9;'neid9o] торнадо touchy [’tA^i] обидчивый toxic* [’toksik] токсичный, ядовитый travel-sick ['traevl,sik] страдающий от укачивания в дороге treat [tri:t] 1. угощение 2. 1) угощать; 2) лечить treatment ['triitmonlj лечение trouble ['trAbl] нснриятносги trust* [trASt] довсрягь tsunami [tsu'na:nii] цунами twilight [’twailait] сумерки twin* [twin] близнец Uu unity ['jurniti] еяинство, сплочённость use польза Vv vain [vein] тщеславный valuable [Vaeljuabl] ценный value f'vaeljii:] 1. ценность 2. vast [va:st1 обширный violet* [Vaialit] 1. фиалка 2. фиолетовый volcano [уоГкетэо] вулкан ценить 24С Ww wallet* L'wDlit] бумажник wardrobe* ['wordraob] платяной шкаф, гардероб wave LweivJ волна wealth [welO] GojaiciBo weather-beaten* ['we69,bi:tn] обветренный well-meaning [,wel'mi:mg] действующий из лучших побуждений well-paid [,wei'peidj хорошо оплачиваемый western ['westonj западный whale* [weilj кит wide-eyed [,waid‘aidj изумлённый wide-shouldered [,waid'Jould9d] широкоплечий witness ['witnisj 1. свидетель 2. свидетельствовать fHP Vff?B EXERCISES 2. 3. (yourspec.tacles in your bay) 4. (I not s-«ry clever today) b. (tins house very expensive) 6 (the shops no! open today) 7. (Mr. Wren’s grandson six years old) 8. (the houses in this sUecl very big) 9. (the examif^tion r>0! ciifticuit) to. (Шо$е flowers very beautiful) 0. 1 ШйЖач.................. adangcrijuS^Sort: г. Sfluiifs's . big animals.» 5ШМ I (A) Fill In dm, IS or are. I The sky is very blue today. 2.1...........not bred. 3. this shelf........... very heavy. 4 l he children ............... asleep. 5. Look* This ............Mabel. 6. I .............cold. Can you shut the window please? 7. Ihe castle ........... one thousand years oW 8. My brother and I ............ good tennii> players. 9. Amy ............at home t4il her parents............ inohurch. 10. Mysister ............ adoctor. (A) Write full sentences. Use sm, is or arc. (my grandparents very old) ^randparr^nte агк vdry old. (my desk very comfortat^) Ц (A) Fill in the right forms ot the verb/0 be- Today ^ ^............... Tom's birthday ...t ..........^Ivp years oW today. Airtife tfiencts ......£?Vx.£......there. His sister fj u', .1.4».__ .. there too. Her name ***.../.4» Г ...^............................eleven years old- еЛт^меЙпу. hisgirlliiend .... not.there. Whore *•'...... ..........III. They'»®'. in me kitctien: it'*1'.i.>....yccrib They "'I f all There..................a tot of sarxiwiches on thetaljle There ... somebottles of lemonade, too. Lorn's parents and grandparents"’ .../M.C.......not In the kitchen. they'’*'., .....in the garden. Thoyare having tea Tom’s liUte brothet limmy ...../ ^......in his bod. It 1.^...... his time to sleep answ 1 2 3. 4 5 6. 7, 6. 9. text in Ex. 4 again and gfve short Is It rimm^(^hday> - . Is Jenny there? -Is Tom eleven years Old? Is Jenny Tom's mother? - pj « Is Kate Tom s sister? . .га^^\Г\. Are tha-e sandwiches on the table? - h ii f Are the children m the garden? у ;*• ^ they hungry and thirsty?-.^Й/ ^ Are they hungry and thirsty? Arc the parents in the kitchen? Ю. Are II »e grandparents there, too'-* - fflj/ ЙГШ О (A) Write positive or rregath/e sentences. Use am/BW not/is/isn 'f/are/eren'^.^дДДДЛ'^ 1. Bnissels ...i€>... the r.apH^I^ 2. I iirn not... interesl^c 3. I......ArM0...... angry. The Hamie I4..Q'A' in SwiTriariflnrl The Ha^^.' Swifzerland. 11 П?,./Йк ..^... afi^ordogs. ^ ЩиМ^МЛ............dirty Russia..I.S^....a very big couniry. 10